Owner's Manual

Your Operator's Manual

Digital form inside the vehicle Familiarize yourself with the contents of the Operator's Manual directly via your vehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle").

Booklet inside the vehicle In addition to the vehicle's Operator's Manual, you can obtain the complete multimedia system Supplement from your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Digital form via the Internet You can find the Operator's Manual on the Mercedes-Benz homepage.

Digital form as an App The Mercedes-Benz Guides App is available for free on the Apple® App store or Google Play.

Apple® iOS Android™

SLC Operator's Manual

É1725841102~ËÍ 1725841102

Order no. P172 0138 13 Part no. 172 584 11 02 Edition B 2018 SLC Operator's Manual Mercedes-Benz Symbols (Y This symbol tells you where you can find Publication details Registered trademarks: page) more information about a topic. YY Internet R ® This symbol indicates a warning or an Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Blue- instruction that is continued on the next tooth SIG Inc. page. Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi- R cles and about Daimler AG can be found on the DTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc. Dis‐ This text indicates a message on the following websites: RDolby® and MLP™ are registered trademarks play multifunction display/multimedia dis- of DOLBY Laboratories. play. http://www.mbusa.com (USA only) RBabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® are reg- http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only) istered trademarks of Daimler AG. RHomeLink® is a registered trademark of John- son Controls. Editorial office R ® ® iPod and iTunes are registered trademarks © of Apple Inc. Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translated or R ® otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, with- Logic7 is a registered trademark of Harman out written permission from Daimler AG. International Industries. RMicrosoft® and Windows media® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Vehicle manufacturer RSIRIUS® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. Daimler AG R HD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq- Mercedesstraße 137 uity Digital Corporation. 70327 Stuttgart RGracenote® is a registered trademark of Gracenote, Inc. Germany RZAGAT Survey® and related brands are registered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC. In this Operator's Manual you will find the following symbols: G WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with information on environmentally aware actions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle. i Practical tips or further information that could be helpful to you. X This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed. X Several of these symbols in succession indicate an instruction with several steps. As at 28.03.2017 Welcome to the world of Mercedes-Benz Digital form via the Internet We urge you to read this Operator's Manual The Operator's Manual on the Internet pro- carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehi- videseasy access to all information cle before driving. For yourown safety and a regarding yourvehicleand multimediasys- longer vehiclelife,follow the instructions and tem. It alsoprovides helpful animations, warning notices in this manual. Ignoring them interesting background information and a couldresult in damage to the vehicleorpersonal widearrayofsearch options. injury to you or others. Digital form as an App Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow Using the Mercedes-Benz GuidesApp, you instructions is not covered by the Mercedes- can view all the information on yourvehicle Benz Limited Warranty. and multimediasystem via mobile Internet The equipment or product designation of your or download it independently of network vehiclemay vary depending on: access. Availablefor smartphones or tab- lets. RModel ROrder RCountry specification RAvailability Mercedes-Benz therefore reservesthe right to introduce changes in the following areas: RDesign REquipment RTechnicalfeatures The equipment in yourvehiclemay therefore Please note that the Mercedes-Benz GuidesApp differfrom that showninthe descriptions and may not yet be available in yourcountry. illustrations. Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC The following are integralcomponents of the Mercedes-Benz Canada,Inc. vehicle: ADaimler Company RDigitalOperator's Manual RPrinted Operator's Manual RMaintenance Booklet REquipment-dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicleatall times. If you sell the vehicle, alwayspassall documents on to the new owner. Your Operator's Manual: Digital form inside the vehicle The DigitalOperator's Manual provides comprehensive and specifically adapted information on yourvehicle's equipment and multimediasystem. It contains infor- mative animations, individuallanguage settings and an intuitive search function. Booklet inside the vehicle In addition to this manualand the afore- mentioned digital media, you alsohave the option to obtainacomprehensive printed versionofthe Supplement for yourmulti- mediasystem from yourauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. 1725841102 É1725841102~ËÍ 2 Contents

Memory function ...... 93 Index ...... 4 Lights and windshield wipers ...... 95 Digital Operator's Manual ...... 22 Exterior lighting ...... 95 Introduction...... 22 Interior lighting ...... 99 Operation ...... 22 Replacing bulbs...... 99 Windshield wipers ...... 101 Introduction ...... 23 Protecting the environment ...... 23 Climate control ...... 104 Genuine Mercedes-Benzparts...... 23 Overview of climate control systems ... 104 Operator's Manual ...... 24 Operating the climate control sys- Service and vehicle operation ...... 24 tems ...... 108 Operating safety ...... 26 Setting the airvents ...... 113 QR codes for the rescue card ...... 28 Data stored in the vehicle...... 28 Drivingand parking 115 Informationoncopyright ...... 30 ...... Notesonbreaking-in anew vehicle..... 115 Driving ...... 115 At aglance ...... 31 DYNAMIC SELECT button ...... 121 Cockpit...... 31 Automatictransmission...... 122 Instrument cluster...... 32 Refueling ...... 129 Multifunctionsteering wheel...... 33 Parking ...... 131 Center console...... 34 Driving tips...... 134 Overhead controlpanel ...... 36 Driving systems ...... 138 Doorcontrolpanel ...... 37 On-board computer and displays .... 163 Safety ...... 38 Important safety notes ...... 163 Panic alarm...... 38 Displays and operation ...... 163 Occupant safety ...... 38 Menusand submenus ...... 166 Childreninthe vehicle...... 53 Displaymessages ...... 177 Pets in the vehicle...... 56 Warning and indicator lamps ...... 202 Driving safety systems ...... 56 Protection against theft ...... 63 Multimediasystem ...... 211 Generalnotes ...... 211 Opening and closing ...... 65 Important safety notes ...... 211 SmartKey ...... 65 Function restrictions ...... 211 Doors ...... 70 Operating system ...... 212 Trunk ...... 72 Side windows ...... 74 Stowageand features 219 Roof ...... 77 ...... Stowageareas ...... 219 Features...... 221 Seats, steering wheel and mirrors .... 84 Correct driver's seat position ...... 84 Maintenanceand care 233 Seats ...... 84 ...... Steering wheel ...... 88 Engine compartment ...... 233 Mirrors...... 90 Overview of the engine compartment .. 237 Contents 3

ASSYST PLUS...... 237 Care ...... 238

Breakdownassistance ...... 244 Where will Ifind...? ...... 244 Flattire ...... 246 Battery (vehicle)...... 251 Jump-starting ...... 253 Towing and tow-starting ...... 256 Fuses ...... 258

Wheelsand tires ...... 260 Important safety notes...... 260 Operation...... 260 Winter operation...... 262 Tire pressure ...... 263 Loading the vehicle...... 271 All aboutwheelsand tires...... 273 Changing awheel ...... 280 Wheeland tire combinations ...... 284 Emergency spare wheel ...... 285

Technical data ...... 288 Information regarding technical data ... 288 Vehicle electronics ...... 288 Identification plates ...... 289 Service products and filling capacities ...... 290 Vehicle data ...... 295 4 Index

1, 2, 3... Knee bag ...... 44 Occupant Classification System 12 Vsocket (OCS) ...... 45 see Sockets PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps ...... 39 A Side impact airbag ...... 44 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) Airvents Display message ...... 179 Important safety notes ...... 113 Function/notes ...... 57 Setting ...... 113 Important safety notes ...... 57 Setting the blower output of the Warninglamp ...... 204 AIRSCARFvents ...... 114 Accident Setting the center airvents ...... 113 Automatic measuresafter an acci- Setting the sideair vents ...... 113 dent ...... 53 Switching AIRSCARFon/off ...... 87 Activatingmedia mode Air-conditioningsystem General notes ...... 217 see Climate control Activating/deactivating cooling AIRGUIDE ...... 81 with air dehumidification ...... 108 AIRSCARF Active Brake Assist Problem (malfunction) ...... 88 Activating or deactivating ...... 171 Switching on/off ...... 87 Display message ...... 184 AIRSCARF vents Function/notes ...... 58 Setting the blower output ...... 114 Active light function ...... 97 Alarm ADAPTIVE BRAKE ...... 63 ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ...... 64 Adaptive Brake Assist Switching off (ATA) ...... 64 Function/notes ...... 59 Switching the function on/off Adaptive brake lights ...... 60 (ATA) ...... 64 Adaptive DampingSystem Alarm system Function/notes ...... 149 see ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) Adaptive Highbeam Assist Ambient lighting Display message ...... 189 Setting the brightness (on-board Function/notes ...... 97 computer) ...... 172 Switching on/off ...... 98 Setting the color (on-board com- Additives (engine oil) ...... 293 puter) ...... 173 Address book AMG menu (on-board computer) ..... 175 see also DigitalOperator's Man- AMG sports suspension ual...... 211 (Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) Adjustingthe volume Function/notes ...... 149 Multimediasystem ...... 212 Anti-lockbraking system Airbags see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) Deployment ...... 50 Anti-skid chains Display message ...... 187 see Snow chains Front airbag (driver, front Anti-theft alarm system passenger)...... 44 see ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) Head bag ...... 45 Ashtray ...... 223 Important safety notes ...... 43 Assistancedisplay (on-board com- Introduction ...... 43 puter) ...... 170 Index 5

Assistance menu(on-boardcom- Engaging the park position ...... 123 puter) ...... 170 Gearshift recommendation ...... 128 ASSYSTPLUS Kickdown...... 125 Displayingaservicemessage ...... 237 Manualshifting ...... 126 Hiding aservicemessage ...... 237 Oil temperature (on-board com- Resetting theserviceinterval dis- puter, Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 175 play ...... 237 Overview ...... 122 Service message ...... 237 Problem (malfunction) ...... 129 Special servicerequirements ...... 238 Pulling away ...... 118 ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) Selector lever ...... 122 Activating/deactivating ...... 64 Starting the engine ...... 117 Function ...... 64 Steering wheelpaddleshifters ...... 126 Switching off the alarm ...... 64 Transmission position display ...... 122 ATTENTIONASSIST Transmission positions ...... 124 Activating/deactivating ...... 171 Automatic transmissionemer- Displaymessage ...... 193 gencymode ...... 129 Function/notes...... 158 Audiomenu(on-board computer) .... 168 B Audiosystem Back button ...... 212 see Digital Operator's Manual Authorized Mercedes-Benz Center BAS (Brake Assist System) ...... 57 Battery (SmartKey) see Qualifiedspecialist workshop Authorized workshop Checking ...... 68 see Qualifiedspecialist workshop Important safety notes ...... 67 AUTO lights Replacing ...... 68 Battery (vehicle) Displaymessage ...... 189 see Lights Charging ...... 253 Automatic car wash(care) ...... 238 Displaymessage ...... 191 Automatic engine start (ECO start/ Important safety notes ...... 251 Jump starting ...... 253 stopfunction) ...... 119 Automatic engine switch-off (ECO Overview ...... 251 Belt start/stopfunction) ...... 119 see Seatbelts Automatic headlamp mode ...... 95 Beltwarning ...... 42 Automatic transmission Blind SpotAssist Accelerator pedalposition ...... 125 Activating/deactivating ...... 171 Changing gear...... 125 Displaymessage ...... 194 Displaymessage ...... 198 Notes/function ...... 159 Drive program...... 125 Bluetooth® Drive programdisplay ...... 122 Searching for amobilephone ...... 215 Driving tips...... 125 Searching for amobilephone DYNAMIC SELECT button ...... 121 (device manager)...... 216 Emergency running mode...... 129 see also Digital Operator's Man- Engaging drive position ...... 124 ual...... 211 Engaging neutral ...... 123 Telephony ...... 215 Engaging park position automati- Brake Assist System cally ...... 123 see BAS (Brake Assist System) Engaging reverse gear...... 123 6 Index

Brake fluid Power washer...... 239 Displaymessage ...... 184 Rear viewcamera ...... 242 Notes...... 293 Sensors ...... 242 Brake forcedistribution Washing by hand ...... 239 see EBD (electronicbrake force Wheels...... 241 distribution) Windows...... 241 Brake lamps Wiperblades...... 241 Adaptive ...... 60 CD Displaymessage ...... 189 see also Digital Operator's Man- Brakes ual...... 211 ABS ...... 57 CD player (on-board computer) ...... 169 Adaptive Brake Assist ...... 59 Centerconsole BAS ...... 57 Lower section ...... 35 Brake fluid (notes) ...... 293 Upper section ...... 34 Displaymessage ...... 179 Central locking EBD ...... 63 Automaticlocking (on-board com- High-performance brake system .... 137 puter) ...... 173 Important safety notes ...... 136 Locking/unlocking (SmartKey)...... 65 Maintenance ...... 137 Changingbulbs Parking brake ...... 132 Sidemarker lamps (rear) ...... 101 Riding tips...... 136 Child Warning lamp ...... 204 Restraint system ...... 55 Breakdownassistance Child seat Reflective safety jacket...... 244 Forward-facing restraint system ...... 56 Where will Ifind...? ...... 244 On the front-passenger seat...... 55 see Flattire Rearward-facing restraint system .... 56 see Towing away Children Brightness control(instrument Specialseatbeltretractor ...... 54 clusterlighting) ...... 32 Childreninthe vehicle Bulbs Important safety notes ...... 53 see Replacing bulbs Cigarette lighter ...... 223 Cleaning C Mirror turn signal...... 242 Climate control California Air-conditioning system ...... 104 Important noticefor retail cus- Automaticclimate control (dual- tomers and lessees ...... 24 Calling up amalfunction zone) ...... 106 Controlling automatically...... 109 see Displaymessages Car Cooling with airdehumidification .. 108 Defrosting the windows...... 111 see Vehicle Care Defrosting the windshield ...... 110 Generalnotes ...... 104 Carwash...... 238 Indicatorlamp...... 109 Exhaustpipe...... 243 Information aboutusing auto- Exterior lights ...... 242 maticclimate control ...... 107 Matte finish ...... 240 Maximumcooling ...... 111 Notes...... 238 Notesonusing the air-condition- Paint ...... 240 ing system ...... 105 Index 7

Overview of systems ...... 104 Copyright ...... 30 Problem with the rear window Corneringlight function defroster ...... 112 Display message ...... 189 Problems with cooling with air Function/notes ...... 97 dehumidification ...... 109 Cruisecontrol Refrigerant ...... 294 Cruise control lever...... 139 Refrigerant filling capacity ...... 295 Deactivating ...... 140 Setting the airdistribution ...... 110 Display message ...... 195 Setting the airvents ...... 113 Driving system ...... 138 Setting the airflow ...... 110 Function/notes ...... 138 Setting the temperature ...... 109 Important safety notes ...... 139 Switching air-recirculation mode Setting aspeed...... 139 on/off ...... 112 Storing and maintaining current Switching on/off ...... 108 speed...... 139 Switching residualheaton/off ...... 112 Cup holder Switching the rear window Center console ...... 222 defroster on/off ...... 111 Important safety notes ...... 221 Switching the ZONE function Customer AssistanceCenter on/off ...... 110 (CAC) ...... 27 Cockpit Customer Relations Department ...... 27 Overview ...... 31 see Instrument cluster D Collapsiblespare wheel Inflating ...... 286 Dashboard see Emergency spare wheel see Instrument cluster Combination switch ...... 96 Data Compass see Technical data Data carrier Calibrating ...... 232 Calling up ...... 231 Selecting ...... 169 Daytime runninglamps Setting ...... 231 ConnectingaUSB device Display message ...... 189 see also DigitalOperator's Man- Function/notes ...... 95 ual...... 211 Switching on/off (on-board com- Consumptionstatistics(on-board puter) ...... 172 computer) ...... 166 Declarations of conformity ...... 26 Decorative film Controller ...... 212 Convenience closing feature ...... 76 Cleaning instructions ...... 240 Delayedswitch-off Coolant(engine) Exterior lighting (on-board com- Checking the level...... 235 puter) ...... 173 Display message ...... 190 Interior lighting ...... 173 Filling capacity ...... 294 Diagnosticsconnection ...... 27 Important safety notes ...... 293 Digital Operator's Manual Temperature (on-board computer, Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ...... 175 Help ...... 22 Temperature gauge ...... 164 Introduction ...... 22 Digital speedometer Warning lamp ...... 207 ...... 167 Cooling Display messages see Climate control ASSYST PLUS ...... 237 8 Index

Callingup(on-board computer) .....178 Display...... 122 Driving systems ...... 193 SETUP (on-board computer, Engine ...... 190 Mercedes-AMGvehicles) ...... 175 General notes ...... 177 Driver's door Hiding (on-board computer) ...... 178 see Doors KEYLESS-GO ...... 202 Drivingabroad Lights ...... 189 Mercedes-Benz Service ...... 238 Safety systems ...... 179 Drivingonfloo dedroads ...... 138 SmartKey ...... 201 Drivingsafety system Tires...... 196 Active Brake Assist ...... 58 Vehicle ...... 198 Drivingsafety systems DistancePilot DISTRONIC ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ...... 57 Activating ...... 142 ADAPTIVEBRAKE...... 63 Calling up aspeed...... 143 Adaptive Brake Assist ...... 59 Cruise control lever ...... 142 Adaptive brake lights ...... 60 DisplayMessage ...... 195 BAS (Brake Assist System) ...... 57 Displays in the instrument cluster .. 145 Distance warning function ...... 58 Driving tips...... 146 EBD (electronicbrake force distri- Function/notes...... 140 bution) ...... 63 Important safety notes ...... 141 ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro- Setting the specified minimum gram) ...... 60 distance ...... 145 Important safety information ...... 56 Stopping ...... 144 Overview ...... 56 Storing aspeed ...... 143 Drivingsystem Switching off ...... 146 AMG sports suspension Warning lamp ...... 209 (Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 149 Distance recorder Drivingsystems see Odometer Adaptive Damping System ...... 149 see Tripodometer ATTENTIONASSIST ...... 158 Distance warning(warning lamp) .... 209 Blind Spot Assist ...... 159 Distance warningfunction Cruise control ...... 138 Function/notes...... 58 Displaymessage ...... 193 Doors DISTRONIC PLUS...... 140 Automaticlocking (on-board com- HOLD function ...... 148 puter) ...... 173 Lane Keeping Assist ...... 161 Automaticlocking (switch) ...... 71 Lane Tracking package...... 159 Central locking/unlocking Parking Guidance ...... 152 (SmartKey)...... 65 PARKTRONIC ...... 149 Control panel ...... 37 Rear viewcamera ...... 154 Displaymessage ...... 200 Drivingtips Emergency locking ...... 72 Automatictransmission ...... 125 Emergency unlocking ...... 72 Brakes ...... 136 Important safety notes ...... 70 Break-in period...... 115 Opening (frominside)...... 71 Distance PilotDISTRONIC ...... 146 Overview ...... 70 Downhillgradient ...... 136 Drinking and driving ...... 134 Drinking and driving ...... 134 Drive program Driving in winter ...... 138 Automatictransmission...... 125 Driving on floodedroads ...... 138 Index 9

Driving on wetroads ...... 138 Vehicle...... 72 Exhaustcheck ...... 134 Emergencyspare wheel Fuel ...... 134 Generalnotes ...... 286 General...... 134 Important safety notes ...... 285 Hydroplaning ...... 138 Removing ...... 286 Icy roadsurfaces ...... 138 Storage location ...... 286 Limited braking efficiency on sal- Stowing ...... 286 ted roads ...... 137 Technical data ...... 286 Snow chains ...... 262 EmergencyTensioningDevices Subjecting brakes to aload...... 136 Activation ...... 50 Wetroadsurface ...... 136 Emissionscontrol DVD video Service and warranty information .... 24 Operating (on-boardcomputer) ..... 169 Engine seealsoDigitalOperator'sMan- Check Engine warning lamp ...... 207 ual...... 211 Displaymessage ...... 190 DYNAMIC SELECT button ...... 121 ECO start/stop function ...... 118 Engine number ...... 290 E Irregularrunning ...... 120 Jump-starting ...... 253 EASY-ENTRY feature Starting problems ...... 120 Activating/deactivating ...... 174 Starting the engine with the Function/notes...... 89 SmartKey ...... 118 EASY-EXIT feature Starting with KEYLESS-GO ...... 118 Crash-responsive...... 90 Switching off ...... 131 Function/notes...... 89 Tow-starting (vehicle)...... 258 Switching on/off...... 174 Engine electronics EBD (electronicbrake forcedistri- Notes...... 288 bution) Problem (malfunction) ...... 120 Displaymessage ...... 181 Engine oil Function/notes...... 63 Adding ...... 235 ECOdisplay Additives ...... 293 Function/notes...... 135 Checking the oillevel ...... 234 On-board computer...... 166 Checking the oillevel using the ECOstart/stopfunction dipstick ...... 234 Automaticengine start ...... 119 Displaymessage ...... 191 Automaticengine switch-off ...... 119 Filling capacity ...... 293 Deactivating/activating ...... 120 Generalnotes ...... 292 Generalinformation ...... 119 Notesabout oilgrades...... 292 Important safety notes ...... 119 Notesonoil level/consumption .... 234 Introduction ...... 118 Temperature (on-board computer, Electronic Stability Program Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 175 ® see ESP (Electronic Stability Program) Entering an address Emergency see also Digital Operator's Man- Automaticmeasures afteranacci- ual...... 211 dent ...... 53 ESP® (ElectronicStability Pro- Emergencyrelease gram) Driver's door...... 72 AMG menu (on-board computer) ... 175 Trunk ...... 74 Characteristics ...... 61 10 Index

Deactivating/activating (except Fuel SLC 43 AMG)...... 61 Additives ...... 292 Deactivating/activating Consumption statistics ...... 166 (Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ...... 62 Displaying the current consump- Display message ...... 179 tion ...... 166 Function/notes...... 60 Displaying the range...... 166 Generalnotes ...... 60 Driving tips...... 134 Important safety information ...... 60 Fuelgauge ...... 32 Warning lamp ...... 205 Grade (gasoline)...... 291 ETS/4ETS (ElectronicTraction Sys- Important safety notes ...... 291 tem) ...... 60 Problem (malfunction) ...... 131 Exhaustcheck ...... 134 Refueling ...... 129 Exhaustpipe (cleaning instruc- Tank content/reserve fuel...... 291 tions) ...... 243 Fuelfillerflap Exterior lighting Opening ...... 130 Setting options ...... 95 Fuellevel see Lights Calling up the range(on-board Exterior mirrors computer) ...... 166 Adjusting ...... 91 Fueltank Dipping (automatic) ...... 92 Capacity ...... 291 Folding in when locking (on-board Problem (malfunction) ...... 131 computer) ...... 174 Fuseallocationchart (vehicletool Folding in/out (automatically)...... 91 kit) ...... 245 Folding in/out (electrically) ...... 91 Fuses Outofposition (troubleshooting)..... 92 Allocation chart ...... 258 Storing settings (memory func- Before changing ...... 258 tion) ...... 93 Fusebox in the engine compart- Storing the parking position ...... 92 ment ...... 259 Eyeglassescompartment ...... 220 Fusebox in the trunk ...... 259 Important safety notes ...... 258 F G Favorites Overview ...... 213 Garagedooropener Filler cap Clearing the memory ...... 231 see Refueling Generalnotes ...... 228 Fillingcapacities(Technical data) ... 290 Important safety notes ...... 228 First-aidkit ...... 244 Opening/closing the garagedoor..230 Flat tire Problems whenprogramming ...... 230 MOExtended tires...... 247 Programming (button in the rear- Preparing the vehicle...... 246 view mirror) ...... 229 TIREFIT kit ...... 247 Synchronizing the rolling code ...... 229 see Emergency spare wheel Gear indicator (on-board com- Floormats ...... 232 puter, Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ...... 175 Frequencies Genuine parts ...... 23 Mobilephone ...... 288 Glove box ...... 219 Two-way radio ...... 288 Index 11

Google™ Local Search Indicator lamps see alsoDigital Operator's Man- see Warning and indicator lamps ual...... 211 Indicators see Turn signals H Instrument cluster Overview ...... 32 Hazard warning lamps Instrument clusterlighting ...... 163 Displaymessage...... 201 Interior lighting Switching on/off...... 97 Headbags Automaticcontrol ...... 99 Delayed switch-off (on-board Displaymessage ...... 186 computer) ...... 173 Operation ...... 45 Overview ...... 99 Headlevel heating(AIRSCARF) ...... 87 Reading lamp ...... 99 Headrestraints Setting the brightness of the Adjusting ...... 86 ambient lighting (on-board com- see NECK-PROheadrestraints puter) ...... 172 Headlamps Setting the color of the ambient see Automaticheadlamp mode lighting (on-board computer) ...... 173 Heating iPod® see Climate control see also Digital Operator's Man- Highbeamflasher ...... 96 High-beam headlamps ual...... 211 Displaymessage ...... 189 J Replacing bulbs...... 100 Switching on/off...... 96 Jack Hillstart assist ...... 118 Storage location ...... 245 HOLDfunction Using ...... 281 Activating ...... 148 Jump starting (engine) ...... 253 Activation conditions ...... 148 Deactivating ...... 148 K Displaymessage ...... 193 Keypositions Generalnotes ...... 148 Home address KEYLESS-GO ...... 116 see also Digital Operator's Man- SmartKey ...... 116 KEYLESS-GO ual...... 211 Hood Activating ...... 65 Closing ...... 234 Convenience closing feature ...... 76 Displaymessage ...... 200 Deactivation ...... 65 Important safety notes ...... 233 Displaymessage ...... 202 Opening ...... 233 Locking ...... 65 Horn ...... 31 Removing the Start/Stopbutton ... 117 Start/Stopbutton ...... 116 Hydroplaning ...... 138 Starting the engine ...... 118 Unlocking ...... 65 I Kickdown Ignitionlock Driving tips...... 125 see Key positions Manualgearshifting ...... 128 Immobilizer ...... 63 Knee bag ...... 44 12 Index

L Emergency locking ...... 72 From inside (central locking but- Lamps ton) ...... 71 see Warning and indicator lamps Locking centrally Lane Keeping Assist see Central locking Activating/deactivating ...... 171 Locking verification signal (on- Display message ...... 193 board computer) ...... 174 Function/information...... 161 Low-b eam headlamps Lap time (RACETIMER) ...... 175 Displaymessage ...... 189 License plate lamp (display mes- Replacing bulbs...... 100 sage) ...... 189 Switching on/off...... 96 Light function, active Luggagecover Displaymessage ...... 189 see Trunk partition Light sensor(display message) ...... 189 Lumbar support ...... 87 Lights Activating/deactivating the inte- M riorlighting delayedswitch-off ...... 173 Active light function ...... 97 M+S tires ...... 262 Automaticheadlamp mode...... 95 MAGIC SKYCONTROL ...... 82 Cornering light function ...... 97 Malfunctionmessage Hazard warning lamps ...... 97 see Displaymessages Highbeamflasher...... 96 Matte finish(cleaning instruc- High-beam headlamps...... 96 tions) ...... 240 Light switch ...... 95 mbrace Low-beamheadlamps...... 96 Call priority ...... 227 Parking lamps ...... 96 Displaymessage ...... 184 Rear fog lamp ...... 96 Emergency call...... 225 Setting the brightness of the Generalnotes ...... 224 ambient lighting (on-board com- MB info callbutton ...... 226 puter) ...... 172 Remote fault diagnosis...... 227 Setting the color of the ambient Roadsideassistance button ...... 226 lighting (on-board computer) ...... 173 Self-test ...... 224 Standing lamps ...... 96 System ...... 224 Switching the daytime running Mechanical key lamps on/off(on-board com- Function/notes...... 67 puter) ...... 172 Generalnotes ...... 67 Switching the exteriorlighting Inserting ...... 67 delayedswitch-off on/off(on- Locking vehicle...... 72 board computer) ...... 173 Removing ...... 67 Switching the surround lighting Unlocking the driver'sdoor...... 72 on/off(on-board computer) ...... 173 MediaInterface Turn signals...... 96 see Digital Operator's Manual see Interior lighting Memory card (audio) ...... 169 see Replacing the bulbs Memory function ...... 93 Locking Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive see Central locking Rear viewcamera ...... 154 Locking (doors) Messagememory (on-board com- Automatic...... 71 puter) ...... 178 Index 13

Messages Navigation menu see Display messages Important safety notes ...... 167 Mirrors NECK-PRO headrestraints see Exterior mirrors Important safety notes ...... 52 see Rear-view mirror Operation ...... 52 Mobile phone Resetting triggered ...... 53 Connecting (Bluetooth® inter- Notesonbreaking-inanew vehi- face) ...... 215 cle ...... 115 Connecting (device manager) ...... 216 Frequencies ...... 288 O Installation...... 288 Occupant Classification System Menu (on-board computer) ...... 169 (OCS) Transmissionoutput (maximum).... 288 Modifying the programming Conditions ...... 46 Faults ...... 49 (SmartKey) ...... 66 Operation ...... 46 MOExtended tires ...... 247 System self-test ...... 48 Mountingwheels Occupant safety Lowering the vehicle...... 284 Air bags ...... 43 Mounting anew wheel...... 283 Automaticmeasures afteranacci- Preparing the vehicle...... 281 dent ...... 53 Raising the vehicle ...... 281 Beltwarning ...... 42 Removing awheel ...... 283 Childreninthe vehicle...... 53 Securing the vehicle against roll- Important safety notes ...... 38 ing away ...... 281 Introduction to the restraint sys- MP3 tem ...... 38 Operation ...... 169 Occupant Classification System see also DigitalOperator's Man- (OCS) ...... 45 ual...... 211 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator Multifunctiondisplay lamps ...... 39 Function/notes ...... 165 Pets in the vehicle...... 56 Permanent display...... 172 ® Multifunctionsteering wheel PRE-SAFE (anticipatory occupant protection) ...... 53 Operating the on-board computer .. 164 Restraint system warning lamp ...... 38 Overview ...... 33 Multimedia system Seatbelt...... 39 OCS Switching on and off ...... 212 Music files Conditions ...... 46 Faults ...... 49 see also DigitalOperator's Man- Operation ...... 46 ual...... 211 System self-test ...... 48 Odometer ...... 166 N Oil Navigation see Engine oil Entering adestination ...... 213 On-board computer Menu (on-board computer) ...... 167 AMG menu ...... 175 see also Digital Operator's Man- Assistance menu ...... 170 ual...... 211 Audio menu ...... 168 Convenience submenu ...... 174 14 Index

Display messages...... 177 Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Displaying aservice message ...... 237 Deactivating/activating ...... 151 Factory settings submenu ...... 175 Important safety notes ...... 149 Important safety notes ...... 163 Problems (malfunctions)...... 152 Instrument cluster submenu ...... 172 Sensorrange...... 150 Lighting submenu ...... 172 Warning display ...... 151 Menu overview ...... 166 Parking brake Message memory ...... 178 Applying automatically...... 133 Navigation menu ...... 167 Applying or releasing manually ...... 132 Operation ...... 164 Displaymessage ...... 181 RACETIMER ...... 175 Electric parking brake ...... 132 Service menu ...... 171 Emergency braking ...... 133 Settingsmenu ...... 172 Generalnotes ...... 132 Standard display ...... 166 Releasing automatically...... 133 Telephone menu ...... 169 Warning lamp ...... 206 Tripmenu ...... 166 Parking Guidance Vehiclesubmenu ...... 173 Displaymessage ...... 194 Video DVD operation ...... 169 Important safety notes ...... 152 Operatingsafety Parking lamps Declaration of conformity ...... 26 Switching on/off...... 96 Important safety notes ...... 26 PARKTRONIC Operatingsystem Driving system ...... 149 see On-board computer Function/notes...... 149 Operation PASSENGER AIRBAG Digital Operator's Manual...... 22 Displaymessage ...... 187 Operator's Manual Indicatorlamps ...... 39 Vehicleequipment ...... 24 Problems (malfunction) ...... 187 Outside temperature display ...... 163 Pets in the vehicle ...... 56 Overhead controlpanel ...... 36 Phone book see also Digital Operator's Man- P ual...... 211 Pivotingdraft stop Paddleshifters see AIRGUIDE see Steering wheelpaddleshifters Powerwashers ...... 239 Paint code number ...... 289 Powerwindows Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ... 240 see Sidewindows Panic alarm ...... 38 PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupant Parking protection) Important safety notes ...... 131 Displaymessage ...... 184 Parking brake ...... 132 Operation ...... 53 Position of exteriormirror, front- Protectionagainst theft passenger side...... 92 ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)...... 64 Rear viewcamera ...... 154 Immo bilizer ...... 63 see PARKTRONIC Protectionofthe environment Parking aid Generalnotes ...... 23 Parking Guidance ...... 152 Pulling away see Exterior mirrors Automatictransmission ...... 118 see PARKTRONIC Index 15

General notes...... 118 Remote control Programming (garage door Q opener) ...... 229 Replacing bulbs QR code High-beam headlamps ...... 100 Mercedes-BenzGuide App...... 1 Important safety notes ...... 99 Rescue card...... 28 Installing/removing the cover Qualified specialist workshop ...... 27 (front wheel arch) ...... 100 Low-beam headlamps ...... 100 R Overview of bulbtypes...... 100 RACE TIMER (on-board computer, Reportingsafety defects ...... 27 Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ...... 175 Rescue card ...... 28 Radio Reserve (fueltank) Selecting astation ...... 168 see Fuel see DigitalOperator's Manual Reserve fuel Radio mode Display message ...... 192 see also DigitalOperator's Man- Warning lamp ...... 207 ual...... 211 Residual heat (climate control) ...... 112 Radio-wave reception/transmis- Restraintsystem sioninthe vehicle Display message ...... 185 Declarationofconformity ...... 26 Introduction ...... 38 Readinglamp ...... 99 Warning lamp ...... 206 Rear fog lamp Warning lamp (function) ...... 38 Display message ...... 189 Reverse gear Switching on/off ...... 96 Engaging (automatic transmis- Rear lamps sion) ...... 123 see Lights Reversiblefloor panel (trunk) ...... 221 Rear viewcamera Reversing feature Cleaning instructions ...... 242 Side windows ...... 74 Display in the multimediasystem .. 155 Reversing lamps (display mes- Function/notes ...... 154 sage) ...... 189 Switching on/off ...... 155 Roadside Assistance(breakdown) .... 25 Rear window defroster Roof General notes ...... 111 Display message ...... 200 Problem (malfunction) ...... 112 Important safety notes ...... 77 Switching on/off ...... 111 Opening/closing (with roof Rear-viewmirror switch) ...... 78 Anti-glare (manual)...... 90 Opening/closing (with SmartKey).... 79 Dipping (automatic) ...... 92 Overview ...... 77 Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys- Problem (malfunction) ...... 83 tem) Relocking ...... 79 Important safety notes ...... 294 Roof carrier ...... 221 Refueling Roof switch ...... 78 Fuel gauge ...... 32 Route guidance Important safety notes ...... 129 see also DigitalOperator's Man- Refueling process...... 130 ual...... 211 see Fuel Route guidance active ...... 167 16 Index

S Servicemenu(on-board computer) ...... 171 Safety Servicemessage Children in the vehicle ...... 53 see ASSYST PLUS see Occupant safety Serviceproducts Safety system Brake fluid ...... 293 see Driving safety systems Coolant (engine) ...... 293 SD card Engine oil...... 292 Inserting ...... 217 Fuel...... 291 Inserting/removing ...... 217 Important safety notes ...... 290 Removing ...... 217 Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys- SD memory card tem) ...... 294 see also DigitalOperator's Man- Washerflui d ...... 294 ual...... 211 Settingthe air distribution ...... 110 Selecting ...... 169 Setting the airflow ...... 110 Search&Send Setting the date/time format see also DigitalOperator's Man- see also Digital Operator's Man- ual...... 211 Seat ual...... 211 Setting the language Correct driver's seatposition ...... 84 Seat belts see also Digital Operator's Man- ual...... 211 Adjusting the driver's and front- Setting the time passenger seatbelt...... 42 see also Digital Operator's Man- Correct usage...... 41 ual...... 211 Fastening ...... 42 Settings Important safety guidelines...... 40 Factory (on-board computer) ...... 175 Introduction ...... 39 On-board computer...... 172 Releasing ...... 42 SETUP (on-board computer, Switching belt adjustment on/off Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ...... 175 (on-board computer) ...... 174 Side impactair bag ...... 44 Warning lamp ...... 203 Side marker lamp Warning lamp (function) ...... 42 Seats Changing bulbs(rear) ...... 101 Side marker lamp (display mes- Adjusting (electrically) ...... 86 sage) Adjusting (manually) ...... 86 ...... 189 Side windows Adjusting the 4-waylumbarsup- port...... 87 Cleaning ...... 241 Adjusting the headrestraint ...... 86 Convenience closing feature ...... 76 Important safety notes ...... 84 Important safety information ...... 74 Overview ...... 84 Opening/closing (all)...... 75 Seatheating problem ...... 87 Opening/closing (front) ...... 75 Storing settings (memory func- Overview ...... 74 tion) ...... 93 Problem (malfunction) ...... 76 Switching AIRSCARFon/off...... 87 Resetting ...... 76 Switching seatheating on/off...... 87 Reversing feature ...... 74 Selectorlever SIRIUSservices Positions ...... 122 see also Digital Operator's Man- Sensors (cleaning instructions) ...... 242 ual...... 211 Index 17

SmartKey Buttons (on-board computer) ...... 164 Changing the battery ...... 68 Important safety notes ...... 88 Changing the programming ...... 66 Storing settings (memory func- Checkingthe battery ...... 68 tion) ...... 93 Display message ...... 201 Steering wheelpaddle shifters ...... 126 Doorcentral locking/unlocking ...... 65 Stopwatch (RACETIMER) ...... 175 Important safety notes...... 65 Stowageareas ...... 219 Loss...... 69 Stowagecompartments Mechanical key ...... 67 Armrest (under)...... 219 Opening/closing the roof...... 79 Center console ...... 220 Overview ...... 65 Cupholders ...... 221 Positions (ignition lock) ...... 116 Door ...... 220 Problem (malfunction) ...... 69 Eyeglasses compartment ...... 220 Starting the engine ...... 118 Glove box ...... 219 SMS Important safety information ...... 219 see also Digital Operator's Man- Rear wall ...... 220 ual...... 211 Stowagenet ...... 220 Snowchains ...... 262 Stowagenet ...... 220 Sockets Summertires ...... 262 Center console ...... 223 Sun visor ...... 222 Generalnotes ...... 223 Surround lighting (on-board com- Sound puter) ...... 173 Switching on/off...... 212 Switchingair-recirculationmode Special seat belt retractor ...... 54 on/off ...... 112 Specialist workshop ...... 27 Switchingonmediamode Speed, controlling Via the device list ...... 217 see Cruise control Speedometer T Digital ...... 167 In the Instrument cluster ...... 32 Tachometer ...... 163 Segments ...... 163 Tail lamps Selecting the display unit...... 172 Displaymessage ...... 189 Sport handlingmode see Lights Activating/deactivating Tank content (Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 62 Fuelgauge ...... 32 Warning lamp ...... 206 Technical data Standinglamps Capacities ...... 290 Displaymessage ...... 189 Emergency spare wheel...... 286 Switching on/off...... 96 Information ...... 288 Start/stopfunction Tires/wheels ...... 284 see ECO start/stop function Vehicledata...... 295 Starting(engine) ...... 117 TELEAID Steering Call priority ...... 227 Displaymessage ...... 200 Emergency call...... 225 Steering wheel Generalnotes ...... 224 Adjusting (electrically) ...... 89 MB info callbutton ...... 226 Adjusting (manually) ...... 88 RoadsideAssistance button ...... 226 Buttonoverview ...... 33 Self-test ...... 224 18 Index

System ...... 224 Generalnotes ...... 267 VehicleHealth Check ...... 227 Important safety notes ...... 268 Telephone Radiotypeapproval for the tire Accepting acall(multifunction pressure monitor ...... 270 steering wheel)...... 170 Restarting ...... 270 Authorizing amobilephone (con- Warning lamp ...... 210 necting)...... 215 Warning message ...... 269 Authorizing amobilephone via the Tire-changetoolkit ...... 246 device manager (connecting)...... 216 TIREFITkit ...... 247 Connecting amobilephone Important safety notes ...... 247 (device manager)...... 216 Storage location ...... 246 Connecting amobilephone (gen- Tire pressure not reached ...... 249 eralinformation) ...... 215 Tire pressure reached ...... 249 Displaymessage ...... 200 Tires Menu (on-board computer) ...... 169 Aspect ratio(definition) ...... 279 Numberfrom the phone book...... 170 Average weight of the vehicle Redialing ...... 170 occupants (definition) ...... 278 Rejecting/ending acall...... 170 Bar (definition) ...... 278 see also Digital Operator's Man- Changing awheel ...... 280 ual...... 211 Characteristics ...... 278 Temperature Checking ...... 260 Coolant ...... 164 Curb weight (definition) ...... 279 Coolant (on-board computer, Definition of terms ...... 278 Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 175 Directionofrotation ...... 280 Engine oil(on-board computer, Displaymessage ...... 196 Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 175 Distribution of the vehicleoccu- Outsidetemperature ...... 163 pants (definition) ...... 280 Setting (climate control)...... 109 DOT (Department of Transporta- Transmission oil(on-board com- tion) (definition) ...... 278 puter, Mercedes-AMGSLC 43) ...... 175 DOT, Tire Identification Number Timing (RACETIMER) ...... 175 (TIN) ...... 277 Tire pressure GAWR(GrossAxle Weight Rating) Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 267 (definition) ...... 278 Checking manually ...... 266 GVW(GrossVehicleWeight) (def- Displaymessage ...... 196 inition) ...... 279 Maximum...... 266 GVWR (GrossVehicleWeight Rat- Not reached (TIREFIT) ...... 249 ing)(definition) ...... 279 Notes...... 265 Important safety notes ...... 260 Reached (TIREFIT) ...... 249 Increased vehicleweightdue to Recommended ...... 263 optionalequipment (definition) ...... 278 Tire pressure loss warningsystem Information on driving ...... 260 Generalnotes ...... 266 Kilopascal(kPa)(definition) ...... 279 Important safety notes ...... 267 Labeling (overview) ...... 275 Restarting ...... 267 Loadbearing index (definition) ...... 280 Tire pressure monitor Loadindex ...... 277 Checking the tire pressure elec- Loadindex (definition) ...... 279 tronically ...... 269 M+S tires...... 262 Function/notes...... 267 Index 19

Maximum load on atire (defini- Towingaway tion) ...... 279 Important safety guidelines...... 256 Maximum loaded vehicle weight Installing the towing eye...... 256 (definition) ...... 279 Removing the towing eye...... 257 Maximum permissible tire pres- Transporting the vehicle...... 258 sure (definition) ...... 279 With both axles on the ground ...... 257 Maximum tire load...... 277 With the rearaxleraised ...... 257 Maximum tire load(definition) ...... 279 Trafficreports MOExtended tires ...... 262 see also Digital Operator's Man- Optional equipment weight (defi- ual...... 211 nition) ...... 280 Transmission Overview ...... 260 Selector lever ...... 122 PSI (pounds per square inch) (def- see Automatictransmission inition) ...... 279 Transmissionposition display ...... 122 Replacing ...... 280 Transporting the vehicle ...... 258 Service life ...... 261 Trip computer (on-board com- Sidewall (definition) ...... 279 puter) ...... 166 Speed rating (definition) ...... 279 Trip odometer Storing ...... 281 Calling up ...... 166 Structure and characteristics Resetting (on-board computer) ...... 167 (definition) ...... 278 Trunk Summer tires ...... 262 Emergency release ...... 73 Temperature ...... 274 Important safety notes ...... 72 TIN (Tire Identification Number) Locking separately...... 73 (definition) ...... 280 Opening/closing (manuallyfrom Tire bead(definition) ...... 279 outside) ...... 73 Tire pressure (definition) ...... 279 Overview ...... 72 Tire pressures(recommended)...... 278 Trunk lid Tire size (data) ...... 284 Displaymessage ...... 200 Tire size designation, load-bearing Opening dimensions ...... 295 capacity, speedrating ...... 275 Trunk partition Tire tread ...... 261 Displaymessage ...... 200 Tire tread (definition) ...... 279 Generalnotes ...... 79 Total loadlimit (definition) ...... 280 Opening/closing ...... 80 Traction ...... 274 Turn signals Traction (definition) ...... 280 Displaymessage ...... 189 Treadwear...... 274 Switching on/off...... 96 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Two-wayradio Standards...... 273 Frequencies...... 288 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Installation ...... 288 Standards(definition) ...... 278 Transmission output(maximum) .... 288 Wearindicator (definition) ...... 280 Type identificationplate Wheel and tire combination ...... 284 see Vehicleidentification plate Wheel rim (definition) ...... 278 see Flattire U Tow-starting Emergency engine starting ...... 258 Unlocking Important safety notes ...... 256 Emergency unlocking ...... 72 20 Index

From inside the vehicle (central VIN unlocking button) ...... 71 Seat...... 290 Upshift indicator Type plate ...... 289 (on-board computer, Mercedes- AMG SLC 43) ...... 175 W USB devices Warning and indicator lamps Connecting to the MediaInter- ABS ...... 204 face ...... 218 Active Brake Assist ...... 209 V Brake Assist ...... 209 Brakes ...... 204 Vehicle Check Engine ...... 207 Correct use ...... 27 Coolant ...... 207 Data acquisition ...... 28 Distance PilotDISTRONIC ...... 209 Display message ...... 198 Distance warning ...... 209 Electronics ...... 288 ESP® ...... 205 Equipment ...... 24 ESP® OFF ...... 206 Individualsettings ...... 172 Fueltank ...... 207 Limited Warranty ...... 28 Generalnotes ...... 202 Loading ...... 271 Parking brake ...... 206 Locking (in an emergency) ...... 72 PASSENGER AIR BAG ...... 39 Locking (SmartKey) ...... 65 Reserve fuel...... 207 Lowering ...... 284 Restraint system ...... 206 Maintenance ...... 25 Seatbelt...... 203 Parking for along period...... 133 SPORThandling mode...... 206 Pulling away...... 118 Tire pressure monitor ...... 210 Raising ...... 281 Warning triangle ...... 244 Reporting problems ...... 27 Warranty ...... 24 Securing from rolling away ...... 281 Washer fluid Tow-starting ...... 256 Displaymessage ...... 201 Towing away ...... 256 Weather display (COMAND) Transporting ...... 258 see also Digital Operator's Man- Unlocking (inanemergency) ...... 72 ual...... 211 Unlocking (SmartKey)...... 65 Wheel and tire combinations Vehicledata...... 295 Tires ...... 284 Vehiclebattery Wheel bolt tighteningtorque ...... 284 see Battery (vehicle) Wheel chock ...... 281 Vehicledata ...... 295 Wheels Vehicledimensions ...... 295 Changing awheel ...... 280 Vehicleemergencylocking ...... 72 Checking ...... 260 Vehicleidentificationnumber Cleaning ...... 241 see VIN Emergency spare wheel...... 285 Vehicleidentificationplate ...... 289 Important safety notes ...... 260 Vehicletoolkit ...... 245 Information on driving ...... 260 Video Interchanging/changing ...... 280 Operating the DVD ...... 169 Mounting anew wheel...... 283 see also Digital Operator's Man- Mounting awheel ...... 281 ual...... 211 Overview ...... 260 Index 21

Removingawheel...... 283 Storing ...... 281 Tightening torque ...... 284 Wheel size/tire size ...... 284 Windscreen Inserting and removing ...... 80 Preparing for installation ...... 80 see AIRGUIDE Windows see Sidewindows Windshield Defrosting ...... 110 Windshieldwasher fluid see Windshield washersystem Windshieldwasher system Adding washerfluid ...... 236 Important safety notes ...... 294 Windshieldwipers Displaymessage ...... 201 Problem (malfunction) ...... 103 Replacing the wiperblades...... 101 Switching on/off...... 101 Winter driving Important safety notes ...... 262 Slippery roadsurfaces ...... 138 Snow chains ...... 262 Winter operation Overview ...... 262 Winter tires M+S tires...... 262 Wiperblades Cleaning ...... 241 Important safety notes ...... 101 Replacing ...... 101 Workshop see Qualifiedspecialist workshop

Z ZONE function Switching on/off...... 110 22 Digital Operator's Manual

Introduction Operating theDigital Operator's Man- ual The printedOperator's Manual providesinfor- mation about thesafeoperation of your vehicle. General notes The Digital Operator's Manual providescompre- Pleaseobservethe information about theoper- hensiveand specifically adapted information on ation of thecontroller (Y page 212). your vehicle's equipmentand multimedia system. You can call up theDigital Operator's Man- ual via themultimedia system. Content pages i You will notincur any costswhen calling up The contentpages can be accessed by meansof theDigital Operator's Manual. The Digital avisual search,akeyword search or usingthe Operator's Manual works without connecting contents. to theInternet. Thereare three ways to access thetopicsofthe Digital Operator's Manual: RVisualsearch The visual search allows you to exploreyour vehicle"virtually". Starting from either the vehicleexteriorvieworinteriorview, you can access manyofthe differenttopicscovered by theDigital Operator's Manual. To access thevehicleinteriorsection,select the"Vehi- cle interior" view. RKeywordsearch X To scroll forwards/backwards: turn The keyword search allows you to search for a 3 thecontroller. keyword by enteringcharacters. X RContents To displayinfull-screen or animation: slide 8 thecontroller to theleft :. You can select individual sectionsinthe contents. X To select information texts or savebook- i marks: slide 9 thecontroller to the The Digital Operator's Manual is deactiva- right ;. tedfor safetyreasonswhile driving. X To select alink: slide 6 thecontroller downwards =. X Operation To exit acontent page: select % symbol ?. Calling up theDigital Operator's Man- X To call up thebasic menuofthe Digital ual Operator's Manual: select Þ symbol A. X To switch functions to themultimedia X Press the Ø buttoninthe center console. system using thebuttonsonthe center The overview relating to thevehicleappears. console: press the $, %, Õ or Ø X Selectthe "Operator's Manual" menuitemby button. turning 3 or pressing 7 thecontroller. The selected menuappears. The Digital Oper- X Confirm 7 themessage about thewarning ator's Manual remainsopen in theback- and safetynotes. ground. The basic menufor theDigital Operator's Manual appears. Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts 23

Protecting the environment Rchange gear in good time and use each gear only up to Ô of its maximum engine speed. General notes Rswitch off the engine in stationary traffic. H Environmental note Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel consump- Daimler's declared policy is one of compre- tion. hensive environmental protection. The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this Environmental concerns and recom- planet to be used sparingly and in amanner mendations Introduction that takes the requirements of both nature Wherever the operating instructions require you and humanity into account. to dispose of materials, first try to regenerate or You too can help to protect the environment re-use them. Observe the relevant environmen- by operating your vehicle in an environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials. In this way you will help to protect the tally responsible manner. environment. Fuel consumption and the rate of engine, transmission, brake and tire wear are affected by these factors: Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts Roperating conditionsofyour vehicle H Ryour personal driving style Environmental note You can influence both factors. You should Daimler AG also suppliesreconditioned major bear the following in mind: assemblies and parts which are of the same Operating conditions: quality as new parts. They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new R avoid short trips as these increase fuel con- parts. sumption. Ralways make sure that the tire pressures ! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi- are correct. ces, as well as control units and sensors for R these restraint systems, may be installed in do not carry any unnecessary weight. the following areas of your vehicle: R remove roof racks once you no longer need Rdoors them. Rdoor pillars R aregularly serviced vehicle will contribute Rdoor sills to environmental protection. You should Rseats therefore adhere to the service intervals. Rcockpit R always have service work carried out at a Rinstrumentcluster qualified specialist workshop. Rcenter console Personal driving style: Do not install accessories such as audio sys- Rdo not depress the accelerator pedal when tems in these areas. Do not carry out repairs or welding. You could impair the operating startingthe engine. efficiency of the restraint systems. R do not warm up the engine when the vehicle Have aftermarket accessories installed at a is stationary. qualified specialist workshop. Rdrive carefully and maintain asafe distance You could jeopardize the operating safety of from the vehicle in front. your vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels as Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration and well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes-Benz. This braking. could lead to malfunctionsinsafety-relevant

Z 24 Service and vehicleoperation

systems, e.g. the brake system. Use only genu- tions in the Service and Warranty Information ine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of equalqual- booklet. ity. Only use tires, wheels and accessories that Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will have been specifically approved for your vehi- replace and repair all factory-installedparts in cle. accordance with the following warranty terms Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject to and conditions: strict quality control. Every part has been spe- RNew Vehicle Limited Warranty cifically developed,manufactured or selected R for and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehicles. Emission System Warranty Therefore, only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts REmission Performance Warranty Introduction should be used. RCalifornia, Connecticut,Maine, Massachu- More than 300,000 different genuine setts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island Mercedes-Benz parts are available for and Vermont Emission Control System War- Mercedes-Benz models. ranty All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain RState warranty enforcementlaws (lemon asupply of genuine Mercedes-Benz parts for laws) necessary service and repair work. In addition, Replacement parts and accessories are covered strategically located parts delivery centers pro- by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessories vide quick and reliable parts service. warranties. These are available at any author- Always specify the vehicle identification number ized Mercedes-Benz Center. (VIN) when ordering genuine Mercedes-Benz i Should you lose your Service and Warranty Y page 289). parts ( Information booklet, have an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center arrange for areplace- ment. The new Service and Warranty Infor- Operator's Manual mation booklet will be posted to you. Vehicle equipment i This Operator's Manual describes all models Information for customers in Califor- and all standard and optional equipment of nia your vehicle available at the time of going to print. Country-specific differences are possi- Under California law you may be entitled to a ble. Bear in mind that your vehicle may not replacement of your vehicle or arefund of the feature all functions described here. This also purchase price or lease price, if after areason- applies to safety-relevant systems and func- able number of repair attempts Mercedes-Benz tions. The equipment in your vehicle may USA, LLC and/or its authorized repair or service therefore differ from that shown in the facilities fail to fix one or more substantial descriptions and illustrations. defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty. The original purchase agreement lists all sys- During the period of 18 months from original tems installed in your vehicle. delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of Should you have any questions concerning 18,000 miles (approximately 29,000 km) on the equipment and operation, please consult an odometer of the vehicle, whichever occurs first, authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. areasonable number of repair attempts is pre- The Operator's Manual and Maintenance Book- sumed for aretail buyerorlessee if one or more let are important documents and should be kept of the following occurs: in the vehicle. (1) the same substantial defect or malfunction results in acondition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is Service and vehicleoperation driven, that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times, and you Warranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and condi- Service and vehicleoperation 25

have directly notified Mercedes-BenzUSA, Change of address or change of own- LLC in writing of the need for its repair. ership (2) the same substantial defect or malfunction of aless serious nature than category (1) In the event of achange of address, please send has been subject to repair four or more us the "Notification of Address Change" in the times and you have directly notified Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes-Benzinwriting of the need for its Mercedes-BenzCustomer AssistanceCenter repair. (USA) at the hotline number (3) the vehicle is out of service by reason of 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) or Customer Service Center (Canada)at

repair of the same or different substantial Introduction defects or malfunctions for acumulative 1-800-387-0100.This will assist us in contact- total of more than 30 calendar days. ing you in atimely manner should the need arise. If you sell your Mercedes, please leave the entire Please send your written notice to: literature in the vehicle so that it is available to Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC the next owner. Customer AssistanceCenter If you have purchased aused car, please send us 3Mercedes Drive the "Notification of Used Car Purchase" in the Montvale, NJ 07645-0350 Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes-BenzCustomer AssistanceCenter (USA) at the hotline number Maintenance 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) or Customer Service (Canada)at1-800-387-0100. The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenancework which should be done at regular intervals. Vehicle operation outside the USA Always have the Service and Warranty Booklet and Canada with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter. The service If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign advisor will record every service for you in the countries, please be aware that: Service and Warranty Booklet. Rservice facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available. Runleaded fuel for vehicles with acatalytic Roadside Assistance converter may not be available. Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic converter. The Mercedes-BenzRoadside AssistancePro- R gram offers technical help in the event of a the fuel may have aconsiderably lower octane breakdown. Callstothe toll-free Roadside Assis- rating. Unsuitable fuel can cause engine dam- tance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 age. hours aday, 365 days ayear. Some Mercedes-Benzmodels are available for 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) delivery in Europe through our European Deliv- (USA) ery Program. For details, consult an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter or write to one of the 1-800-387-0100 (Canada) following addresses. For additional information, refer to the In the USA Mercedes-BenzRoadside AssistanceProgram brochure (USA) or the "Roadside Assistance" Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC section in the Service and Warranty booklet European Delivery Department (Canada). You will find both in your vehicle lit- One Mercedes Drive erature portfolio. Montvale, NJ 07645-0350 In Canada Mercedes-BenzCanada,Inc. European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9 Z 26 Operating safety

Operating safety ! There is arisk of damage to the vehicle if: Rthe vehicle becomes stuck,e.g. on ahigh Important safetynotes curb or an unpaved road G WARNING Ryou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. a curb, aspeed bump or apothole in the road If you do not have the prescribed service/ Raheavy objectstrikes the underbody or maintenancework or any required repairs parts of the chassis carried out, this can result in malfunctions or In situationslike this, the body, the under- system failures. There is arisk of an accident. body, chassis parts, wheels or tires could be Introduction Always have the prescribed service/mainte- damaged without the damage being visible. nancework as well as any required repairs Components damaged in this way can unex- carried out at aqualified specialist workshop. pectedly fail or, in the case of an accident, no longer withstand the loads they are designed to. G WARNING If the underbody paneling is damaged, com- Flammable material such as leaves, grass or bustible materials such as leaves, grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with twigs can gather between the underbody and hot parts of the exhaust system. There is arisk the underbody paneling. If these materials of fire. come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system, they can catchfire. When driving off road or on unpaved roads, In such situations, have the vehicle checked checkthe vehicle's underside regularly. In and repaired immediately at aqualified spe- particular, remove parts of plants or other cialist workshop. If on continuingyour jour- flammable materials which have become ney you notice that driving safety is impaired, trapped. In the case of damage, contact a pull over and stop the vehicle immediately, qualified specialist workshop. paying attention to road and traffic conditions. In such cases, consult aqualified specialist workshop. G WARNING Modifications to electronic components, their software as well as wiring can impair their Declarations of conformity function and/or the function of other net- worked components. In particular, systems Vehicle components which receive relevant to safety could also be affected. As a and/or transmit radio waves result, these may no longer function as inten- USA: "The wireless devices of this vehicle com- ded and/or jeopardizethe operatingsafety of ply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is the vehicle. There is an increased risk of an subject to the two following two conditions:1) accidentand injury. These devices may not cause harmful interference, and 2) These devices must accept any Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec- interference received, including interference tronic componentsortheir software. You that may cause undesired operation.Changes should have all work to electrical and elec- or modifications not expressly approved by the tronic equipment carried out at aqualified party responsible for compliancecould void the specialist workshop. user’s authoritytooperate the equipment." Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:(1) These devices may not cause interference, and (2) These devices must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device." Operating safety 27

Diagnostics connection Always havethe followingworkcarriedout at an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter: The diagnosticsconnectionisonlyintendedfor Rworkrelevant to safety theconnectionofdiagnostic equipmentata R qualified specialistworkshop. serviceand maintenance work Rrepair work G WARNING Ralterations, installation workand modifica- If you connectequipmenttoadiagnostics tions connection in thevehicle, it may affectthe Rworkonelectronic components operation of vehicle systems.Asaresult,the Introduction operatingsafetyofthe vehicle could be affected. There is ariskofanaccident. Correct use Only connectequipmenttoadiagnosticscon- If you removeany warningstickers, you or oth- nection in thevehicle, whichisapproved for ers could fail to recognizecertaindangers. your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. Leave warningstickersinposition. Observethe followinginformation when driving G WARNING your vehicle: Objects in thedriver's footwell may restrict Rthesafetynotes in this manual theclearancearound thepedals or blocka Rtechnical datafor thevehicle depressed pedal. Thisjeopardizes theoper- Rtraffic rulesand regulations atingand road safetyofthe vehicle. There is a Rlaws and safetystandardspertainingtomotor riskofanaccident. vehicles Stow all objects securely in thevehicle so that they do notget into thedriver's footwell. Whenusingfloormatsorcarpets, makesure Problemswithyourvehicle that they are properly securedsothattheydo If you should experience aproblem withyour notslip or obstruct thepedals. Do notplace vehicle, particularly onethatyou believe may severalfloormatsorcarpetsontop of one affectits safeoperation,weurgeyou to contact another. an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenterimmedi- ately to havethe problem diagnosed and rectified. If theproblem is notresolved to your sat- ! If theengineisswitched offand equipment isfaction,please discussthe problem again with on thediagnosticsconnectionisused,the an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenteror, if nec- starter battery may discharge. essary, contact us at oneofthe following Connectingequipmenttothe diagnosticscon- addresses. nection can lead to emissionsmonitoringinfor- In theUSA mation beingreset,for example. Thismay lead Customer AssistanceCenter to thevehicle failingtomeetthe requirements of thenextemissionstestduringthe main inspec- Mercedes-BenzUSA,LLC tion. 3Mercedes Drive Montvale, NJ 07645-0350 In Canada Qualified specialist workshop Customer RelationsDepartment An authorized Mercedes-BenzCenterisaquali- Mercedes-BenzCanada, Inc. fiedspecialistworkshop.Ithas thenecessary 98 VanderhoofAvenue specialistknowledge,tools and qualificationsto Toronto,Ontario M4G4C9 correctlycarry out theworkrequiredonyour vehicle. Thisisespecially thecasefor workrel- evant to safety. Reporting safetydefects Observethe notesinthe Maintenance Booklet. USAonly: Z 28 Data stored in the vehicle

The following text is published as required of content/asportal/en/communication/ manufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Fed- informationen_fuer/QRCode.html. eral Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the "National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966". Data stored in the vehicle If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause acrash or could cause injury Data storage or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Awide range of electronic components in your (NHTSA)inaddition to notifying Mercedes-Benz vehicle contain data memories. Introduction USA,LLC. These data memories temporarily or perma- If NHTSA receives similar complaints,itmay nently store technical information about: open an investigation, and if it finds that asafety Rvehicle's operating state defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order Rincidents arecall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Rmalfunctions cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz In general, this technical information docu- USA,LLC. mentsthe state of acomponent, amodule, a system or the surroundings. To contact NHTSA,you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at These include, for example: 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Roperating conditions of system components, http://www.safercar.gov;orwrite to: Admin- e.g. fluid levels istrator,NHTSA,400 SeventhStreet, SW., Rthe vehicle's status messages and those of its Washington,DC20590. individual components, e.g. number of wheel You can also obtain other information about revolutions/speed, deceleration in move- motor vehicle safety from ment,lateral acceleration, accelerator pedal http://www.safercar.gov position Rmalfunctionsand defects in important system components, e.g. lights, brakes Limited Warranty Rvehicle reactionsand operating conditions in ! special driving situations, e.g. air bag deploy- Observe the notes in this Operator's Manual ment,intervention of stability control sys- regarding the correctoperation of your vehi- tems cle and possible damage to the vehicle. Dam- Rambient conditions, e.g. outside temperature age to the vehicle which is caused by violation of these notes is not covered by the This data is of an exclusively technical nature Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or the new and can be used to: or used-vehicle warranty. Rassist in recognizing and rectifying malfunctions and defects Ranalyze vehicle functions, e.g. after an acci- QR codes for the rescue card dent Roptimize vehicle function The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flap The data cannot be used to trace the vehicle's and on the opposite side on the B-pillar. In the movements. event of an accident,rescue services can use When your vehicle is serviced, technical infor- the QR code to quickly find the appropriate res- mation can be read from the event data memory cue card for your vehicle. The current rescue and malfunction data memory. card contains the most important information Services include, for example: about your vehicle in acompact form, e.g. the routing of the electric cables. Rrepair services You can find more information under http:// Rservice processes portal.aftersales.i.daimler.com/public/ Rwarranties Rquality assurance Data stored in the vehicle 29

The vehicle is read out by employees of the ser- The EDRinthis vehicle is designed to record vice network (including the manufacturer) using such data as: special diagnostic testers. More detailed infor- RHow various systems in your vehicle were mation is obtained from it, if required. operating After amalfunction has been rectified, the infor- RWhether or not the driver and passenger mation is deleted from the malfunction memory safety belts were buckled/fastened or is continually overwritten. RHow far (if at all) the driver was depressing the When operating the vehicle, situations are con- accelerator and/or brake pedal and ceivable in which this technical data, in connec- RHow fast the vehicle was traveling.

tion with other information (if necessary, under Introduction consultation with an authorized expert), could These data can help provide abetter under- be traced to aperson. standingofthe circumstances in which acci- Examples include: dents and injuries occur. NOTE: EDRdata are recorded by your vehicle only if anon-trivial Raccident reports crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by Rdamage to the vehicle the EDRunder normal driving conditions and no Rwitness statements personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and acci- Further additional functions that have been con- dent location) are recorded. However, other par- tractually agreed upon with the customer allow ties, such as law enforcement could combine certain vehicle data to be conveyed by the vehi- EDRdata with the type of personally identifying cle as well. The additional functions include, for data routinely acquired during acrash investi- example, vehicle location in case of an emer- gation. gency. Access to the vehicle and/or the EDRisneeded to read data that is recorded by the EDR, and special equipment is required. In addition to the COMAND/mbrace (Canada: TELEAID) vehicle manufacturer, other parties that have the special equipment, such as law enforce- If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or ment,can read the information by accessing the mbrace, additional data about the vehicle's vehicle or the EDR. operation, the use of the vehicle in certain sit- EDRdata may be used in civil and criminal mat- uations, and the location of the vehicle may be ters as atool in accident reconstruction, acci- compiled through COMAND or the mbrace sys- dent claims and vehicle safety. Sincethe Crash tem. Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract For additional information please refer to the data from the EDRiscommercially available, COMAND User Manual or the Digital Operator's Mercedes-Benz USA,LLC ("MBUSA") expressly Manual and/or the mbrace Terms and Condi- disclaims any and all liability arising from the tions. extraction of this information by unauthorized Mercedes-Benz personnel. MBUSA will not share EDRdata with others Event datarecorders without the consentofthe vehicle owners or, if the vehicle is leased, without the consentofthe This vehicle is equipped with an event data lessee. Exceptions to this representation recorder (EDR). This vehicle is equipped with an include responses to subpoenas by law enforce- event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of ment;byfederal, state or local government; in an EDRistorecord, in certain crash or near connection with or arising out of litigation involv- crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deploy- ing MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates; or, ment or hittingaroad obstacle, data that will as required by law. assist in understanding how avehicle's systems Warning: The EDRisacomponent of the performed. The EDRisdesigned to record data Restraint System Module. Tampering with, alter- related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems ing, modifying or removing the EDRcomponent for ashort period of time, typically 30 seconds may result in amalfunction of the Restraint Sys- or less. tem Module and other systems. Statelaws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre-empted.

Z 30 Information on copyright

This means that in the event of such conflict, the federal regulation governs.AsofFebruary 2013, 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.

Information on copyright General information Information on license for free and open-source Introduction software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is availableonthe following website: http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource Cockpit 31

Cockpit lance ag At

Function Page Function Page : Steering wheel paddle shift- E Adjusts thesteering wheel ers 126 manually 88 ; Combination switch 96 F Adjusts thesteering wheel electrically 88 = Instrumentcluster 32 G Cruisecontrol lever 139 ? Horn H Electric parking brake 132 A Parking Assist PARKTRONIC warning display 149 I Diagnostics connection 27 B Overhead control panel 36 J Opensthe hood 233 C Climatecontrol systems 104 K Lightswitch 95 D Ignition lock 116 Start/Stopbutton 116 32 Instrumentcluster

Instrumentcluster lance ag At

Function Page Function Page : Speedometer withsegments 163 Warning and indicator lamps: Warning and indicator lamps: M SPORT handlingmode in theMercedes-AMG Electric parking brake(red) 206 SLC43 206 F USAonly R Rear fog lamp 96 ! Canadaonly N This indicator lamp has ! Electric parking brake no function (yellow) 206 ; CheckEngine 207 · Distancewarning 209 h Tirepressuremonitor 210 ® å ESP OFF 205 6 Restraintsystem 38 ! ABS 204 ü Seat belts 203 Brakes(red) 204 A $ USAonly Coolanttemperature gauge 164 J Canadaonly Warning and indicator lamps: ? L Low-beam headlamps 96 Coolant 207 T Parking lamps 96 B Fuellevel indicator K High-beam headlamps 96 Warning and indicator lamps: ÷ ESP® 205 8 Reserve fuel level with fuel filler flap location indica- ; #! Turn signals 96 tor(right) 207 = Multifunction display 165 C Instrumentclusterlighting 163 ? Tachometer 163

Information on displayingthe outside tempera- under "Outside temperature display" tureinthe multifunction display can be found (Y page 163). Multifunctionsteering wheel 33

Multifunction steering wheel nce la ag At

Function Page Function Page : Multifunction display 165 ? =; ; Multimediasystem display Selects amenu 164 9: = ? Selects asubmenu or scrolls Switches on voice-operated through lists 164 navigation or the Voice Con- a trol System Confirmsaselection 164 8 Hides display messages 178 Mute % WX Back 164 Adjusts the volume Switches off voice-operated ~ navigation or the Voice Con- Rejects or endsacall 169 trol System Exits the telephone book/ redialmemory 6 Makes or accepts acall Switchestothe redialmemory i In vehicles with multimediasystem i In vehicles with multimediasystem Audio 20 COMAND youcan find further information: youcan find further information: Ron the multimediasystem in the Digital Ron the multimediasystem in the Digital Operator's Manual Operator's Manual Ron the Voice Control System in the sepa- Ron the voice-operated control of the navi- rate operating instructions gation in the manufacturer'soperating instructions 34 Center console

Center console Center console, upper section lance ag At

Function Page Function Page : Multimedia system 212 B £ Hazard warning lamps 97 ; c Seat heating 87 C a PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFindicator lamp 46 = Ò AIRSCARF 87 D å ESP® 60 ? c Parking Assist PARKTRONIC 149 E à DYNAMIC SELECT button 121 A è ECO start/stopfunction 118

i In vehicleswithmultimedia system i In vehicleswithmultimedia system Audio20 COMAND you can findfurther information: you can findfurther information: Ron themultimedia system in theDigital Ron themultimedia system in theDigital Operator's Manual Operator's Manual Ron theVoiceControl Systeminthe sepa- Ron voice-controlled navigation in theman- rateoperatinginstructions ufacturer'soperatinginstructions Center console 35

Center console, lower section lance ag At

Function Page Function Page F Stowage compartment 220 I Stowage compartmentwith Ashtray 223 Media Interface 219 Cigarettelighter 223 J Roof switch cover 78 Socket 223 K Multimedia system control- G Selector lever 122 ler H Stowage compartment L p Manual driveprogram for Cup holder 221 theautomatic transmission 126 36 Overheadcontrol panel

Overheadcontrol panel lance ag At

Function Page Function Page : p Switches the left-hand B Eyeglasses compartment 220 reading lamp on/off 99 C ï MB Infocall button ; c Switches the interior (mbrace system) 226 lighting on/off 99 D Rear-view mirror 90 = µ Operates MAGIC SKY CONTROL 82 E Buttons for the garage door opener 230 ? p Switches the right- hand reading lamp on/off 99 F F Roadside Assistance call button (mbrace system) 226 A | Switches the automatic interior lighting control G G SOS button (mbrace on/off 99 system) 225 Door control panel 37

Door controlpanel nce la ag At

Function Page Function Page : Opens thedoor 71 B \ Selects the right exteriormirror 91 ; %&Unlocks/locks the vehicle 71 C W Opens/closes the right sidewindow 74 = Adjusts the seats electrically 86 D W 45= Opens/closes the left ? r sidewindow 74 Stores seat, exterior mirror and steering column adjust- E 7 Adjusts the exterior ment settings 93 mirrors 91 A ö Folds the exterior mir- F Z Selects the left exterior rors in/out 91 mirror 91 38 Occupant safety

Panic alarm You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed(Y page 43). An air bag supplements acorrectly worn seat belt. As an additional safety device, the air bag increases the level of protection for vehicle occupants in the event of an accident. For example, if, in the event of an accident, the protection offered by the seat belt is sufficient, the air bags are not deployed. When an accident occurs, only the air bags that increase protection in that particular accident situation are deployed. How- ever, seat belts and air bags generally do not

Safety protect against objectspenetrating the vehicle from the outside. Information on restraint system operation can X To activate: press ! button : for at be found under "Triggering of the Emergency least one second. Tensioning Devices and air bags" (Y page 50). Avisual and audible alarm is triggered if the See "Children in the vehicle" for information on alarm system is armed. children traveling with you in the vehicle as well X To deactivate: press ! button : again. as on child restraint systems (Y page 53). or X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock. or Important safety notes X Press the KEYLESS-GO Start/Stop button. G WARNING The KEYLESS-GO key must be in the vehicle. Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended. The Occupant safety restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an Introduction to the restraint system accident or trigger unexpectedly, for example. This poses an increased risk of injury or even The restraint system can reduce the risk of vehicle occupants coming into contact with parts of fatal injury. the vehicle's interior in the event of an accident. Never modify parts of the restraint system. The restraint system can also reduce the forces Never tamper with the wiring, the electronic to which vehicle occupants are subjected during components or their software. an accident. The restraint system comprises: If it is necessary to modify components of the RSeat belt system restraint system to accommodate aperson with disabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes- RAir bags Benz Center for details. USA only: for further The components of the restraint system work in information contact our Customer Assistance conjunction with each other. They can only Center at 1-800FOR-MERCEDES deploy their protective function if, at all times, all (1‑800‑367‑6372). vehicle occupants: Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only use Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly driving aids which have been approved specifi- (Y page 41) cally for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. Rhave the seat and head restraint adjusted properly (Y page 84) As the driver, you also have to make sure that Restraint system warning lamp the steering wheel is adjusted correctly. Observe the information relating to the correct The functions of the restraint system are driver's seat position (Y page 84). checked after the ignition is switched on and at Occupant safety 39 regular intervalswhile the engine is running. The indicator lampsdisplay the status of the Therefore, malfunctions can be detected in front-passengerfront air bag. good time. RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec- The 6 restraint system warning lamp on the onds, subsequently both indicator lampsare instrument cluster lights up when the ignitionis off (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): the switched on. It goes out no later than afew sec- front-passengerfront air bag is abletodeploy onds after the vehicleisstarted. The compo- in the event of an accident. nents of the restraint system are in operational RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: the front- readiness. passenger front air bag is deactivated. It will Amalfunction has occurred if the 6 restraint then not be deployedinthe event of an acci- system warning lamp: dent. R

does not light up after the ignitionisswitched If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is Safety on off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator Rdoes not go out after afew seconds with the lamp shows the status of the front-passenger engine running front air bag.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Rlights up again while the engine is running indicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off. Depending on the person in the front-passenger G WARNING seat, the front-passengerfront air bag must If the restraint system is malfunctioning, either be deactivated or enabled; see the fol- restraint system components may be trig- lowing points. You must make sure of this both before and during ajourney. gered unintentionally or may not deploy as R intended during an accident. This can affect Children in achildrestraint system: whetherthe front-passengerfront air bag is for examplethe Emergency Tensioning enabled or deactivated depends on the instal- Device or the air bag.This poses an increased led child restraint system, and the age and risk of injury or even fatal injury. size of the child.Therefore, be sure to observe Have the restraint system checked and the notes on the "Occupant Classification Y repaired in aqualified specialist workshop as System (OCS)" ( page45) and on "Chil- dren in the vehicle" (Y page53). There you soon as possible. willalsofind instructions on rearward and forward-facing child restraint systems on the front-passengerseat. PASSENGER AIRBAG indicator lamp RAll other persons: depending on the classi- ficationofthe person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passengerfront air bag is enabled or deactivated (Y page45). Be sure to observe the notes on "Seat belts“ (Y page39) and "Air bags" (Y page43).There you can alsofind information on the correct seat position.

Seat belts Introduction

PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp : and Seat belts are the most effective means of PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp ; are restricting the movement of vehicleoccupants part of the Occupant Classification System in the event of an accident or the vehiclerolling (OCS). over. This reduces the risk of vehicleoccupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle. Fur- thermore, the seat belt helpstokeep the vehicle

Z 40 Occupant safety

occupant in the best position in relation to the dent or when braking or changing direction air bag. abruptly. This poses an increased risk of injury The seat belt system comprises: or even fatal injury. R Seat belts Always ensure that all vehicle occupantshave R Emergency TensioningDevices and seat belt their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit- force limiters ting properly. If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply by the seat belt guide, the inertia reel locks. The belt The components of the restraint system work in strap cannot be extracted any further. conjunction with each other. They can only The Emergency TensioningDevice tightensthe deploy their protective function if, at all times, all seat belt in an accident,pulling the belt close vehicle occupants: Safety against the body. However it does not pull the Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly vehicle occupant back in the direction of the (Y page 41) backrest. Rhave the seat and head restraint adjusted The Emergency TensioningDevice does not cor- properly (Y page 84) rect an incorrect seat position or the routing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt. G WARNING When triggered, aseat belt force limiter helps to The seat belt does not offer the intended level reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the of protection if you have not moved the back- vehicle occupant. rest to an almost vertical position. When brak- The seat belt force limiters are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the ing or in the event of an accident,you could deceleration force. This can reduce the force slide underneath the seat belt and sustain exerted on the vehicle occupantsduring an acci- abdomen or neck injuries, for example. This dent. poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal ! If the front-passenger seat is not occupied, injury. do not engage the seat belt tongue in the Adjust the seat properly before beginning buckle on the front-passenger seat. Other- your journey. Always ensure that the backrest wise, in the event of an accident the Emer- is in an almost vertical position and that the gency TensioningDevice and the side impact shoulder section of your seat belt is routed air bag, in addition to other systems, may be triggered and have to be replaced. across the center of your shoulder. G Important safety notes WARNING Persons less than 5ft(1.50 m) tall cannot The use of seat belts and child restraint systems wear the seat belt correctly without an addi- is required by law in: tional and suitable restraint system. If the R all 50 states seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot per- R the U.S. territories form its intended protective function. An Rthe District of Columbia incorrectly fastened seat belt can also cause Rall Canadian provinces injuries, for example, in the event of an acci- Even where this is not required by law, all vehicle dent or when braking or changing direction occupantsshould correctly fasten their seat abruptly. This poses an increased risk of injury belts before starting the journey. or even fatal injury. G WARNING For this reason, alwayssecure persons under If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot 5ft(1.50 m) tall in suitable additional restraint perform its intended protective function. An systems. incorrectly fastened seat belt can also cause injuries, for example, in the event of an acci- Occupant safety 41

If achild younger than twelve years old and Proper use of theseat belts under 5ft(1.50m)inheight is travelinginthe vehicle: Observe the safetynotes on the seat belt (Y page 40). Ralways securethe child in achild restraint system suitable for this Mercedes-Benzvehi- All vehicle occupantsmust be wearingthe seat cle. The child restraint system must be appro- belt correctly beforebeginningthe journey. Also priatetothe age, weight and size of the child. make sure that all vehicle occupantsare always R wearing the seat belt correctly while the vehicle always observe the instructions and safety is in motion. notes on "Children in the vehicle" (Y page 53) in addition to the child restraint When fasteningthe seat belt, always make sure system manufacturer'sinstallation and oper- that: atinginstructions Rthe seat belt buckle tongue is inserted only Safety Ralways observe the instructions and safety intothe belt buckle belonging to that seat notes on the "Occupant classification system Rthe seat belt is pulled tightacross your body (OCS)" (Y page 45) Avoid wearingbulky clothing,e.g. awinter G WARNING coat. Rthe seat belt is not twisted The seat belts may not perform their intended Only thencan the forces which occur be dis- protective function if: tributed over the area of the belt. Rtheyare damaged, modified, extremely Rthe shoulder section of the belt is routed dirty, bleachedordyed across the center of your shoulder Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged or The shoulder section of the seat belt should not touchyour neckorberouted under your extremely dirty arm or behindyour back. R the Emergency TensioningDevices, belt Rthe lap belt is taut and passes across your lap anchoragesorinertia reels have been modi- as low down as possible fied. The lap belt must always be routed across Seat belts may be damaged in an accident, your hip joints and not across your abdomen. althoughthe damage may not be visible, e.g. This applies particularly to pregnant women. due to splinters of glass. Modifiedordamaged If necessary, push the lap belt down to your hip jointand pull it tightusing the shoulder seat belts may tear or fail, e.g. in an accident. section of the belt. ModifiedEmergency TensioningDevices Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp, poin- could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy ted or fragile objects when necessary. This poses an increased risk If you have such itemslocated on or in your of injury or even fatal injury. clothing,e.g. pens,keys or eyeglasses,store Never modifythe seat belts,Emergency Ten- these in asuitable place. sioning Devices, belt anchoragesand inertia Ronly one personisusing aseat belt reels. Make sure that the seat belts are Infantsand children must never travel sitting undamaged, not worn out and clean.Follow- on the lap of avehicle occupant.Inthe event ing an accident,have the seat belts checked of an accident,theycould be crushed betweenthe vehicle occupant and seat belt. immediately at aqualified specialist work- Robjectsare never secured with aseat belt if shop. the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle's occupants Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. Also ensure that there are never objects betweenapersonand the seat, e.g. cushions. Seat belts are only intended to secureand restrain vehicle occupants. Always observe the notes in the "Stowage options/compartments" section for securing objects, luggage or loads (Y page 219). Z 42 Occupant safety

Fastening seat belts X Press the release button in the belt buckle, holdthe belt tonguefirmly and guidethe belt Observethe safetynotes on theseat belt back. (Y page 40)and the notes on correct useofseat belts (Y page 41). Seat belt adjustment Mercedes-AMG vehicles: the "beltadjust- ment" functionisnot available. The belt adjustment is aconvenience function integrated into PRE-SAFE®.Withthisfunction, the driver'sand front-passenger seatbelts are adjusted to the upperbodyofthe vehicleoccu- Safety pant. The seatbeltstrapwillslightly tighten if: Rthe belt tongueisinsertedinto the buckle and Rthe ignition is switched on The seatbeltadjustment will applyacertain tightening force if any slack is detectedbetween the vehicleoccupant and the seatbelt. Do not grabholdofthe seatbelt. The belt adjustment can be switched on and off using the on-board computer(Y page 174). Basic illustration X Adjust the seat(Y page 84). Beltwarning for the driverand front The seatbackrestmustbeinanalmost passenger upright position. X Pull the seatbeltsmoothlyout of seatbelt The 7 seatbeltwarning lamp in the instru- guide = and engage belt tongue ; into belt ment cluster is areminder thatall vehicleoccu- buckle :. pants must wear theirseatbelts. It may light up The seatbeltonthe driver’s seatand the continuously or flash. In addition, theremay be front-passenger seatmay be tightenedauto- awarning tone. matically, see "Belt adjustment" Regardless of whetherthe driver'sseatbelthas (Y page 42). already been fastened,the 7 seatbeltwarn- X If necessary,pulluponthe shouldersection ing lamp lights up for sixseconds each time the of the seatbelttotighten the belt across your engine is started.Ifthe doors are closed and the body. driver'sorfront-passenger seatbelthas not been fastened,the 7 seatbeltwarning lamp In order to attach the child restraint system lights up againafterthe sixseconds. As soonas securelyinthe vehicle, the seatbeltonthe front- the driver'sand front-passenger seatbelts are passenger seatisequippedwithaspecialseat fastened or afront door is openedagain,the belt retractor. Further informationonthe "Spe- 7 seatbeltwarning lamp goesout. cialseatbeltretractor" (Y page 54). If the driver'sseatbeltisnot fastened afterthe engine is started,anadditional warning tone will Releasingseatbelts sound. The warning tone switches off aftersix ! Make sure thatthe seatbeltisfully rolledup. seconds or once the driver'sseatbeltisfas- Otherwise, the seatbeltorbelttonguewillbe tened. trappedinthe door or in the seatmechanism. If the vehicle's speed exceeds15mph Thiscould damagethe door, the door trim (25 km/h)once and the driver'sand front- panel and the seatbelt. Damaged seatbelts passenger seatbelts are not fastened,awarning can no longer fulfilltheirprotective function tone sounds. Awarning tone also sounds with and must be replaced.Visit aqualified spe- increasing intensity for 60 seconds or untilthe cialist workshop. driver or front passenger have fastened their seatbelts. Occupant safety 43

If the driver or front passenger unfasten their the head restraint must support the head at seat belts during the journey, the seat belt warn- abouteye level. ing is activated again. RMove the driver's and front-passenger seats as far back as possible. The driver's seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely. Air bags ROnly hold the steering wheel on the outside. This allows the air bag to be fullydeployed. Introduction RAlwaysleanagainst the backrest whiledriv- The installation point of an air bag can be rec- ing. Do not leanforward or leanagainst the ognized by the AIRBAG marking. door or side window.You may otherwise be in the deployment area of the air bags. An air bag complements the correctly fastened R seat belt. It is no substitute for the seat belt. The Alwayskeep yourfeet in the footwell in front Safety air bag providesadditional protection in appli- of the seat. Do not put yourfeet on the dash- cable accident situations. board,for example.Your feet may otherwise be in the deployment area of the air bag. Not all air bags are deployed in an accident. The R different air bag systems function independ- For this reason, always secure persons less ently from one another (Y page 50). than 5ft(1.50m)tall in suitable restraint systems. Up to this height, the seat belt cannot However, no system available today can com- be worn correctly. pletelyeliminate injuries and fatalities. If achildistraveling in your vehicle, also It is also not possible to rule out arisk of injury observe the following notes: causedbyanair bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed. RAlwayssecure childrenunder twelve years of age and less than 5ft(1.50 m) tallinsuitable Important safety notes child restraint systems. ROnlysecureachild in arearward-facing child G WARNING restraint systemont he front-passengerseat when the front-passengerfront airbag is If you do not sit in the correct seat position, deactivated.Ifthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF the air bag cannot protect as intended and indicator lamp is permanentlylit,the front- could even cause additional injury when passengerfront airbag is deactivated deployed.This poses an increased risk of (Y page 39). injury or even fatal injury. RAlwaysobserve the instructions and safety To avoid hazardous situations, always make notesonthe "Occupant Classification System (OCS)"(Y page 45) and on "Children in the sure that all of the vehicle's occupants: vehicle" (Y page 53)inadditiontothe child Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly, restraint systemmanufacturer's installation including pregnant women and operating instructions. Objects in the vehicle interior may prevent Rare sitting correctly and maintain the great- an air bag fromfunctioningcorrectly. Before est possible distance to the air bags startingyourjourney and to avoidrisks resulting Rfollow the following instructions fromthe speedofthe airbag as it deploys, make Alwaysmake sure that there are no objects sure that: between the air bag and the vehicle's occu- Rthere arenopeople, animals or objects pants. between the vehicleoccupants and an airbag Rthere arenoobjects between the seat, door RAdjust the seats properlybefore beginning and B-pillar yourjourney. Alwaysmake sure that the seat Rno accessories, such as cup holders, are is in an almostupright position. The center of attachedtothe vehiclewithinthe deployment

Z 44 Occupant safety

area of an air bag, e.g.todoorsorside win- Driver's air bag : deploys in frontofthe steer- dows ing wheel. Front-passenger frontair bag ; Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objectsare in deploys in frontofand abovethe glovebox. thepockets of your clothing.Store such When deployed, thefront air bags offer addi- objectsinasuitable place tional head and thorax protection for theoccu- pantsinthe driver'sand front-passenger seats. G WARNING The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFindicator lamp If you modify theair bag cover or affix objects informsyou about thestatus of thefront- suchasstickers to it, theair bag can no longer passenger frontair bag (Y page 39). function correctly. Thereisanincreased risk The front-passenger frontair bag will only of injury. deployif:

Safety Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects Rthesystem, based on theOCS weightsensor to it. readings, detectsthatthe front-passenger seat is occupied (Y page 45). The G WARNING PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFindicator lamp is notlit (Y page 46) Sensorstocontrol theair bags are locatedin Rtherestraint system control unit predictsa thedoors. Modificationsorwork notper- high accidentseverity formed correctly to thedoorsordoor paneling,aswell as damageddoors, can lead to the Knee bags function of thesensorsbeingimpaired. The air bags mighttherefore notfunction properly anymore.Consequently, theair bags cannot protect vehicle occupantsastheyare designed to do. Thereisanincreased risk of injury. Never modify thedoorsorpartsofthe doors. Always have work on thedoorsordoor pan- elingcarried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Frontair bags Driver's knee bag : deploys underthe steering ! column and front-passenger knee bag ; under Do notplace heavyobjectsonthe front- theglovebox.The driver'sand front-passenger passenger seat.This couldcausethe system knee bags are triggered together with thefront to identifythe seat as beingoccupied. In the air bags. eventofanaccident, therestraint systems on The driver'sand front-passenger knee bags thefront-passenger side may be triggered offer additional thigh, knee and lower leg pro- and have to be replaced. tection.

Sideimpact air bags

G WARNING Unsuitable seat covers can obstructorpre- ventdeploymentofthe air bags integrated intothe seats. Consequently, theair bags cannotprotect vehicle occupantsastheyare designed to do. In addition,the operationof theoccupant classification system (OCS) Occupantsafety 45

could be adverselyaffected. Thisposes an Head air bags increasedriskofinjury or evenfatalinjury. You shouldonly useseatcoversthat have beenapproved for the respectiveseatby Mercedes-Benz. Safety

Headbags : deploy in the areaofthe sidewin- dowsatthe front. Whendeployed, the headbag enhances the level of protectionfor the head. However, it does not protect the: Sideimpact airbags : deploy next to the outer Rchest bolster of the seatbackrest. Rarms Whendeployed, the sideimpact airbag offers If the restraint system control unitdetects aside additionalthoraxprotection. However, it does impact, the headbag is deployed on the sideon not protect the: which the impact occurs. RHead If the system determinesthat they can offer RNeck additionalprotectiontothat provided by the RArms seatbelt, aheadbag may be deployed in other Y If the restraint system control unitdetects aside accident situations ( page 50). impact, the sideimpact airbag is deployed on The headbag on the front-passenger side the sideonwhich the impact occurs. deploysunder the following conditions: The sideimpact airbag on the front-passenger Rthe OCS system detects that the front- sidedeploysunder the following conditions: passenger seatisoccupied or Rthe OCS system detects that the front- Rthe seatbeltbuckle tongueisengaged in the passenger seatisoccupied or beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat Rthe seatbeltbuckle tongueisengaged in the If the belttongueisengaged in the beltbuckle, beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat the headbag on the front-passenger side If the belttongueisengaged in the beltbuckle, deploysifanappropriate accident situation the sideimpact airbag on the front-passenger occurs. In this case,deployment is independent sidedeploysifanappropriate accident situation of whether the front-passenger seatisoccupied occurs. In this case,deployment is independent or not. of whether the front-passenger seatisoccupied or not. OccupantClassificationSystem (OCS) Introduction The Occupant Classification System (OCS) cat- egorizesthe person in the front-passenger seat. Depending on that result, the front-passenger front airbag and front-passenger knee bagare either enabled or deactivated.

Z 46 Occupant safety

The system does not deactivate: Occupant Classification System opera- Rthe side impact air bag tion (OCS) Rthe headbag Rthe Emergency TensioningDevices

Requirements To be classified correctly, the front passenger must sit: Rwith the seat belt fastened correctly Rin an almost upright position with their back Safety against the seat backrest Rwith their feet restingonthe floor, if possible If the front passenger does not observe these : PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp conditions, OCS may produce afalse classifica- ; PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp tion, e.g. because the front passenger: The indicator lamps inform you whether the Rtransfers their weight by supporting them- front-passenger front air bag is deactivated or selves on avehicle armrest enabled. Rsits in such away that their weight is raised X from the seat cushion Press the Start/Stop button once or twice, or turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the If you install achild restraint system on the ignition lock. front-passenger seat, be sure to observe the The system carries out self-diagnostics. correctpositioningofthe child restraint system. Never place objectsunder or behind the child The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER restraint system, e.g. acushion. The entirebase AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simul- of the child restraint system must alwaysrest on taneously for approximately six seconds. the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The indicator lamps display the status of the The backrest of the forward-facing child front-passenger front air bag. restraint system must lie as flat as possible R against the backrest of the front-passenger PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec- seat. onds, subsequently both indicator lamps are off (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): the The child restraint system must not touch the front-passenger front air bag is able to deploy roof or be subjected to aload by the head in the event of an accident. restraint. Adjust the angle of the seat backrest R and the head restraint position accordingly. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: the front- passenger front air bag is deactivated. It will Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function then not be deployed in the event of an acci- correctly. Always observe the child restraint sys- dent. tem manufacturer's installation and operating instructions. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp shows the status of the front-passenger front air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off. If the status of the front-passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion,anair bag display message appears in the instrument cluster (Y page 187). When the front-passenger seat is occupied, alwayspay attention to the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp. Be aware of the status of the front-passenger front air bag both before and during the journey. Occupant safety 47

G WARNING G WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator If you secure achild in aforward-facing child lamp is lit, the front-passengerfront air bag is restraint system on the front-passengerseat disabled. It willnot be deployedinthe event of and you position the front-passengerseat too an accident and cannot perform its intended close to the dashboard, in the event of an protective function. Apersoninthe front- accident, the child could: passenger seat couldthen, for example, come Rcome into contact with the vehicle's inte- into contact with the vehicle's interior, espe- rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi- cially if the personissitting too close to the cator lamp is lit, for example dashboard. This posesanincreased risk of Rbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER injury or even fatal injury. Safety AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off When the front-passengerseat is occupied, This poses an increased risk of injury or even alwaysensure that: fatal injury. R the classification of the personinthe front- Move the front-passengerseat as far back as passenger seat is correct and the front- possible.Always make sure that the shoulder passenger front air bag is enabled or disa- beltstrap is correctly routed from the vehicle bledinaccordance with the personinthe beltguide to the shoulderbeltguide on the front-passengerseat child restraint system. The shoulderbeltstrap Rthe front-passengerseat has been moved must be routed forwards and downwards back as far back as possible. from the vehiclebeltguide. Always observe Rthe personisseated correctly. the child restraint system manufacturer's Make sure,both before and during the jour- installation instructions. ney, that the status of the front-passenger If OCS determines that: front air bag is correct. RThe front-passengerseat is unoccupied,the G WARNING PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self-test and If you secure achild in arearward-facing child remains lit. This indicates that the front- restraint system on the front-passengerseat passenger front air bag is deactivated. and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator RThe front-passengerseat is occupied by a lamp is off, the front-passengerfront air bag child of up to twelve months old, in astandard can deploy in the event of an accident. The child restraint system, the PASSENGER AIR child couldbestruck by the air bag.This poses BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self-test and remains lit. This indi- an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. cates that the front-passengerfront air bag is Make sure that the front-passengerfront air deactivated. bag has been deactivated. The PASSENGER But even in the case of atwelve-month-old AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit. child,inastandard child restraint system, the NEVER use arearward-facing child restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp can go out after the system self-test. This indi- on aseat protected by an ACTIVE FRONT AIR- cates that the front-passengerfront air bag is BAG in front of it; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY activated. The result of the classification is to the child can occur. dependent on, among other factors, the child restraint system and the child's stature. Make If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp sure that the conditions for acorrect classi- stays off, do not installarearward-facing child ficationare met. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG restraint system on the front-passengerseat. OFF indicator lamp remains off, do not install You can find more information on OCS under achild restraint system on the front- "Problems with the Occupant Classification Sys- passenger seat. tem" (Y page49).

Z 48 Occupant safety

RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by a System self-test person of smaller stature (e.g. ateenager or small adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF G DANGER indicator lamp lights up and remains lit after If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and the system self-test depending on the result of the classification or, alternatively, goes out. PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do not light up during the system self-test, the - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off, move the front-passenger seat system is malfunctioning. The front- as far back as possible. passenger front air bag might be triggered - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator unintentionally or might not be triggered at all lamp is lit, aperson of smaller stature in the event of an accident with high deceler- should not use the front-passenger seat. ation. This poses an increased risk of injury or Safety RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by an even fatal injury. adult or aperson of adult stature, the In this case the front-passenger seat may not PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp goes out after the system self-test. This indi- be used. Do not install achild restraint system cates that the front-passenger front air bag is on the front-passenger seat. Have the Occu- activated. pant Classification System (OCS) checked If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sure to and repaired immediately at aqualified spe- observe the notes on "Children in the vehicle" cialist workshop. (Y page 53). When the Occupant Classification System G WARNING 6 (OCS) is malfunctioning, the red restraint If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator system warning lamp on the instrument cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self-test, the lamp light up simultaneously. The front- front-passenger front air bag is disabled. It will passenger front air bag is deactivated in this not be deployed in the event of an accident.In case and does not deploy during an accident. this case, the front-passenger front air bag Have the Occupant Classification System (OCS) cannot perform its intended protective func- checked and repaired immediately at aqualified tion, e.g. when aperson is seated in the front- specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes- passenger seat. Benz Center for this purpose. That person could, for example, come into If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover or the contact with the vehicle's interior, especially seat cushion are damaged, have the necessary if the person is sittingtoo close to the dash- repair work carried out at aqualified specialist board. This poses an increased risk of injury or workshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends that even fatal injury. you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose. When the front-passenger seat is occupied, For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom- alwaysensure that: mends that you only use seat accessories that Rthe classification of the person in the front- have been approved by Mercedes-Benz. passenger seat is correctand the front- If the driver's air bag deploys, this does not passenger front air bag is enabled or disa- mean that the front-passenger front air bag will bled in accordancewith the person in the also deploy. The Occupant Classification Sys- tem (OCS) categorizes the occupant on the front-passenger seat front-passenger seat. Dependingonthat result, Rthe person is seated properly with acor- the front-passenger front air bag is either ena- rectly fastened seatbelt bled or deactivated. Rthe front-passenger seat has been moved as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not,the front- Occupant safety 49

passenger seat may not be used. Do not facingchild restraint system must, as far as install achild restraint system on the front- possible, be resting on the backrest of the passenger seat. Have the Occupant Classifi- front-passenger seat. Always comply with the cation System (OCS) checked and repaired child restraint system manufacturer's instal- immediately at aqualified specialist work- lation instructions. shop. After the system self-test, the PASSENGER AIR G WARNING BAGOFF or PASSENGER AIR BAGONindicator lamp displays the status of the front-passenger Objects between the seat surface and the frontair bag (Y page 46). If the front-passenger child restraint system could affect OCS oper- frontair bag is enabled, the PASSENGER AIR

ation. This could result in the front-passenger BAGONindicator lamp lights up for 60 seconds Safety air bag not functioning as intended during an and then goes out. accident. This poses an increased risk of If the PASSENGER AIR BAGONindicator lamp is injury or even fatal injury. off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp shows the status of the front-passenger Do not place any objects between the seat frontair bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF surface and the child restraint system. The indicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off. entire base of the child restraint system must For more information about the OCS, see "Prob- always rest on the seat cushion of the front- lems with the Occupant Classification System" passenger seat. The backrest of the forward- (Y page 49).

Problems with the Occupant Classification System (OCS) Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 48).

Z 50 Occupant safety

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The PASSENGER AIR The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat is incor- BAG OFF indicator lamp rect. lights up and remains lit, X Make sure the conditionsfor acorrect classification of the person even though the front- on the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 46). passenger seat is occu- X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit, the front- pied by an adult or aper- passenger seat may not be used. son of astature corresponding to that of an X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes- adult. Benz Center.

Safety The PASSENGER AIR OCS is malfunctioning. BAG OFF indicator lamp X Make sure there is nothingbetween the seat cushion and the child does not light up and/or seat. does not stay on. X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on The front-passenger seat the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the is: forward-facing child restraint system must lie as flat as possible Runoccupied against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. If necessary, Roccupied by the adjust the position of the front-passenger seat. weight of achild up to X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that the seat twelve months old in a belt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passenger child restraint system seat adjustment.This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly. X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system. Make sure that the head restraint does not apply aload to the child restraint system. If necessary, adjust the head restraint accordingly. X Make sure that no objectsare applying additional weight onto the seat. X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and/or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up, do not install achild restraint system on the front-passenger seat. X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes- Benz Center.

Deployment of Emergency Tensioning G WARNING Devices and air bags Adeployedair bag no longer offers any pro- Important safety notes tection and cannot provide the intended protection in an accident. There is an increased G WARNING risk of injury. The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has Have the vehicle towed to aqualified special- been deployed. There is arisk of injury. ist workshop in order to have adeployedair Do not touch the air bag parts. Have a bag replaced. deployedair bag replaced at aqualified spe- For your own safety and that of your front cialist workshop as soon as possible. passenger, it is important that you have deployedair bags replaced and faulty air bags repaired. This will help to make sure the air bags Occupantsafety 51 continuetoperform theirprotective function for An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be the vehicle occupants in the event of acrash. triggered, if: G WARNING Rthe ignition is switched on R Emergency Tensioning Devices that have the components of the restraint system are operational.You can find further information deployed pyrotechnicallyare no longer opera- under "Restraint system warning lamp" tionaland are unabletoperform theirinten- (Y page 38) ded protective function. Thisposes an Rthe seatbeltbuckle tonguehas engaged in increasedriskofinjury or evenfatalinjury. the beltbuckle of the respectiveseat Have pyrotechnicallytriggeredEmergency If the restraint system control unitdetects a Tensioning Devices replaced immediatelyata more severe accident, further components of qualified specialist workshop. the restraint system are activatedindepend- Safety ently of each otherincertain frontalcollision An electricmotor is used by PRE-SAFE® to trig- situations: ger the tightening of the seatbeltinhazardous RFront airbagsaswellasdriver'sand front- situations. Thisprocedure is reversible. passenger knee bags If Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggered The front-passenger front airbag is activatedor or airbagsare deployed, youwillhearabang, deactivated depending on the person on the and some powder may also be released.The front-passenger seat. The front-passenger front 6 restraint system warning lamp lights up. airbag can only deploy in an accident if the Only in rarecaseswillthe bang affect your hear- PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off. Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR ing. The powder that is released generally does Y not constitute ahealth hazard,but it may cause BAG indicator lamps ( page 39). short-term breathing difficulties in peoplewith Yourvehicle hastwo-stage front airbags. In the asthma or otherrespiratory problems. Provided firstdeployment stage, the front airbag is filled it is safetodoso, youshouldleave the vehicle with propellant gas. The front airbag is fully immediatelyoropenthe window in order to pre- deployed with the maximum amount of prop el- vent breathing difficulties. lant gasifasecond deployment thresholdis Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning reached within afew milliseconds. Devices (ETDs) containperchlorate material, The activation thresholdofthe Emergency Ten- which may require specialhandling and regard sioning Devices and the airbagsisdetermined for the environment. National guidelines must by evaluating the rate of vehicle deceleration or be observedduring disposal.InCalifornia, see acceleration which occurs at variouspoints in www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/ the vehicle.Thisprocess is pre-emptive in Perchlorate/index.cfm. nature. Deployment shouldtake place in good time at the startofthe collision. Methodofoperation The rate of vehicle deceleration or acceleration and the direction of the force are essentially During the firststageofacollision, the restraint determinedby: system control unitevaluates important physi- Rthe distribution of forcesduring the collision cal data relating to vehicle deceleration or accel- Rthe collision angle eration, such as: Rthe deformation characteristics of the vehicle Rduration Rthe characteristics of the object with which R direction the vehicle hascollided R intensity Factorswhich can only be seenand measured Basedonthe evaluation of this data, the afteracollision hasoccurred do not play adeci- restraint system control unittriggers the Emer- siveroleinthe deployment of an airbag.Nor do gency Tensioning Devices during afrontalor they provideanindication of airbag deploy- rearcollision. ment. The vehicle can be deformedconsiderably,with- outanair bagbeing deployed. Thisisthe case if only parts which are relativelyeasilydeformed

Z 52 Occupant safety

are affected and therateofdecelerationisnot NECK-PROheadrestraints high.Conversely, air bags may be deployed even though thevehicle suffers only minor deforma- Important safety notes tion. This is thecaseif, for example, veryrigid vehicle partssuchaslongitudinal body mem- G WARNING bers are hit,and sufficient decelerationoccurs The function of thehead restraint may be as aresult. impaired if you: If therestraint system control unit detectsaside impactorifthe vehicle rollsover, theapplicable Rattach objectssuchascoat hangerstothe componentsofthe restraint system are head restraints, for example deployed independently of each other depend- R ing on theapparent type of accident. use head restraint covers Safety RSideimpactair bag on theside of impact, If you do so, thehead restraintscannotfulfill independently of theEmergencyTensioning their intended protective function in theevent Deviceand theuse of theseat belt on the of an accident. In addition,objectsattached driver'sseat to thehead restraintscouldendanger other The side impactair bag on thefront- vehicle occupants. Thereisanincreased risk passenger side deploys underthe following of injury. conditions: Do notattach any objectstothe head - theOCS system detectsthatthe front- passenger seat is occupied or restraintsand do notuse head restraint cov- - theseat belt buckle tongue is engaged in ers. thebelt buckle of thefront-passenger seat RHead bag on theside of impact, independ- Method of operation ently of theuse of theseat belt and independently of whether thefront-passenger NECK-PRO head restraintsreducethe likelihood seat is occupied of head and chest injuries.The NECK-PRO head R restraintsonthe driver'sand front-passenger EmergencyTensioning Devices, if thesystem seatsare moved forwards and upwards in the determinesthatdeploymentcan offer addi- eventofarear-endcollision of acertain severity. tional protection in this situation This provides betterhead support. R Head bags on thedriver'sand front- If theNECK-PRO head restraintshave been trig- passenger side in certain situations when the gered in an accident, you must reset theNECK- vehicle rollsover,h if t esystem determines PRO head restraintsonthe driver’s and front- that deploymentcan offer additional protec- passenger seat (Y page 53).Otherwise, the tiontothatprovided by theseat belt additional protection will notbeavailableinthe i Not all air bags are deployed in an accident. eventofanother rear-endcollision.You can rec- The differentair bag systems work independ- ognize when NECK-PRO head restraintshave ently of each other. been triggered by thefactthattheyhave moved How theair bag system worksisdetermined forwards and can no longer be adjusted. by theseverityofthe accidentdetected, Mercedes-Benzrecommendsthatyou have the especially thevehicle decelerationoraccel- NECK-PRO head restraintschecked for func- eration and theapparent type of accident: tionalityataqualified specialist workshop after arear-endcollision. RFrontal collision RSideimpact RRollover Children in the vehicle 53

Resetting triggeredNECK-PRO head ! Make sure that there are no objects in the restraints footwell or behind the seats. There is adanger that the seats and/or objects could be damaged when PRE-SAFE® is activated. Should an accident not occur, the preventative measures takenare reversed. Certainsettings mustbemadeyourself. X If the seatbeltpre-tensioning is not reduced, move the seatbackrest back slightly. Seatbeltpre-tensioning is released. Safety Automatic measures after an accident Do not insert your finger between the upholstery of the headrestraint and the seat. Payparticular Immediately afteranaccident, the following attention whileresetting the NECK-PROhead measures are implemented, depending on the restraints. typeand severity of the impact: X Tilt the top of the NECK-PROheadrestraint Rthe hazard warning lamps are switched on cushionforwardsinthe direction of arrow :. Rthe emergency lighting is activated X Push the NECK-PROheadrestraint cushion Rthe vehicledoors are unlocked downasfar as it will go in the direction of Rthe front sidewindowsare lowered ; arrow . R X vehicles with amemory function: the electri- Firmly push the NECK-PROheadrestraint cally adjustablesteering wheel is raised when = cushionbackinthe direction of arrow until the driver'sdoorisopened the cushionengages. R X the engine is switched off and the fuelsupply Repeatthis procedure for the second NECK- is switched off PROheadrestraint. Rvehicles with mbrace: automatic emergency i Resetting the NECK-PROheadrestraints call requires alot of strength. If youhavedifficulty resetting the NECK-PROheadrestraints, have this work carriedout at aqualified specialist Childreninthe vehicle workshop. Important safety notes

® If achild younger than twelve years oldand PRE-SAFE (anticipatory occupant under 5ft(1.50 m) in height is traveling in the protection system) vehicle: R PRE-SAFE® informs youofcertain critical driving always securethe child in achild restraint situations and takespre-emptive measures to systemsuitablefor Mercedes-Benz vehicles. protect the vehicleoccupants. The child restraint systemmustbeappropri- ® ate to the age, weight and size of the child. PRE-SAFE can take the following measures R independentlyofeachother: be sure to observe the instructions and safety notesinthissectioninadditiontothe child Rpre-tensioning the driver'sand front- restraint systemmanufacturer's installation passenger seatbelt. instructions. Rclosing the sidewindows. Ralways observe the instructions and safety Rvehicles with amemory function: setting a notesonthe "Occupant classification system more favorableseatposition for the front- (OCS)". (Y page 45) passenger seat.

Z 54 Children in the vehicle

G WARNING three-point seat beltcan be properly fastened without abooster seat. If you leave children unsupervised in the vehicle, they couldset it in motion by, for example: Rrelease the parking brake. Special seatbelt retractor R shift the automatic transmission out of the G WARNING parking position P. If the seat beltisreleased while driving, the Rstart the engine. child restraint system willnolonger be In addition, they may operate vehicleequip- securedproperly.The special seat beltretrac- ment and become trapped. There is arisk of tor is disabledand the inertia real drawsina

Safety an accident and injury. portion of the seat belt. The seat beltcannot When leaving the vehicle, alwaystake the be immediatelyrefastened. There is an SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal. leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. Stop the vehicleimmediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Reactivate G WARNING the special seat beltretractor and secure the If persons, particularlychildren are subjected child restraint system properly. to prolonged exposure to extreme heator cold, there is arisk of injury,possibly even The seat beltonthe front-passenger's side is fatal.Never leave children unattended in the equipped with aspecial seat beltretractor. When activated, the special seat beltretractor vehicle. ensuresthat the seat beltcannot slacken once the child seat is secured. G WARNING Installing achild restraint system: If the child restraint system is subjected to X Make sure you observe the child restraint direct sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil- system manufacturer's installation instruc- dren may burn themselves on these parts, tions. particularlyonthe metal parts of the child X Pullthe seat beltsmoothly out of the belt restraint system. There is arisk of injury. loop. If you leave the vehicle, taking the child with X Engage seat belttongue in beltbuckle. you,alwaysensure that the child restraint Activating the special seat beltretractor: system is not exposedtodirect sunlight. Pro- X Pullthe seat beltout fullyand let the inertia tect it with ablanket, for example. If the child reel retract it again. restraint system has been exposedtodirect Whilethe seat beltisretracting, you should sunlight, let it cool downbefore securing the hear aratcheting sound.The special seat belt child in it. Never leave children unattended in retractor is enabled. the vehicle. X Push the child restraint system downsothat the seat beltistight and does not loosen. Always ensure that all vehicleoccupants have Removing the child restraint system and deac- their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting tivating the special seat beltretractor: properly.Particular attention must be paidto children. X Make sure you observe the child restraint Observe the safety notes on the seat belt system manufacturer's installation instruc- (Y page40) and the notes on correct use of seat tions. belts (Y page41). X Press the release button of the seat belt Abooster seat may be necessary to achieve buckle,hold the belttongue and guide it back properseat beltpositioning for children over towardsthe beltloop. 40 lbs (18 kg)until they reach aheight where a The special seat beltretractor is deactivated. Children in thevehicle 55

Child restraint system G WARNING The use of seat beltsand child restraint systems Child restraint systems or their securingsys- is required by law in: tems whichhave been damaged or subjected Rall 50 states to aload in an accidentcan no longer protect RtheU.S.territories as intended. The child cannotthenbe RtheDistrict of Columbia restrainedinthe event of an accident, heavy braking or suddenchanges of direction.There Rall Canadian provinces is an increased riskofinjury, possibly even You can obtain further informationabout the correctchild restraint system from any author- fatal. izedMercedes-BenzCenter. Replacechild restraint systems whichhave Safety G WARNING been damaged or subjected to aload in an accidentassoon as possible. Havethe secur- If thechild restraint system is installed incor- ing systems on thechild restraint system rectly on asuitable seat,itcannotprotect as checked at aqualified specialist workshop, intended. The child cannotthenberestrained before you install achild restraint system in theevent of an accident, heavybraking or again. suddenchanges of direction.Thereisan increased riskofinjury, possibly evenfatal. The securingsystem of child restraint systems is Makesure that you observethe child restraint theseat belt system. system manufacturer'sinstallationinstruc- i If you install achild restraint system on the tions and thenotes on use. Pleaseensure, front-passenger seat,besure to observethe that thebase of thechild restraint system is instructionsand safety notesonthe "Occu- always restingcompletely on theseat cush- pantClassificationSystem(OCS)" Y ion.Never placeobjects, e.g.cushions, under ( page 45). Thereyou will also findinforma- tionondeactivatingthe front-passenger front or behindthe child restraint system. Only use air bag. child restraint systems withthe original cover All child restraint systems must meetthe fol- designedfor them. Only replace damaged lowingstandards: covers withgenuine covers. RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards G WARNING 213and 225 RCanadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards If thechild restraint system is installed incor- 213and 210.2 rectly or is notsecured, it can comeloosein Confirmation that thechild restraint system cor- theevent of an accident, heavybraking or a responds to thestandards can be foundonan suddenchangeindirection.The child instruction label on thechild restraint system. restraint system couldbethrown about,strik- This confir mation can also be foundinthe instal- ing vehicle occupants.Thereisanincreased lation instructionsthatare included withthe riskofinjury, possibly evenfatal. child restraint system. Observethe warning labels in thevehicle inte- Always install child restraint systems prop- rior and on thechild restraint system. erly, eveniftheyare notbeingused. Make sure that you observethe child restraint systemmanufacturer'sinstallationinstructions. Child restraint system on thefront- passengerseat Further informationonstowingobjects, luggage and loads securely can be foundunder“Stowing General notes options/stowage compartments” (Y page 219). If you install achild restraint system on the front-passenger seat,always observethe

Z 56 Driving safety systems

instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Pets in thevehicle Classification System (OCS)" (Y page 45). You can thus avoid the risksthat could arise as G WARNING aresult of: Ran incorrectly categorized personinthe front- If you leave animals unattended or unsecured passenger seat in the vehicle, theycould press buttons or Rthe unintentional deactivationofthe front- switches, for example. passenger front air bag As aresult,theycould: R the unsuitable positioningofthe child Ractivatevehicle equipmentand become restraint system, e.g. too closetothe dashboard trapped, for example R Safety activateordeactivatesystems, thereby Rearward-facing child restraint system endangeringother road users Unsecuredanimals could also be flung around If it is absolutely necessary to install arearward- facingchild restraint system on the front- the vehicle in the eventofanaccident or sud- passenger seat, always make sure that the den steeringorbraking, thereby injuring vehi- front-passengerfront air bag is deactivated. cle occupants. There is arisk of an accident Only if the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator and injury. Y lamp is permanently lit ( page 39) is the front- Never leave animals unattended in the vehi- passenger front air bag deactivated. cle. Always secureanimals properly during Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instruc- the journey, e.g. use asuitable animal trans- tions. port box.

Forward-facing child restraint system Driving safety systems If you secureachild in aforward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passengerseat, Overview of driving safety systems always move the front-passengerseat as far back as possible.The entire base of the child In this section, you will findinformation about restraint system must always rest on the seat the followingdrivingsafetysystems: cushionofthe front-passengerseat. The back- RABS(Anti-lock Braking System) rest of the child restraint system must lie as flat (Y page 57) as possible against the backrest of the front- R B A S Y passenger seat. The child restraint system must BAS( rake ssist ystem) ( page 57) not touchthe roof or be subjected to aload by RActiveBrakeAssist (Y page 58) the head restraint.Adjust the angle of the seat RAdaptive brakelights(Y page 60) backrest and the head restraint position accord- RESP® (Electronic Stability Program) ingly. Always make sure that the shoulder belt (Y page 60) strap is correctly routed fromthe front- REBD(Electronic Brake force Distribution) passenger seat belt guide to the shoulder belt Y guide on the child restraint system. The shoul- ( page 63) der belt strap must be routed forward and down RADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 63) fromthe front-passengerseat belt guide. Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instruc- Important safety notes tions. If you fail to adapt your drivingstyle or if you are inattentive, the drivingsafetysystems can nei- therreducethe risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics.Drivingsafetysystems are merely aids designed to assist driving. Driving safetysystems 57

You are responsible for maintainingthe distance becomeinoperative.Observe the information to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for on the ABSwarninglamp (Y page 204) and dis- braking in good time, and for stayinginlane. play messages which may be shown in the Always adapt your drivingstyle to suit the pre- instrumentcluster (Y page 179). vailing road and weather conditionsand maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front. Brakes Drive carefully. The drivingsafetysystems described only work X If ABS intervenes: continue to depressthe as effectively as possible when there is ade- brakepedal vigorously until the braking sit- quate contactbetweenthe tires and the road uation is over. surface. Pay particular attention to the informa- X To make afull brake application: depress tion regarding tires, recommended minimum the brakepedal with full force. tiretread depthsetc.inthe "Wheels and tires" Safety section (Y page 260). If ABSintervenes when braking, you will feel a pulsing in the brakepedal. In wintry drivingconditions, always use winter tires (M+S tires) and if necessary, snowchains. The pulsatingbrakepedal can be an indication Only in this way will the drivingsafetysystems of hazardous road conditions, and functionsasa described in this section work as effectively as reminder to takeextra care while driving. possible. BAS (Brake Assist System) ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) Generalinformation Generalinformation BASoperates in emergencybraking situations. ABSregulates brakepressure in such away that If you depressthe brakepedal quickly, BAS the wheels do not lock when you brake. This automatically booststhe braking force, thus allows you to continue steeringthe vehicle when shortening the stopping distance. braking. The ! ABSwarninglamp in the instrument Important safetynotes cluster lightsupwhen the ignition is switched i Observe the "Importantsafetynotes" sec- on. It goes out when the engineisrunning. tion (Y page 56). ABSworksfrom aspeed of about 5mph (8 km/h), regardless of road-surfaceconditions. G WARNING ABSworksonslippery surfaces, even when you If BASismalfunctioning, the braking distance only brakegently. in an emergencybraking situation is increased. There is arisk of an accident. Important safetynotes In an emergencybraking situation, depress i Observe the "Importantsafetynotes" sec- the brakepedal with full force. ABSprevents tion (Y page 56). the wheels from locking. G WARNING If ABSismalfunctioning, the wheels could Braking lock when braking. The steerabilityand brak- X Keep the brakepedal firmly depressed until ing characteristics would be severely affec- the emergencybraking situation is over. ted. There is an increased danger of skidding ABSpreventsthe wheels from locking. and accidents. The brakes will function as usual onceyou Drive on carefully. Have ABSchecked imme- release the brakepedal. BASisdeactivated. diately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

When ABSismalfunctioning, other systems, including drivingsafetysystems, will also

Z 58 Driving safety systems

Active BrakeAssist (Y page 171). When deactivated, thedistance warning function and theautonomous braking Generalinformation function are also deactivated. i If Active Brake Assistisdeactivated, the æ Observethe "Importantsafetynotes"sec- symbol appearsinthe assistancegraphic dis- tion (Y page 56). play. Active Brake Assistconsists of adistancewarn- ing function withanautonomous braking func- Distance warning function tion and Adaptive Brake Assist. Active Brake Assistcan help you to minimizethe Generalinformation riskofacollision withthe vehicleinfront or The distancewarning function can help you to reduce theeffects of suchacollision. Safety minimizethe riskofafront-end collision witha If Active Brake Assistdetects that there is arisk vehicleahead or reduce theeffects of sucha of collision,you will be warned visually and collision.Ifthe distancewarning function acoustically. If you do notreacttothe visual and detects that there is ariskofacollision,you will audible collision warning,autonomous braking be warned visually and acoustically. can be initiatedincritical situations. If you apply thebrakeyourself in acritical situation,Adap- Important safety notes tive Brake Assistofthe Active Brake Assistsys- i Observethe "Importantsafetynotes"sec- temsupportsyou. tion for drivingsafetysystems (Y page 56). G Important safety notes WARNING The distancewarning function does notreact: In particular, thedetection of obstacles can be impairedif: Rto people or animals Rthere is dirtonthe sensorsoranythingelse Rto oncomingvehicles covering thesensors Rto crossing traffic R there is snow or heavyrain Rwhen cornering Rthere is interferencebyother radar sources The distancewarning function may notgive Rthere are strongradar reflections, for example in parking garages warningsinall critical situations. There is a riskofanaccident. Ranarrow vehicleistraveling in front, e.g. a motorbike Always pay careful attention to thetraffic sit- Ravehicleistraveling in frontonadifferentline uation and be readytobrake. Ryou are drivinganew vehicleorservicing on Always adapt your speedtosuit theprevailing theActiveBrake Assistsystem has justbeen road and traffic conditions. carriedout Observethe important safetynotes in the G WARNING "Breaking-in notes" section (Y page 115). The distancewarning function cannotalways Followingdamagetothe frontend of thevehicle, havethe configuration and operation of the clearly identify objects and complextraffic radar sensor checkedataqualified specialist situations. workshop.This also appliestocollisionsatslow In suchcases, thedistancewarning function speeds wherethere is no visible damagetothe may: frontofthe vehicle. Rgiveanunnecessary warning Activating/deactivating Rnotgiveawarning There is ariskofanaccident. Active Brake Assistisautomatically active after switching on theignition. Always pay careful attention to thetraffic sit- You can activateordeactivateActiveBrake uation and do notrelysolely on thedistance Assistusingthe on-board computer warning function. Driving safety systems 59

Function If the autonomous braking function requires a particularly high braking force, preventative Starting at aspeedofapproximately 4mph ® (7 km/h), thedistancewarning function warns passenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE ) you if you rapidly approachavehicle in front. An are activated simultaneously(Y page53). intermittentwarning tone will then sound, and the · distancewarning lamp will light up in Adaptive Brake Assist theinstrumentcluster. X Brake immediately in order to increasethe General information distancefromthe vehicle in front. i Observethe "Important safety notes" sec- or tion (Y page56). X Takeevasive action,provideditissafe to do With the help of adaptive Brake Assist, the dis- so. tance warning signalcan detect obstacles that Safety Due to thenature of thesystem, particularly are in the path of yourvehiclefor an extended complicated but non-critical driving conditions period of time. may also causethe system to display awarning. If adaptive Brake Assist detects arisk of colli- Withthe help of theradar sensor system, the sion with the vehicleinfront, it calculatesthe distancewarning function can detect obstacles braking force necessary to avoidacollision. If that are in thepathofyour vehicle for an exten- you apply the brakes forcefully,adaptive Brake ded period of time. Assist willautomatically increasethe braking Up to aspeedofapproximately 44 mph force to alevelsuitablefor the traffic conditions. (70 km/h),the distance warningfunction can Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis- also react to stationary obstacles, such as stop- tance in hazardoussituations at speeds above ped or parked vehicles. 4mph (7 km/h).Itusesradarsensor technology to assess the traffic situation. Autonomous braking function Up to aspeedofapproximately 155 mph (250 km/h),adaptive Brake Assist is capable of If the driver does not react to the distance warn- reacting to moving objects that have already ing signal in acritical situation, Active Brake been detected as such at least once over the Assistcan assist with the autonomous braking period of observation. function. Up to aspeedofapproximately 44 mph If the autonomous brakingfunction requires a (70 km/h), adaptive Brake Assist reacts to sta- particularly high brakingforce, preventative tionary obstacles. passenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®) If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularly are activated simultaneously. high braking force, preventative passenger pro- Vehicles without Distance Assist tection measures (PRE-SAFE®)are activated DISTRONIC: the autonomous brakingfunction simultaneously(Y page53). is available in the following speed ranges: X Keep the brake pedaldepressed until the R4-65mph (7 -105 km/h) for moving objects emergency braking situation is over. R4-31mph (7 -50km/h)for stationary ABS prevents the wheels from locking. objects The brakes willwork normally again if: Vehicles with Distance Assist DISTRONIC: Ryou release the brake pedal. the autonomous braking function is available in Rthere is no longerany dangerofacollision. the following speedranges: Rno obstacle is detected in front of yourvehi- R4-124 mph (7 -200 km/h)for moving cle. objects Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated. R4-31mph (7 -50km/h)for stationary objects Due to the nature of the system,particularly complicated but non-critical driving conditions may alsocausethe AutonomousBraking Func- tion to intervene.

Z 60 Driving safety systems

Important safety notes If you brakesharply from aspeedofmorethan G 70 km/h to astandstill, thehazard warning WARNING lamps are activated automatically. If thebrakes Adaptive Brake Assist cannotalways clearly are appliedagain,the brakelamps light up con- identifyobjectsand complextraffic situa- tinuously. The hazard warning lamps switch off tions. automatically if you travel faster than 10 km/h. You can also switch off thehazard warning In suchcases, Adaptive Brake Assist can: lamps usingthe hazard warning button Rinterveneunnecessarily (Y page 97). Rnotintervene Thereisariskofanaccident. ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) Safety Always pay careful attentiontothe traffic situation and be readytobrake. Terminate the General notes interventioninanon-critical driving situation. i Observethe "Importantsafety notes" section(Y page 56). G WARNING ESP® monitors driving stabilityand traction,i.e. Adaptive Brake Assist does notreact: power transmission between thetires and the Rto people or animals road surface. ® Rto oncomingvehicles If ESP detectsthatthe vehicle is deviating from thedirection desired by thedriver, oneormore R to crossing traffic wheelsare braked to stabilizethe vehicle.The Rwhen cornering engineoutput is also modifiedtokeepthe vehi- As aresult, theAdaptive Brake Assist may not cle on thedesired course within physical limits. ESP® assists thedriver when pullingaway on interveneinall critical conditions. Thereisa wet or slippery roads. ESP® can also stabilize riskofanaccident. thevehicle duringbraking. Always pay careful attentiontothe traffic situation and be readytobrake. ETS (Electronic Traction System) Always adapt your speedtosuit theprevailing i Observethe "Importantsafety notes" sec- road and traffic conditions. tion(Y page 56). Due to thenature of thesystem, particularly ETStraction control is part of ESP®. complicated but non-critical driving conditions ETSbrakes thedrivewheelsindividually if they may also causeBrake Assist to intervene. spin.This enables you to pull away and acceler- If adaptive Brake Assist is notavailable due to a ate on slippery surfaces, for example if theroad malfunctioninthe radar sensor system, the surface is slippery on oneside.Inaddition,more brakesystem remains available withfull brake drivetorque is transferred to thewheel or boostingeffect and BAS. wheelswithtraction. ETSremains active when you deactivate ESP®.

Adaptive brakelights Important safety notes i Observethe "Importantsafety notes" sec- G WARNING tion(Y page 56). ® If you brakesharply from aspeedofmorethan If ESP is malfunctioningitwill notprovide 50 km/h or if braking is assistedbyBAS or any vehicle stabilization.Thereisanincreased Brake Assist withCross-Traffic Assist,the brake riskofskiddingorofanaccident. lamps flashrapidly. In this way, traffic traveling Exercise caution when continuing to drive. behindyou is warned in an evenmorenoticeable HaveESP® checked at aqualified specialist manner. workshop. Driving safety systems 61

When towing the vehicle with the rear axle You can select between the following states of raised, observe the notes on ESP® ESP®: (Y page 257). RESP® is activated If the å ESP® OFF warning lamp lights up RESP® is deactivated continuously, then ESP® is deactivated. If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp and the å G WARNING ESP® OFF warning lamp are lit continuously, If you deactivateESP®,ESP® no longer sta- ® ESP is not available due to amalfunction. bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased risk Observe the information on warning lamps of skidding and an accident. Y ( page 205) and display messages which may ® be shown in the instrument cluster Only deactivateESP in the situationsdescri-

(Y page 179). bed in the following. Safety i Only use wheels with the recommended tire It may be best to deactivateESP® in the follow- sizes. Only then will ESP® function properly. ing situations: R ® when using snow chains Characteristics of ESP Rin deep snow R General information on sand or gravel ® Spinning the wheels results in acutting action If the ÷ ESP warning lamp goes out before which provides better grip. beginningthe journey, ESP® is automatically active. i Activate ESP® as soon as the situations ® If ESP® intervenes, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp described above no longer apply. ESP will flashes in the instrument cluster. otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehicle startstoskid or awheel startsto ® If ESP intervenes: spin. X ® Do not deactivateESP under any circum- ! Avoid spinningthe driven wheels for an stances. extended period with ESP® deactivated. You X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as could otherwise damage the drivetrain. necessary when pulling away. X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing Deactivating/activating ESP® road and weather conditions. ECO start/stop function The ECO start/stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving. The engine startsautomatically when the driver wants to pull away again. ESP® remains in its previously selected status, e.g. if ESP® was deactivated before the engine was automatically switched off.

Activating/deactivating ESP® (except Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) X To deactivate: press button :. The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in the Important safety notes instrument cluster lights up. i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- X To activate: press button :. tion (Y page 56). The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out.

Z 62 Driving safety systems

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivated In thefollowingsituations,itmay be betterto activateSPORT handlingmode or deactivate If ESP® is deactivatedand oneormorewheels ESP®: start to spin,the ÷ ESP® warning lamp in the instrumentclusterflashes. In suchsituations, Rwhen usingsnowchains ESP® will notstabilizethe vehicle. Rindeep snow If you deactivate ESP®: Ron sandorgravel R RESP® no longer improvesdriving stability on specially designated roads when thevehi- R cle's own oversteering and understeering engine torque is no longer limited and the characteristics are desired drivewheels are able to spin R Spinning thewheels results in acuttingaction traction control is still activated whichprovides bettergrip.

Safety R ActiveBrake Assist is no longer available; nor DrivinginSPORT handlingmode or without is it activated if you brakefirmly with assis- ® ® ESP requires an extremely qualified and expe- tance from ESP rienced driver. R ® PRE-SAFE is no longer available, norisit ® ® i Activate ESP as soon as thesituations activated if you brakefirmly and ESP inter- ® venes describedabovenolonger apply. ESP will R ® otherwise notbeable to stabilizethe vehicle if ESP still provides support when you brake thevehicle startstoskidorawheel startsto firmly spin.

® ! Avoid spinningthe driven wheels for an Activating/deactivatingESP (except ® Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) extended period with ESP deactivated. You couldotherwise damage thedrivetrain. Important safety notes Deactivating/activatingESP® i Observethe "Important safety notes" section(Y page 56). You can selectbetween thefollowingstatesof ESP®: RESP® is activated RSPORT handlingmode is activated RESP® is deactivated. G WARNING When SPORT handlingmode is activated, there is agreaterrisk of skiddingand accidents. X To activate SPORThandling mode: briefly Only activateSPORT handlingmode in thesit- pressbutton :. uations describedinthe following. The M SPORT handlingmode warning lamp in theinstrumentclusterlightsup. The G SPORT Handling Mode message appearsin WARNING themultifunction display. If you deactivate ESP®,ESP® no longer sta- X To deactivateSPORThandling mode: bilizes thevehicle.Thereisanincreased risk briefly pressbutton :. of skiddingand an accident. The M SPORT handlingmode warning lamp in theinstrumentclustergoes out. Only deactivate ESP® in thesituations described in thefollowing. Protectionagainsttheft 63

X To deactivate ESP®: press button : until EBD (electronicbrake forcedistribu- the å ESP® OFF warning lamp lights up in tion) the instrument cluster. The ÷ OFF message appears in the multi- General information functiondisplay. X To activate ESP®: brieflypress button :. EBD monitors and controls the brake pressure ® on the rearwheelstoimprove driving stability The å ESP OFF warning lamp in the whilebraking. instrument cluster goesout.The ÷ ESP® ON message appears in the multifunctiondisplay. Important safety notes i Observe the "Important safety notes"sec- CharacteristicsofactivatedSPORT han- tionfor driving safety systems(Y page 56). Safety dling mode G If SPORThandling modeisactivatedand one or WARNING more wheels start to spin, the ÷ ESP® warn- If EBD is malfunctioning,the rearwheelscan ing lamp in the instrument cluster flashes. ESP® lock, e.g.under fullbraking.Thisincreases the onlystabilizes the vehicletoalimiteddegree. riskofskidding and an accident. WhenSPORThandling modeisactivated: Youshouldtherefore adaptyourdriving style RESP® onlyimprovesdriving stability to alimi- to the different handling characteristics. Have ted degree the brake system checked at aqualified spe- Rtractioncontrolisstillactivated cialist workshop. Rengine torque is no longer limitedand the drive wheels are able to spin Observe informationregarding indicator and R ® warning lamps (Y page 204)aswellasdisplay ESP stillprovides support when youbrake Y firmly messages ( page 181). CharacteristicswhenESP® is deactivated If ESP® is deactivatedand one or more wheels ADAPTIVE BRAKE ® start to spin, the ÷ ESP warning lamp in the i Observe the "Important safety notes"sec- instrument cluster flashes. In such situations, tion(Y page 56). ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle. ADAPTIVE BRAKEenhances braking safety and ® If youdeactivate ESP : offers increased braking comfort. In additionto RESP® no longer improvesdriving stability the braking function, ADAPTIVE BRAKEalsohas Y R the HOLD function( page 148)and hill start engine torque is no longer limitedand the Y drive wheels are able to spin assist ( page 118). Rtractioncontrolisstillactivated R Active Brake Assist is no longer available;nor Protectionagainsttheft is it activatedifyou brake firmly with assistance from ESP® Immobilizer RPRE-SAFE® is no longer available,nor is it X To activate with the SmartKey: remove the activatedifyou brake firmly and ESP® intervenes SmartKey from the ignition lock. X To activate with KEYLESS-GO: switch the RESP® stillprovides support when youbrake firmly ignition off and open the driver'sdoor. X To deactivate: switch on the ignition. The immobilizerprevents your vehiclefrom being started withoutthe correct SmartKey. Whenleaving the vehicle, always take the SmartKey with youand lock the vehicle. The

Z 64 Protection against theft

engine can be started by anyone with avalid X To stop the alarmusing KEYLESS-GO: SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle. grasp the outside door handle. The SmartKey i must be outside the vehicle. The immobilizer is alwaysdeactivated when The alarm is stopped. you start the engine. or In the event that the engine cannot be started X (yet the vehicle's batteryischarged), the sys- Press the Start/Stop button on the dash- tem is not operational. Contactanauthorized board. The SmartKey must be inside the vehi- Mercedes-Benz Center or call cle. 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA)or The alarm is stopped. 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada). The alarm is not switched off, even if you close the open door that triggered it, for example.

Safety If the alarm continues for more than ATA (anti-theft alarmsystem) 30 seconds, the mbrace emergency call system automatically notifies the Customer Assistance Center. This is done either by textmessage or data connection. The emergency call system sends the message or data provided that: Ryou have subscribed to the mbrace service. Rthe mbrace servicehas been activated properly. Rthe necessary mobile phone network is available.

X To arm: lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO. Indicator lamp : flashes. The alarm system is armed after approximately 15 seconds. X To switch off: unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO. Avisual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open: Radoor Rthe vehicle with the mechanical key Rthe trunklid Rthe hood Rthe glove box Rthe stowage space under the armrest X To turnthe alarmoff with the SmartKey: press the % or & button on the Smart- Key. The alarm is stopped. or X Insertthe SmartKey into the ignition lock. The alarm is stopped. SmartKey 65

SmartKey SmartKey functions Important safety notes G WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, they could: Roperate the vehicle's equipment. Additionally, children could set the vehicle in motion if, for example, they: Rrelease the parking brake Rshift the automatic transmission out of park : & Locks the vehicle position P ; F Unlocksthe trunk lid R start the engine = % Unlocksthe vehicle There is arisk of an accident and injury. X To unlock centrally: press the % button. Never leave children or animals unattended in If you do not open the vehicle within approx- the vehicle. imately 40 seconds of unlocking: When leaving the vehicle, always take the Rthe vehicle is locked again. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. This Ranti-theft protection is reactivated. also appliestomobile phones if the "Digital Opening and closing X To lock centrally: press the & button. Car Key in smartphone" function is activated via the Mercedes me connect web app. The SmartKey centrally locks/unlocks: Rthe doors G WARNING Rthe trunk lid If you attach heavy or large objectstothe Rthe stowage compartmentinthe center con- SmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten- sole tionally turned in the ignition lock. This could Rthe fuel filler flap cause the engine to be switched off. There is a The turn signals flash once when unlocking and risk of an accident. three times when locking. Do not attach any heavy or large objectstothe You can also set an audible signal to confirm that the vehicle has been locked. The audible SmartKey. Remove any bulky key rings before signal can be activated and deactivated using insertingthe SmartKey into the ignition lock. the on-board computer (Y page 174). ! When it is dark, the surround lighting also comes Keep the SmartKey away from strongmag- on if it is activated in the on-board computer netic fields. Otherwise, the remote control (Y page 173). function could be affected. Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations. KEYLESS-GO Do not keep the SmartKey: General notes Rwith electronic devices, e.g. amobile phone or another SmartKey Bear in mind that the engine can be started by Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foil any of the vehicle occupants if there is aKEY- Rinside metallic objects, e.g. ametal case LESS-GO key in the vehicle (Y page 118). This can affect the functionality of the Smart- Key.

Z 66 SmartKey

Locking/unlockingcentrally ing battery power.For thepurposes of activation/deactivation, thevehicle must not be You can start,lockorunlock thevehicle using nearby. KEYLESS-GO.Todothis, you onlyneedcarry the X To deactivate: & SmartKey with you. You can combine thefunc- pressthe button on the SmartKey twiceinrapid succession. tions of KEYLESS-GO with those of aconven- Y tional SmartKey. Unlockthe vehicle by using The battery check lamp ( page 68)ofthe KEYLESS-GO,for instance, and lockitusingthe SmartKey flashes twicebriefly and lightsup & button on theSmartKey. once, then KEYLESS-GO is deactivated. X The driver'sdoor and thedoor at whichthe han- To activate: pressany button on theSmart- dle is used, must bothbeclosed. The SmartKey Key. must be outside thevehicle.When locking or or unlocking with KEYLESS-GO,the distance X Insertthe SmartKey intothe ignitionlock. between thekey and thecorresponding door KEYLESS-GO and all of its associatedfeatures handle must not be greater than 3ft(1m). are available again. Acheck whichperiodicallyestablishesaradio connectionbetween thevehicle and theSmart- Key determineswhether avalid SmartKey is in Changing thesettings of thelocking thevehicle.This occurs, for example: system Rwhen starting theengine You can change thesettings of thelockingsys- Rwhile driving tem.This meansonlythe driver'sdoor,the lock- R when theexternal door handles are touched able stowage compartments in thevehicle inte-

Opening and closing rior and thefuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked. This is useful if you frequently travel alone. X To change thesetting: pressand hold down the % and & buttons simultaneously for about six secondsuntil thebattery indicatorlamp (Y page 68)flashes twice. If thesettingofthe lockingsystem is changed within thesignal range of thevehicle,pressing the & or % button: Rlocks or Runlocksthe vehicle X To unlock thevehicle: touch theinner sur- faceofthe door handle. The SmartKey now functionsasfollows: X To lock thevehicle: touch sensor surface : X To unlock: pressthe % button once. or ;. X To unlock centrally: pressthe % button Makesure that you do not touch theinner twice. surface of thedoor handle. X To lock centrally: pressthe & button. X Convenience closing feature: touch The KEYLESS-GO function is changed as fol- recessedsensor surface ; for an extended lows: period. Further informationonthe convenience clos- X To unlock thedriver's door: touch theinner ing feature (Y page 76). surface of thedoor handle on thedriver's door. X Deactivating and activating To unlock centrally: touch theinner surface of thedriver or front-passenger door handle. If you do not intend to use aSmartKey for an X To lock centrally: touch theouter sensor extended periodoftime, you can deactivate the surface on one of thedoor handles. KEYLESS-GO function of thekey. The SmartKey will then use verylittle power,therebyconserv- SmartKey 67

X To restore the factory settings: press and SmartKey battery holddownthe % and & buttons simul- taneouslyfor approximatelysix seconds until Important safety notes the battery check lamp (Y page 68)flashes twice. G WARNING Batteriescontain toxicand corrosive substances. If batteries are swallowed, it can resultin Mechanical key severe health problems.There is ariskoffatal General notes injury. Keepbatteries outofthe reach of children. If If the vehiclecan no longer be locked or abattery is swallowed, seekmedicalattention unlockedwiththe SmartKey or with KEYLESS- immediately. GO,use the mechanical key. If youuse the mechanical key to unlock and H Environmental note open the driver's door or the trunk lid, the anti- theftalarm system will be triggered.Switch off Batteriescontain pollu- the alarm (Y page 64). tants.Itisillegal to dispose of them with the household Removing the mechanical key rubbish. Theymustbecol- lected separatelyand disposed of in an environmen-

tally responsiblerecycling Opening and closing system. Dispose of batteries in an environmentally responsiblemanner. Take dis- chargedbatteries to aqualifiedspecialist workshop or to acollectionpoint for used batteries. X Push release catch : in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechan- The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate icalkey ; from the SmartKey. material,which mayrequire specialhandling and regard for the environment. National guide- For further informationabout: lines must be observed during disposal. In Cal- Runlocking the driver's door (Y page 72) ifornia,see www.dtsc.ca.gov/ Runlocking the trunk (Y page 73) HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm. Rlocking the vehicle(Y page 72) Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou have the batteries replaced at aqualified specialist work- Insertingthe mechanical key shop. X Push mechanical key ; completelyinto the SmartKey untilitengages and release catch : is back in its basicposition.

Z 68 SmartKey

Checking thebattery X Press mechanical key ; intothe SmartKey opening in thedirection of thearrow until battery compartmentcover : opens. Do not hold battery compartmentcover : closed while doingso. X Remove battery compartmentcover :.

X Press the & or % button. The battery is working properlyifbattery check lamp : lightsupbriefly. The battery is discharged if battery check lamp : does notlight up briefly. X X Change thebattery (Y page 68). Repeatedly tap theSmartKey against your palm until battery = falls out. If theSmartKey battery is checked within the X signal reception range of thevehicle,pressing Insertthe newbattery withthe positiveter- the & or % button: minal facing upwards. Use alint-free cloth to Opening and closing do so. R locks or X Makesure that thesurface of thebattery is Runlocksthe vehicle free of lint, grease and other contaminants. i You can get abattery at any qualified spe- X Insertthe fronttabsofbattery compartment cialist workshop. cover : intothe housing and then pressto close it. Replacingthe battery X Insertmechanical key ; intothe SmartKey Y You require aCR20253Vcellbattery. ( page 67). X X Takethe mechanical keyout of theSmartKey Checkthe function of all SmartKey buttons on (Y page 67). thevehicle. SmartKey 69

Problems with the SmartKey

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You can no longer lock or The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. unlock the vehicle using X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary the SmartKey. (Y page 68). If this does not work: X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using the mechanical key. There is interference from apowerful source of radio waves. X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using the mechanical key. The SmartKey is faulty. X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using the mechanical key. X Have the SmartKey checked at aqualified specialist workshop. You can no longer lock or KEYLESS-GO was deactivated. unlock the vehicle using X Reactivate KEYLESS-GO (Y page 65). KEYLESS-GO. Opening and closing The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary (Y page 68). If this does not work: X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using the mechanical key. There is interference from apowerful source of radio waves. X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using the mechanical key. KEYLESS-GO is malfunctioning. X Lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey. X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at aqualified specialist workshop. If the vehicle can also not be locked/unlocked using the remote control function: X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using the mechanical key. X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 70 Doors

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine cannot be The on-board voltage is too low. started using the Smart- X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interior Key. lighting, and try to start the engine again. If this does not work: X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary (Y page 253). or X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 253). or X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. The engine cannot be The vehicle is locked. started using KEYLESS- X Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again. GO. The SmartKey is in the vehicle. The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary (Y page 68). If this does not work: X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock. Opening and closing There is interference from apowerful source of radio waves. X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock. You have lost aSmart- X Have the SmartKey deactivated at aqualified specialist workshop. Key. X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers. X If necessary, have the locks changed as well. You have lost the X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers. mechanical key. X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

The side windows cannot The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. be opened or closed X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary using the convenience (Y page 68). opening/closing feature.

Doors Additionally, children could set the vehicle in motion if, for example, they: Important safety notes Rrelease the parking brake G WARNING Rshift the automatic transmission out of park If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, position P they could: Rstart the engine Roperate the vehicle's equipment. There is arisk of an accident and injury. Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle. Doors 71

When leaving the vehicle, alwaystake the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. This also applies to mobile phones if the "Digital Car Key in smartphone" function is activated via the Mercedes me connect web app.

Unlocking and opening doors from the inside ! The side windows will not open/close if the batteryisdischarged or if the side windows X To unlock: press button :. have iced up. It will then not be possible to X To lock: press button ;. close the door. Do not attempt to forcethe If the front-passenger door is closed, the vehi- door closed. You could otherwise damage the cle locks. door or the side window. The central lockingbutton does not lock or You can open adoor from inside the vehicle unlock the fuel filler flap or the stowage com- even if it has been locked. partmentinthe center console. If the vehicle has previously been locked from You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the the outside, opening adoor from the inside will inside if the vehicle has been locked with the trigger the anti-theft alarm system. Switchoff Y SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO. the alarm ( page 64). Opening and closing You can open adoor from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked. If alocked door is opened from the inside, the previous unlock status of the vehicle will be taken into consideration if: Rthe vehicle was locked using the lockingbutton for the central locking, or Rif the vehicle was locked automatically The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previously been fully unlocked. If only the driver's door had been previously unlocked, only the door which has been opened from the inside is X Pull door handle ;. unlocked. If the door is locked, lockingknob : pops up. The door is unlocked and can be opened. When adoor is opened, the side window on that Automatic locking feature side opens slightly. When the door is closed, the side window closes again.

Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside. For example, you can unlock the front-passenger door from the inside or lock the vehicle before you pull away.

Z 72 Trunk

X To deactivate: press and holdbutton : for Trunk aboutfiveseconds untilatone sounds. X To activate: press and holdbutton ; for Important safety notes aboutfiveseconds untilatone sounds. G WARNING If youpress one of the two buttons and do not hearatone, the relevant setting hasalready If objects, luggage or loadsare not secured or been selected. not secured sufficiently,they could slip,tip The vehicleislocked automaticallywhenthe overorbeflung around and therebyhit vehicle ignition is switched on and the wheels are turn- occupants. There is ariskofinjury,particu- ing. larly in the event of sudden braking or asud- Youcould therefore lock yourselfout if: denchange in direction. Rthe vehicleisbeing pushed. Alwaysstoreobjects so thatthey cannotbe Rthe vehicleisbeing towed. flung around.Secure objects, luggage or Rthe vehicleisonarollerdynamometer. loadsagainst slipping or tipping before the Youcan also switch the automatic locking func- journey. tiononand off using the on-board computer (Y page 173). ! The trunk lidswingsupwards when opened. Therefore, make sure thatthereissufficient clearance above the trunk lid. Unlocking/lockingthe driver's door ! Onlyclose the trunk once the roofislowered using the mechanical key completely. Otherwise, youcould damagethe Opening and closing roof. i If youwanttocentrallylockthe vehicleusing the mechanical key,begin by pressing the If youclose the trunk lidbefore the roofis locking button for the interiorlocking mech- lowered completely, the loading aidswitch anism whilethe driver's door is open. Then lights up and awarning tone sounds. lock the driver's door using the mechanical The opening dimensions of the trunk lidcan be key. found in the "Vehicle data" section (Y page 295). Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk. You could otherwise lock yourselfout. The trunk lidcan be: Ropened/closedfrom outside Ropenedautomaticallyfrom outside Rlocked separately Ropenedwiththe emergency release button Runlockedwiththe mechanical key Youshouldpreferablyplace luggage or loadsin the trunk. X To unlock: turn the mechanical key counter- clockwise as far as it will go to position 1. X To lock: turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position 1. If youuse the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver's door, the anti-theftalarm system will be triggered.Switch off the alarm (Y page 64). Trunk 73

Opening/closing from outside Opening

X Insertthe mechanical key into the trunklid lock as far as it will go. X Turn the mechanical key clockwise from position 1 to position 2. X Press the % button on the SmartKey. X Remove the mechanical key. X Pull handle :. X Insertthe mechanical key into the SmartKey. X Raise the trunklid.

Closing Unlocking the trunk (mechanical key)

! The trunklid swings upwards when opened. Opening and closing Therefore, make sure that there is sufficient clearanceabove the trunklid. If the trunkcannot be unlocked with the Smart- Key or KEYLESS-GO, use the mechanical key. If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the trunklid, the anti-theftalarm system will be triggered. Switchoff the alarm (Y page 64). X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey (Y page 67). X Pull the trunklid down using recess :. X Insertthe mechanical key into the trunklid X Lock the vehicle if necessary using the & lock as far as it will go. button on the key or with KEYLESS-GO. If KEYLESS-GO detects aSmartKey in the trunk, it does not lock.

Locking the trunk separately You can lock the trunkseparately. If you then unlock the vehicle centrally, the trunkremains locked and cannot be opened. X Close the trunklid. X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey (Y page 67). X Turn the mechanical key from position 1 counter-clockwise as far as it will go to posi-

Z 74 Side windows

tion 2.Simultaneouslypullthe trunk lidhan- body becomestrapped,release the switch or dle. pull the switch to close the side windowagain. The trunk is unlocked. X 1 Turn the mechanicalkey back to position G WARNING and remove it. X Insert the mechanicalkey into the SmartKey. Whileclosing the side windows,bodyparts in the closing area could become trapped.There is ariskofinjury. Emergencyrelease forthe trunk When closing make sure thatnoparts of the body areinthe closing area.Ifsomebody Youcan unlock the trunk lidfromthe insidewith becomestrapped,release the switch or press the emergency release button. the switch to open the side windowagain.

G WARNING If children operate the side windows they

nd closing could become trapped,particularly if theyare left unsupervised.There is ariskofinjury. ga When leaving the vehicle, always take the SmartKeywithyou and lock the vehicle. Never leavechildren unsupervised in the vehicle. Openin

X Press emergency release button : briefly. Side windowreversingfeature The trunk lidunlocks and opens. The front side windows areequippedwithan The trunk lidcan be unlockedand openedwith automatic reversing feature. If asolid object the trunk lidemergency release when the vehi- blocks or restricts the upward movement of one cle is stationaryorwhile driving. of the front side windows duringthe closing The trunk lidemergency release does not unlock process, the side windowopens againautomat- the trunk lidifthe battery is disconnectedor ically. During the manualclosing process, the discharged. side windowonlyopens againautomatically Trunk lidemergency release light: after the corresponding switch is released. How- ever, the automatic reversing featureisonlyan REmergency release button : flashesfor aidand does not relieve youofthe responsibility 30 minutesafter the trunk lidisopened of paying attentionwhenclosing asidewindow. R Emergency release button : flashesfor G 60 minutesafter the trunk lidisclosed WARNING The reversing featuredoesnot react: Rto soft, light and thinobjects,e.g.small fin- Side windows gers Important safety notes Roverthe last 1/6 in(4 mm) of the closing movement G WARNING Rduringresetting Whileopening the side windows,bodyparts Rwhen closing the side windowagain man- could become trapped between the side win- uallyimmediatelyafter automatic reversing dowand the door frame as the side window moves.There is ariskofinjury. Thismeans thatthe reversing featurecannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit- Make sure thatnobodytouchesthe side win- uations. There is ariskofinjury. dowduringthe opening procedure. If some- Side windows 75

Make sure that no body parts are in close Opening and closing all side windows proximity during the closing procedure. If Using the switch on the center console someone becomes trapped, press the switch to open the side window again. G WARNING While opening the side windows, body parts in the closing area could become trapped. There Opening and closing the side win- is arisk of injury. dows in the front Make sure that no body parts are in close The switches for the front side windows are proximity during the closing procedure. If located on the driver's door. There is also a somebody becomes trapped, release the switch for the front-passenger side window on switch or press the switch down to open the the front-passenger door. side window again. The switches on the driver's door take prece- dence. You can use the switch on the center console to close all side windows simultaneously. X Open the cover in the lower center console. The switch for all side windows is under the cover. Opening and closing

: Left ; Right X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock. X To open manually: press and hold the cor- X To open all side windows: press button : responding switch. to the point of resistance. X To open fully: press the switch beyond the X To open all side windows fully: press pressure point and release it. switch : beyond the point of resistance. Automatic operation is started. X To close all side windows: pull switch :. X To close manually: pull the corresponding All side windows begin the closing procedure switch and hold it. simultaneously.The rear side windows close X To close fully: pull the switch beyond the after the front side windows. pressure point and release it. Automatic operation is started. If, after opening the windows, you close one side X window using the switch in the door control To interrupt automatic operation: press or panel: pull the corresponding switch again. Rthe front side window closes first and You can continue to operate the side windows R after you switch off the engine. This function is then the corresponding rear side window available for up to five minutes or until the driv- closes. er's or front-passenger door is opened.

Z 76 Sidewindows

Convenience closing with KEYLESS-GO X Touchrecessed sensor surface : on the door handle until theside windows are fully G WARNING closed. When usingthe convenience closingfeature, i Makesure you only touch recessed sensor partsofthe body couldbetrapped in theclos- surface :. ing area when aside window is beingclosed. X To interruptconvenience closing: release Thereisariskofinjury. recessed sensor surface : on thedoor han- Observethe completeclosingprocedure dle. when theconvenience closingfeature is operating. Makesure that no body partsare in close proximity duringthe closingprocedure. Resetting thesidewindows If aside window can no longer be closed fully, Proceedasfollows if someoneistrapped: you must reset it. X Release therecessed sensor surface on the X Close all thedoors. door handle. X Turn theSmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the X Immediately pull and hold thedoor handle ignition lock. and keep thedoor handle pulled. X Pull thecorrespondingswitch on thedoor The side windows open. control panel until theside window is com- WithKEYLESS-GO you can close all side win- pletely closed (Y page 75). dows simultaneously. The KEYLESS-GO key X Holdthe switch for an additional second. must be outside thevehicle.All thedoorsmust Opening and closing be closed. If theside window opensagain slightly: X Immediately pull thecorrespondingswitch on thedoor control panel until theside window is completely closed (Y page 75). X Holdthe switch for an additional second. If therespectiveside window remains closed after thebuttonisreleased, then it has been set correctly. If this is notthe case, repeat the steps above.

Problemswith thesidewindows G WARNING If you close aside window again immediately after it has been blockedorreset,the side window closes withincreased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then notactive. Partsofthe body couldbetrapped in theclosingarea in theprocess. This posesanincreased riskofinjury or evenfatal injury. Makesure that no partsofthe body are in theclosingarea. To stop theclosingprocess, release theswitch or push theswitch again to reopen theside window. Roof 77

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Aside window cannot be X Remove the objects. closed because it is X Close the side window. blocked by objects, e.g. leaves in the window guide. Aside window cannot be If aside window is obstructed during closing and reopens again closed and you cannot slightly: see the cause. X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed. The side window is closed with increased force. If aside window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly: X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed. The side window is closed without the automatic reversing feature. The side windows cannot The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. be opened or closed X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary using the convenience (Y page 68).

opening/closing fea- Opening and closing ture.

Roof ! Do not forget that the weather can change abruptly. Make certain that the roof is closed Important safety notes when you leave the vehicle. The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the G WARNING vehicle interior. If you do not fully open/close the soft top, the ! When opening and closing the roof, make soft-top hydraulics depressurize after ashort sure that: time. This causes the soft top to lower unex- Rthere is sufficient clearance, as the roof pectedly and may cause you or others to be swings upwards. trapped. There is arisk of injury. Rthere is sufficient clearance behind the Always open or close the soft top completely. vehicle, as the trunk lid swings backwards beyond the bumper. R G WARNING the trunk is only loaded to below the trunk partition. Closing the roof manually is acomplicated Rthe trunk partition is not pushed up by the and technically demanding procedure, which load. requires alot of strength. You or others can Rthe trunk partition is closed. become trapped. There is arisk of injury. Rthe trunk lid is closed. Only have the soft top closed manually at a Rthe outside temperature is above 5‡ qualified specialist workshop. (Ò15 †). You could otherwise damage the roof, trunk ! Never sit on the rear shelf or store heavy and other parts of the vehicle. objectsthere. You will otherwise damage the roof and the rear shelf of your vehicle. The vehicle dimensions for opening/closing the roof can be found in the "Vehicle data" section (Y page 295).

Z 78 Roof

Make sure that the roof and rear window are Opening and closing clean and dry before opening the roof. Other- wise, water or dirt could enter the vehicle interior or trunk.

Opening and closing using the roof switch Important safety notes

G WARNING When opening or closing the roof, body parts could be trapped by, for example, the roof X Vehicles without semi-automatic trunk mechanism, trunk lid or side windows. There partition: close the trunk partition is arisk of injury. (Y page 79). When raising or lowering the roof, make sure X Close the trunk lid (Y page 72). that no body parts are in the vicinity of moving X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- components. If someone becomes trapped, tion lock. release the button. X Open the cover in the lower center console. Roof switch : is located under the cover. X Opening and closing For safety reasons, you can only open or close To open:pull roof switch : until the entire the roof when the vehicle is stationary. roof is stowed away in the trunk. Vario-Roof in Operation ! Operating the roof while pulling away: The message appears in the multifunction display.Once the RObserve the following traffic carefully. opening procedure is complete, the message RDo not drive faster than 25 mph (40 km/h). disappears and atone sounds. RAvoid abrupt braking and swerving maneu- All of the side windows open. vers. If you operate the roof switch and the Trunk Do not operate the roof when cornering, driv- Partition Open message appears in the ing on uneven surfaces or during strong multifunction display,the trunk partition is winds. The vehicle may otherwise be dam- not closed correctly. aged. X Close the trunk partition. i If the traffic conditionsmean that you have X To close: press and hold soft-top switch : to drive off while opening/closing the roof, until the soft top is fully closed. the procedure which was started while sta- The Vario-Roof in Operation message tionary can be continued at speeds of up to appears in the multifunction display.Once the approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). opening procedure is complete, the message disappears and atone sounds. All of the side windows open. X To close all side windows, pull the switch under the cover of the center console (Y page 75). Roof 79

Opening/closing using the SmartKey Always open or close the soft top completely.

Important safetynotes The roof is not locked if: R G WARNING the K symbol and the Vario-Roof in Operation message appear in the multifunc- When opening or closing the roof, body parts tion display could be trapped by, for example, the roof Rthe K symbol and the Open/Close mechanism, trunklid or side windows. There Vario-Roof Completely message appear in is arisk of injury. the multifunction display and you hear awarn- When raising or lowering the roof, make sure ing tone R that no body parts are in the vicinity of moving you hear awarning tonefor up to ten seconds when pulling away or while driving components. If someonebecomes trapped, release the button. Locking Opening and closing You can lock the roof again if it is not locked fully. This function is only available on vehicles with X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon KEYLESS-GO or with roof comfort operation. as possible, paying attention to road and traf- X Close the trunklid (Y page 72). fic conditions. X Vehicles with comfort operation: point the X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in tip of the SmartKey at the driver's door han- the ignition lock. Opening and closing dle. X Press the roof switch (Y page 78). X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: the SmartKey must be within 6ft(2m)ofthe vehicle. X To open: press and hold the % button on Trunk partition the SmartKey until the roof is fully opened. The roof and the rear side windows open. The General notes frontside windows close. X To interrupt the opening procedure: ! To avoid damaging the roof or luggage when release the % button. folding back the roof, you should: X To open the front side windows: press the Ronly load the trunktobelow the trunkpar- % button on the SmartKey again. tition X To close: press and hold the & button on Rnot place any objects on or in frontofthe the SmartKey until the roof is fully closed. trunkpartition The roof and the side windows close. Rnot place any objects on the cover behind X To interrupt the closing procedure: release the roll bars the & button. Rnot allow the cargo to push the trunkpartition upwards The trunkpartition can be used to cover luggage Locking the roof again and loads in the trunk. Important safetynotes

G WARNING If you do not fully open/close the soft top, the soft-top hydraulics depressurizeafter ashort time. This causes the soft top to lower unexpectedly and may cause you or otherstobe trapped. There is arisk of injury.

Z 80 Roof

Opening and closing The wind screen offers protection from the wind when driving with the roof down. The wind screen can be installed or removed from the driver's side or passenger side. For operationsinvolvingthe wind screen,itis preferable to be positioned on the side of the vehicle facing away from the traffic, after stopping the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.

Installing and removing the wind screen

Preparing for installation X To open: grip the handle of trunkpartition :. X Press the release button in the handle of trunk partition :. Trunk partition : is unlocked. X Pull trunkpartition : up out of the eyelets on the edge of the trunk. X Push trunkpartition : forwards against the direction of the arrow by handle. X Opening and closing To close: pull back trunkpartition : by the handle in the direction of the arrow and engage into the eyelets on the edge of the trunkonboth sides. : Wind screen ; Unlocked latch = Locked latch Wind screen X The following conditions must be fulfilled for Important safetynotes installation: Runlocking buttons R and L point in the G WARNING direction of travel. R If you use the wind screen in darkness or in latch ; facing you is unlocked. other conditions offeringpoor visibility, your Rlatch = facing away from you is locked. view to the rear is further impaired. There is a X To unlock the latch: press unlocking button risk of an accident. R or L on the locked latch. X Only use the wind screen when visibility con- To lock the latch: push the unlocked latch ditions are good. upward by hand until it engages.

G WARNING If the wind screen is incorrectly installed, it could detach itself during ajourney and endanger other road users. There is arisk of an accidentand injury. Install the wind screen as described.

! Install or remove the wind screen only when the roof is open. You could otherwise damage the wind screen or the vehicle interior. Roof 81

Installing

X Pull windscreen ; out of thebracketofthe oppositeroll bar in thedirection of thearrow. X Takethe windscreenout of thetrunk. X ; X Y Secure wind screen to thetrunk floor by Prepare for installing( page 80). therubber strips (Y page 221). X Holdwindscreen : at an angle and slide it withlockedlatch = in thedirection of arrow ? intothe bracketofthe oppositeroll bar. AIRGUIDE X Press windscreen : down in thedirection of Important safety notes arrow A until it engages. Makesure that studs B and latch ; fit into G WARNING Opening and closing therespectivebrackets. X Checkwhether windscreen : is fully inser- You could lose control of thevehicle if you fold tedintoall four brackets and is sitting AIRGUIDEin/out while thevehicle is in securely. motion.Thereisariskofanaccident. X If this is notthe case, remove windscreen : Only foldAIRGUIDEin/out while thevehicle is again and repeat thesteps above. stationary.

Removing ! AIRGUIDEcan only be positionedcorrectly by foldingitinorout.AIRGUIDEcannotbe dismantled. Do nottry to remove AIRGUIDE from its anchorage. Otherwise, you could damageAIRGUIDEorthe vehicle. AIRGUIDEcan be folded out or back in from the driver'sside or passenger side. When operating AIRGUIDE, preferably stand on theside of thevehicle away from thetraffic, after you have stoppedthe vehicle in accord- ancewithroad and traffic conditions.

X Press unlocking button L :.Atthe same time, pull windscreen ; up and tiltit.

Z 82 Roof

Operating AIRGUIDE componentswill be exposed. If you touch these components, you could get an electric shock.There is arisk of fatal injury. RNever remove the trim behind the overhead control panel. RIf the trim is damaged, never touch the electrical componentsbehind it. RAlways have work on the MAGIC SKY CON- TROL carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

The electrical componentsofMAGIC SKY CON- X To fold out AIRGUIDE: turn disc : in the TROL are protected by apaneling behind the direction of the arrow towards the middle of overhead control panel. the vehicle to the stop. The MAGIC SKY CONTROL control unit is X Repeat with disc ;. marked with ayellow warning sticker that warns X To fold in AIRGUIDE: turn discs : and ; you of high voltage. The electric cables of the back behind the roll bar to the stop. high-voltage section are color orange. Discs : and ; can also be used independently of each other,e.g. when you are driving without Operating MAGIC SKY CONTROL

Opening and closing apassenger.

MAGIC SKY CONTROL General notes MAGIC SKY CONTROL is apanorama roof, the transparencyofwhich can be changed by applying electrical voltage. MAGIC SKY CONTROL can be switched between darkened and transparent states. MAGIC SKY CONTROL darkensautomatically X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the after ashort period when you turn the SmartKey ignition lock. to position u in the ignition lock or remove the MAGIC SKY CONTROL switches to the status SmartKey. it was set to before the enginewas switched off. Risk of electric shock X To change the degree of transparency: press button :. G DANGER At temperatures below freezing, the change is MAGIC SKY CONTROL operates using high slower and uneven.The entire process may take voltage. If the trim behind the overhead con- some time. trol panel is damaged or removed, electrical Roof 83

Problems with the roof

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The roof will not open or The trunk partition is not closed and not properly engaged. close. X Close the trunk partition (Y page 79). The trunk lid is open. X Close the trunk lid (Y page 73). The on-board voltage is too low. X Leave the engine running. The roof has been opened and closed several times in arow. The roof drive has switched off automatically. You can open and close the roof again after approximately ten minutes. X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on. X Repeat the opening or closing procedure. The automatic roof system is faulty. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Opening and closing

Z 84 Seats

Correct driver's seat position When doingso, makesure that you have adjusted thehead restraint so that theback of G your head is supported at eye levelbythe WARNING centerofthe head restraint. You couldlose control of your vehicle if you do X Observethe safety notesonsteering column thefollowingwhile driving: adjustment(Y page 88). X Makesure that steering wheel : is adjusted Radjust thedriver'sseat,head restraint, properly. steering wheel or mirrors Adjusting thesteering wheel man- Rfasten theseat belt ually(Y page 88) Thereisariskofanaccident. Adjustingthe steering wheel electrically Y Adjust thedriver'sseat,head restraint,steer- ( page 89) ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt When adjusting thesteering wheel column, before starting theengine. makesure that: Ryou can hold thesteering wheel withyour armsslightly bent Ryou can moveyour legs freely Ryou can see all thedisplays in theinstrument clusterclearly X Observethe safety guidelinesfor seat belts (Y page 40). X Checkwhether you have fastened seat heel and mirrors belt ; properly(Y page 42). The seat belt should: gw Rfit snugly across your body Rbe routed across themiddle of your shoulder Rbe routed in your pelvic area across thehip joints X Before starting off,adjust therear-view mirror and theexterior mirrors(Y page 91) in such away that you have agood view of road and Seats, steerin X traffic conditions. Observethe safety guidelinesonseat adjust- X ment(Y page 84). Vehicles with amemory function: save the seat,steering wheel and exterior mirror set- X Makesure that seat = is adjusted properly. tings (Y page 93). Manual seat adjustment. (Y page 86) Electrical seat adjustment. (Y page 86) When adjusting theseat,makesure that: Seats Ryou are as far away from thedriver'sair bag as possible Important safety notes Ryou are sittinginanormalupright position G WARNING Ryou can fasten theseat belt properly Ryou have moved thebackresttoanalmost Children couldbecome trapped if they adjust vertical position theseats, particularly when unattended. Ryou have set theseat cushion angle so that Thereisariskofinjury. your thighs are gently supported When leaving thevehicle,always takethe Ryou can depress thepedals properly SmartKey withyou and lockthe vehicle.Never X Checkwhether thehead restraint is adjusted leave childrenunsupervised in thevehicle. properly. Seats 85

The seats can still be adjusted when there is no G WARNING SmartKey in the ignition lock. If the head restraints are not installed or not G WARNING adjusted correctly, they cannot provide pro- When you adjust aseat, you or other vehicle tection as intended. There is an increased risk occupantscould become trapped, e.g. on the of injury in the head and neck area, e.g. in the seat guide rail. There is arisk of injury. event of an accident or when braking. Make sure when adjusting aseat that no one Always drive with the head restraints instal- has any body parts in the sweep of the seat. led. Before driving off, make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head G WARNING restraint supports the back of the head at If the driver's seat is not engaged, it could about eye level. move forwards as far as the next catchduring G movementsuch as braking or abrupt changes WARNING of direction.Asaresult, you would be pushed You could lose control of your vehicle if you do against your seat belt by the unsecured driv- the following while driving: er's seat. Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint, This could cause you to lose control of the steeringwheel or mirrors vehicle. The seat belt cannot protectasinten- Rfasten the seat belt ded and could result in additional injury. There is arisk of an accident. There is arisk of an accident and injury. Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer- Before every journey, make sure that the driving wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt er's seat is fully engaged. before starting the engine. Observe the safety notes on "Air bags" ! Y To prevent damage to the seats and the seat ( page 43) and "Children in the vehicle" heating, observe the following notes: (Y page 53). RDo not spill liquids ontothe seats. Dry the G WARNING seats as soon as possible if liquid does get If the driver's seat is not engaged, it could spilled on the seats. R

move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in If the seat covers are damp or wet, do not Seats, steering wheel and mirrors motion.This could cause you to lose control of switch on the seat heating. Also, do not use the seat heating to dry the seats. the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident. RClean the seat covers as recommended; Always make sure that the driver's seat is see the "Interior care" section. engaged before starting the vehicle. RDo not transport heavy loads on the seats. Do not place pointed objectsonthe seat G WARNING cushions such as knives, nails or tools. If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you or Where possible, use the seats only for car- other vehicle occupantscould be trapped and rying passengers. R thereby injured. Children in particular could When operating the seat heating, do not cover the seats with insulating materials, accidentally press the electrical seat adjust- e.g. blankets,coats, bags, protective cov- ment buttonsand become trapped. There is a ers, child seats or booster seats. risk of injury. RWhen the seat heating is switched on, the While moving the seats, make sure that your seat surface can be damaged as aresult of hands or other body parts do not get under the objectsbeing placed on the seats; for lever assembly of the seat adjustmentsys- example, seat cushions, child seats and protective covers not approved by tem. Mercedes-Benz.

Z 86 Seats

! Make sure that there are no objects in the Adjusting the seats electrically footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back. There is arisk that the seats and/or the objects could be damaged. i The head restraints are equipped with the NECK-PRO system (Y page 52). For this reason, it is not possible to remove the head restraints from the seats. For more information, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

Adjusting the seats manually : Backrest angle ; Seat fore-and-aft adjustment = Seat cushion angle ? Seat height i You can store the seat settings using the Y nd mirrors memory function ( page 93).

Adjusting the head restraints G WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do X Seat fore-and-aft adjustment: lift lever : and slide the seat forwards or backwards. the following while driving: X Release lever : again. Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint, Make sure that you hear the seat engage in steering wheel or mirrors position. Rfasten the seat belt X To adjust the backrest angle: relieve the There is arisk of an accident.

Seats, steeringla whee pressure on the backrest. Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer- X Pull handle ; and move backrest to the desired angle. ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine. X Release handle ; again. The backrest must audibly engage. X To adjust the seat height: pull handle = upwards or push it down repeatedly until the seat has reached the desired height.

X To raise/lower: push the head restraint upwards or pull it down into the desired position. Seats 87

Adjusting the4-waylumbar support

Driver's and front-passenger seat : Raises thebackrest contour The three red indicator lampsinthe buttonindi- catethe heating level you haveselected. ; Softensthe backrest contour The system automatically switches down from = Lowers thebackrest contour level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight ? Hardensthe backrest contour minutes. You can adjust thecontourofthe seat backrests The system automatically switches down from individually to provideoptimum support for your level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten back. minutes. The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutesafter it is set to level 1. Switchingthe seatheating on/off X Makesurethatthe SmartKey is in position 1 Switchingon/off or 2 in theignition lock. X To switch on: press button : repeatedly G WARNING until thedesired heating level is set. X Repeatedly switching on theseat heating can To switch off: press button : repeatedly teering wheel and mirrors until all theindicator lampsgoout. causethe seat cushion and backrest pads to ,s become veryhot.The healthofpersonswith limitedtemperature sensitivityoralimited Problemswith theseatheating

abilitytoreacttohigh temperatures may be The seat heating has switched off prematurely Seats affectedortheymay evensuffer burn-like or cannotbeswitched on.The vehicle's electri- injuries. There is ariskofinjury. cal system voltageistoo low because toomany Therefore,donot switch theseat heating on electrical consumersare switched on. repeatedly. X Switchoff electrical consumersthatyou do notneed, suchasthe rear window defroster ! When theseat heating is switched on,the or interior lighting. seat surfacecan be damaged as aresult of X Once thebattery is sufficientlycharged, objects beingplaced on theseats; for exam- switch on theseat heating again. ple, seat cushions, child seatsand protective coversnot approvedbyMercedes-Benz. When theseat heating is switched on,ensure AIRSCARF that there are no objects on theseats. Setting headlevel heating (AIRSCARF)

G WARNING When AIRSCARF is switched on,veryhot air can flowfromthe vents in thehead restraints.

Z 88 Steering wheel

This could result in burns in the immediate Steering wheel vicinityofthe air vents. There is arisk of injury. Important safety notes Reduce the heater output before it becomes too hot. G WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving: Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steeringwheel or mirrors Rfasten the seat belt There is arisk of an accident. Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine.

G WARNING The AIRSCARF function warms the head and neck area of vehicle occupantswith warm air. Children could injure themselves if they The warm air flows out of the holes in the head adjust the steeringwheel. There is arisk of restraints. injury. The three red indicator lamps in the button indi- When leaving the vehicle, alwaystake the cate the heating level you have selected. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. This X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in also applies to mobile phones if the "Digital the ignition lock. Car Key in smartphone" function is activated X : To switch on: press button . via the Mercedes me connect web app. Never Three red indicator lamps in the button light leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. up. The blower startsupafter apreheating phase of seven seconds. X The electrically adjustable steeringwheel can Press button : repeatedly until the desired still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in heating level is set. the ignition lock. X To switch off: press button : repeatedly Seats, steering wheel and mirrors until all the indicator lamps go out. i The blower continues runningfor seven sec- Adjusting the steering wheel man- onds to cool down the heating elements. ually i If the battery voltage is too low, AIRSCARF G WARNING may switch off. If the steeringwheel is unlocked while the vehicle is in motion,itcould change position Problems with AIRSCARF unexpectedly. This could cause you to lose AIRSCARF has switched off prematurely or will control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an not switch on. The vehicle's electrical system accident. voltage is too low because too many electrical Before starting off, make sure the steering consumersare switched on. wheel is locked. Never unlock the steering X Switch off electrical consumersthat you do wheel while the vehicle is in motion. not need, such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting. X Switch on AIRSCARF again. Steering wheel 89

EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature Important safety notes

G WARNING If you driveoff while theEASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is making adjustments,you could lose control of thevehicle. There is ariskofan accident. Always wait until theadjustmentprocess is complete before driving off. : Releaselever ; Adjusts thesteering wheelheight G WARNING = Adjusts thesteering wheelposition (fore- and-aftadjustment) When theEASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjusts thesteering wheel, you and other vehicle X : Push release lever down completely in the occupants–particularly children –could direction of thearrow. The steering column is unlocked. become trapped.There is ariskofinjury. X Adjustthe steering wheeltothe desired posi- Whilethe EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak- tion. ing adjustments,makesurethatnoone has X Push release lever : up completely. any body partsinthe sweepofthe steering The steering column is locked. wheel. X Checkifthe steering column is locked. When If somebodybecomestrapped: doingso, trytopush thesteering wheelupor down or trytomoveitinthe fore-and-aft Rpress oneofthe memory function position direction. buttons,or Rmovethe switch for steering wheeladjust- mentinthe oppositedirection to that in teering wheel and mirrors Adjusting thesteering wheel electri- whichthe steering wheelismoving. ,s cally The adjustmentprocess is stopped.

G WARNING Seats When theEASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjusts thesteering wheeland thedriver'sseat,you and other vehicleoccupants–particularly children –could become trapped.There is a riskofinjury. Whilethe EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is making adjustments,makesurethatnoone has any body partsinthe sweepofthe seat and thesteering wheel. : Adjusts thesteering wheelheight ; Adjusts thesteering wheelposition (fore- and-aftadjustment) i Further relatedsubjects: REASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature (Y page 89) RStoring settings(Y page 93)

Z 90 Mirrors

If somebodybecomes trapped: or R R you press the Start/Stop button once on vehi- press one of the memory function position cles with KEYLESS-GO buttons, or When you close the driver's door with the igni- Rpress one of the memory function memory tion switched on, the steering wheel is also buttons, or automatically moved to the previously set position. Rmove the switch for steering wheel adjustment in the opposite direction to that in The last positionofthe steering column is stored when you switch off the ignition or when you which the steering wheel is moving store the setting with the memory function The adjustment process is stopped. (Y page 93).

G WARNING Crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature If you use openings in the bodywork or If the crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is trig- detachable parts as steps, you could: gered in an accident, the steering column will Rslip and/or fall move upwards when the driver's door is opened. This occurs irrespective of the positionofthe R damage the vehicle and cause yourself to SmartKey in the ignition lock. This makes it eas- fall. ier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants. There is arisk of injury. The crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is only Alwaysuse secure climbing aids, e.g. asuita- operational if the EASY-EXIT/ENTRY feature is activated in the on-board computer ble ladder. Y

heel and mirrors ( page 174). The EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature makes getting in and out of yourvehicle easier. Mirrors You can activate and deactivate the EASY- ENTRY/EXIT feature in the on-board computer Rear-view mirror (Y page 174).

Position of the steering wheelwhen the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is active

Seats,gw steerin The steering wheel swings up when you: Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Ropen the driver's door with KEYLESS-GO in position 1 Ropen the driver's door and the SmartKey is in position u or 1 i The steering wheel moves upwards only if it has not already reached the uppersteering X Anti-glare mode: flick anti-glare lever : for- limiter. wardsorback.

Position of the steering wheelfor driving The steering wheel is moved to the last selected positionwhen: Rthe driver's door is closed Ryou insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Mirrors 91

Exteriormirrors mirror usingbutton = as longasthe indicator lamp is lit. Adjusting theexteriormirrors X Press button = up, down,tothe rightorto theleft. G WARNING The exteriormirror must be set to aposition You couldlose control of your vehicle if you do that providesyou with agood overview of thefollowingwhile driving: traffic conditions. R The convex exteriormirrorsprovide alargerfield adjust thedriver'sseat,head restraint, of vision. steering wheel or mirrors The exteriormirrorsare automaticallyheated Rfasten theseat belt after starting thevehicle if therear window Thereisarisk of an accident. defroster is switched on and theoutside temperature is low. Mirror heating lastsupto10 Adjust thedriver'sseat,head restraint,steer- minutes. ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt i before starting theengine. You can also heat up theexteriormirrors manually by switching on therear window defroster. G WARNING The exteriormirror on thefront-passenger Foldingthe exteriormirrorsinorout side reduces thesizeofthe image.Visible electrically objectsare actually closer than they appear. This meansthatyou couldmisjudge thedis-

tance from road userstravelingbehind, e.g. heel and mirrors when changing lane.Thereisarisk of an accident. gw For this reason,always makesure of the actual distancefromthe road userstraveling behindbyglancingoveryour shoulder. Seats, steerin X Makesure that theSmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in theignition lock. X Briefly pressbutton :. Bothexteriormirrorsfold in or out. i Makesure that theexteriormirrorsare always folded out fully while driving.They couldotherwise vibrate.

X Makesure that theSmartKey is in position 1 Foldingthe exteriormirrorsinorout or 2 in theignition lock. automatically X Press button : for theleft exteriormirror or If the"Foldinmirrorswhen locking" function is button ; for therightexteriormirror. activated in theon-board computer The indicator lamp in thecorrespondingbut- (Y page 174): tonlightsupinred. Rtheexteriormirrorsfold in automaticallyas The indicator lamp goes out again after some soon as you lockthe vehicle from theoutside. time. You can adjust theselectedexterior Rtheexteriormirrorsfold out again automatically as soon as you unlock thevehicle and

Z 92 Mirrors

thenopenthe driver's or front-passenger The rear-view mirrorand the exteriormirroron door. the driver's side automaticallygointo anti-glare i modeifthe following conditions aremet simul- The exteriormirrors do not foldout if they taneously: have been foldedinmanually. Rthe ignition is switched on and Exterior mirrorpushed outofposition Rincident light fromheadlamps strikes the sensor in the rear-view mirror If an exteriormirrorhas been pushedout of The mirrors do not go into anti-glaremodeif position, proceedasfollows: reversegearisengaged or if the interiorlighting X Vehicleswithout electricallyfolding exte- is switched on. riormirrors: movethe exteriormirrorinto the correct positionmanually. X Vehicleswithelectricallyfolding exterior Parking position forthe exterior mir- mirrors: press and holdmirror-folding button ror on the front-passengerside untilyou hear the mirrorclick into place (Y page 91). Settingand storingthe parking position

irrors The mirrorhousing is engaged againand you can adjustthe exteriormirrors as usual Usingreversegear (Y page 91). dm

Automaticanti-glare mirrors G WARNING wheel an Electrolyte mayescapeifthe glassinanauto- matic anti-glaremirror breaks. Theelectrolyte is harmfuland causesirritation. It must not come into contact with your skin, eyes,res- piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed. There is ariskofinjury. Youcan storethe parking positionofthe front- If youcome into contact with the electrolyte, passenger-side exteriormirrorusing memory

Seats, steering observe the following: button M ?.The reverse gearmustnot be engaged duringthe process. RRinse off the electrolyte fromyourskin X immediatelywithwater. Make sure thatthe vehicleisstationaryand thatthe SmartKeyisinposition 2 in the R Immediately rinse the electrolyte outof ignition lock. your eyes thoroughlywithclean water. X Press button ; for the exteriormirror onthe RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immediately front-passengerside. rinse your mouth outthoroughly. Do not X Engage reversegear. induce vomiting. The exteriormirroronthe front-passenger side moves to the presetparking position. RIf electrolyte comesinto contact with your X = skinorhairorisswallowed,seekmedical Use button to adjustthe exteriormirrorto apositionthatallowsyou to seethe rear attentionimmediately. wheeland the curb. RImmediately change outofclothing which Theparking positionisstored. hascome into contact with electrolyte. i If youshift the transmission to anotherposi- RIf an allergicreactionoccurs, seek medical tion, the exteriormirroronthe front- attentionimmediately. passengersidereturns to the drivingposition. Memoryfunction 93

Using the memory button X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock. X Selectthe front-passenger-side exterior mirror using button ;. X Engage reverse gear. The exterior mirror on the front-passenger side moves to the stored parkingposition. The exterior mirror on the front-passenger side moves back to its original position: Ras soon as you exceed aspeed of 9mph (15 km/h) Rif you press button : for the exterior mirror on the driver'sside You can set the front-passenger side exterior mirror such that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear. This setting can be stored using memorybutton Memoryfunction M ?. Storing settings X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock. G WARNING X With the exterior mirror on the front- If you use the memoryfunction on the driver's = passenger side activated, use button to side while driving, you could lose controlof adjust the exterior mirror.Inthe exterior mirror, the rear wheel and the curb should be the vehicle as aresult of the adjustments visible. being made. There is arisk of an accident. X Press memorybutton M ? and one of the Only use the memoryfunction on the driver's arrows on button = within three seconds. side when the vehicle is stationary. The parkingposition is stored if the exterior mirror does not move. G WARNING X If the mirror moves out of position,repeat the When the memoryfunction adjuststhe seat or steps. steering wheel, you and other vehicle occupants–particularly children –could become Seats, steering wheel and mirrors Calling up astored parking position set- trapped. There is arisk of injury. ting While the memoryfunction is makingadjust- ments, make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat or steering wheel. If somebody becomes trapped, immediately release the memoryfunction position button. The adjustment processisstopped.

G WARNING Children could become trapped if they activate the memoryfunction,particularly when unattended. There is arisk of injury. When leaving the vehicle, always takethe SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. This also applies to mobile phones if the "Digital Car Key in smartphone" function is activated

Z 94 Memory function

via the Mercedesmeconnect web app.Never Calling up astored setting leave children unsupervisedinthe vehicle.

The memory function can be activated at any time, e.g. even when the SmartKey is not in the ignitionlock. With the memory function, you can store up to three different settings, e.g. for three different people. The following settings are stored as asingle memory preset: Rposition of the seat, backrest and head restraint Rdriver'sside:steering wheelposition X Press and hold the relevant storage position Rdriver'sside:position of the exterior mirrors button 1, 2 or 3 until the seat, steering wheel on the driver'sand front-passengersides and exterior mirrors are in the stored position. i The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button.

X Adjust the seat electrically (Y page86). X On the driver'sside,adjust the steering wheel (Y page89) and the exterior mirrors (Y page91). Seats, steering wheel and mirrors X Press memory button M and one of the storage position buttons 1, 2 or 3 withinthree seconds. The settings are stored in the selected preset position. Atone sounds when the settings have been completed. Exterior lighting 95

Exteriorlighting Automaticheadlamp mode G General notes WARNING Whenthe light switch is set to Ã,the low- For reasonsofsafety, Mercedes-Benzrecom- beam headlamps maynot be switched on mends that you drivewith thelightsswitched on even duringthe daytime. In somecountries, automaticallyifthereisfog,snow or other operationofthe headlamps varies due to legal causes of poor visibility duetothe weather requirementsand self-imposedobligations. conditions such as spray.There is ariskofan accident. In such situations, turn the light switch to Settingthe exteriorlighting L.

Settingoptions The automatic headlampfeature is onlyanaid. Exterior lighting can be set using: The driver is responsiblefor the vehicle's lighting at alltimes. Rthelight switch Ã is the preferred light switch position: Rthecombinationswitch (Y page 96) RThe light setting is automaticallyselected s Rtheon-board computer(Y page 172) according to the brightness of the ambient light (exception: poor visibility duetoweather Light switch conditions such as fog,snow or spray). RWith the SmartKeyinposition 1 in the igni- Operation tionlock: the parking lamps areswitched on or off automaticallydepending on the brightness of the ambient light. RWith the engine running:ifyou have activated the daytime running lamps functionvia the on-board computer, the daytime running windshield wiper lamps or the parking lamps and the low-beam headlamps areswitched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light. X To switchonautomatic headlamp mode:

turn the light switch to Ã. Lights and Canada only: 1 W Left-handstanding lamps The daytime running lamps improve the visibility 2 X Right-hand standing lamps of your vehicledur ing the day. The daytime run- 3 T Parking lamps,licenseplateand ning lamps functionisrequired by lawinCan- instrumentclusterlighting ada. It cannottherefore be deactivated. 4d Automatic headlampmode, controlled Whenthe engine is running and the vehicleis by the light sensor stationary: if youshift the automatic transmis- 5 L Low-beam/high-beamheadlamps sion from adriving positiontoposition j the B R Rear fog lamp daytime running lamps or low-beamheadlamps go outafter3minutes. If youhearawarning tone when youleave the vehicle, the lights maystill be switched on. Whenthe engine is running,the vehicleisstationaryand in bright ambient light: if youturn the X Turn the light switch to Ã. light switch to the T position, the daytime The exteriorlighting (exceptthe parking/stand- running lamps and parking lamps switch on. ing lamps)switches off automaticallyifyou: If the engine is running and youturn the light Rremove the SmartKeyfrom the ignition lock switch to L,the manualsettings take prec- edence overthe daytime running lamps. Ropen the driver's door whilethe SmartKeyis in position u in the ignition lock USAonly:

Z 96 Exterior lighting

The daytime runninglamps improve the visibility Parking lamps of your vehicle during the day. To do this, the ! If the battery charge is very low, the parking daytime runninglamps function must be lamps or standinglamps are automatically switched on using the on-board computer switched off to enable the next engine start. Y page 172). ( Always park your vehicle safely and in awell lit If the engine is runningand you turn the light area, in accordancewith the relevant legal switch to T or L,the manual settings stipulations. Avoid using the T parking take precedenceover the daytime running lamps over aperiod of several hours. If pos- lamps. sible, switch on the right-hand X or left- W Low-beam headlamps hand standinglamps. X G To switch on: turn the light switch to T. WARNING The green T indicator lamp in the instru- When the light switch is set to Ã,the low- ment cluster lights up. beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog, snow or other Standing lamps causes of poor visibility due to the weather Switching on the standinglamps ensures the conditions such as spray. There is arisk of an corresponding side of the vehicle is illuminated. accident. X To switch on the standing lamps: the SmartKey is not in the ignition lock or it is in In such situations, turn the light switch to position u in the ignition lock. L. X Turn the light switch to W (left-handside of X Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is the vehicle) or (right-hand side of the dark, the parking lamps and low-beam head- vehicle). lamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the L position. This is aparticularly useful function in the event Combination switch of rain and fog. X To switch on the low-beam headlamps: turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock or start the engine. X Turn the light switch to L. The green L indicator lamp in the instru- Lights and windshield wipers ment cluster lights up. Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog. Please take noteofthe country-specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps. : High-beam headlamps X To switch on the rear fog lamp: turn the ; Turn signal, right SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock or = High-beam flasher start the engine. ? Turn signal, left X Turn the light switch to L or Ã. X To indicate briefly: press the combination X R Press the button. switch briefly to the pressure point in the R The yellow indicator lamp in the instru- direction of arrow ; or ?. ment cluster lights up. The corresponding turn signal flashes three X To switch off the rear fog lamp: press the times. R button. X To indicate: press the combination switch The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru- beyond the pressure point in the direction of ment cluster goes out. arrow ; or ?. Exterior lighting 97

X To switchonthe high-beam headlamps: Corneringlight function turn the light switch to L or Ã. X Press the combinationswitch beyond the The cornering light functionimprovesthe illu- pressure point in the direction of arrow :. minationofthe roadoverawideangle in the In the Ã position, the high-beamhead- direction youare turning, enabling better visi- lamps are onlyswitched on when it is dark and bility in tight bends, for example. The cornering the engine is running. light functioncan onlybeactivatedwhenthe low-beamheadlamps are switched on. The blue K indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the high-beam Active: headlamps are switched on. Rif youare driving at speedsbelow 25 mph X To switchoff the high-beam headlamps: (40 km/h)and switch on the turn signalor move the combinationswitch back to its nor- turn the steering wheel malposition. Rif youare driving at speedsbetween 25 mph The blue K indicator lamp in the instru- (40 km/h)and 45 mph (70 km/h)and turn ment cluster goesout. the steering wheel The cornering lamp mayremainlit for ashort time,but is automaticallyswitched off afterno Hazard warning lamps more thanthreeminutes. s Corneringlight functionwithtrafficcircle function: The cornering light functionisactivatedonboth sidesbefore entering atraffic circle throughan evaluation of the current GPSposition of the vehicle. It remains active untilafterthe vehicle hasleftthe traffic circle.Inthisway,pedestrians crossing the road, for example, are illuminated by your vehicleingoodtime. windshield wiper

Active light function X To switchonthe hazard warning lamps: The active light functionisasystem thatmoves press button :. the headlamps according to the steering move-

All turn signals flash. If younow switch on a ments of the front wheels.Inthisway,relevant Lights and turn signalusing the combinationswitch,only areas remainilluminated whiledriving.This the turn signallamponthe corresponding allows youtorecognize pedestrians,cyclists side of the vehiclewillflash. and animals sooner. X To switchoff the hazard warning lamps: Active: when the lights are switched on. press button :. Vehicles with Lane Keeping Assist: the active The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch light functionevaluatesthe course of the lane in on if: which youare driving and pre-emptively controlsthe active light function. Ran airbag is deployed or Rthe vehicledecelerates rapidly from aspeed of above 45 mph (70 km/h)and comestoa AdaptiveHighbeam Assist standstill The hazard warning lamps switch off automati- General notes cally if the vehiclereachesaspeed of above 6mph (10 km/h)again afterafullbrake appli- Youcan usethisfunctiontoset the headlamps cation. to change between lowbeamand high beam i automatically. The system recognizes vehicles The hazard warning lamps stilloperate if the with theirlights on, either approaching from the ignition is switched off. opposite direction or traveling in front of your

Z 98 Exteriorlighting

vehicle, and consequently switches the head- Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist lampsfrom high beamtolow beam. on/off The system automatically adapts the low-beam X headlamp range depending on the distance to To switch on: turn the light switch to Ã. the other vehicle. Once the system no longer X Press the combination switch beyond the detects any other vehicles, it reactivates the pressure point in the directionofarrow :. high-beam headlamps. The _ indicator lamp in the multifunction The system'soptical sensor is located behind display lights up when it is dark and the light the windshieldnear the overheadcontrol panel. sensor activates the low-beam headlamps. If you are driving at speeds above approx- Important safety notes imately16mph (25 km/h): The headlamp range is set automatically G WARNING depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users. Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize road users: If you are driving at speeds above approx- imately19mph (30 km/h)and no other road Rwho have no lights, e.g. pedestrians users have been detected: Rwho have poor lighting, e.g. cyclists The high-beam headlampsare switched on R automatically. The K indicator lamp in the whoselighting is blocked,e.g. by abarrier instrument cluster alsolights up. On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam If you are driving at speeds belowapprox- Assist may fail to recognize other road users imately16mph (25 km/h) or other road users that have lights, or may recognize them too have been detected or the roadsare ade- late. In this, or in similar situations, the auto- quately lit: matic high-beam headlampswillnot be deac- The high-beam headlampsare switched off tivated or willbeactivated regardless. There is automatically. The K indicator lamp in the _ arisk of an accident. instrument cluster goes out. The indicator lamp in the multifunction display Always carefully observe the traffic conditions remains lit. and switch off the high-beam headlampsin X To switch off: move the combination switch good time. back to its normal position or move the light switch to another position. Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into The _ indicator lamp in the multifunction

Lights and windshield wipers account road,weather or traffic conditions. display goes out. Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid.You are responsible for adjusting the vehicle's lighting to the prevailing light, visibility and traffic conditions. In particular, the detection of obstacles can be restricted if there is: Rpoor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or snow Rdirt on the sensors or the sensors are obscured Replacingbulbs 99

Interior lighting lock. You can activatethisdelayedswitch-off usingthe on-board computer (Y page 173). Overview of interior lighting

Replacingbulbs Important safety notes G WARNING Bulbs, lampsand connectors can get veryhot when operating.Ifyou changeabulb, you could burn yourself on these components. Thereisariskofinjury. Allow these componentstocooldown before changing abulb. Overhead control panel : p Switches theleft-handreading lamp Vehicles with halogen lamps on/off Do notuse alamp that has been dropped or if its ; | Switches theautomatic interiorlight- glass tubehas been scratched. ing control on/off The lamp may explodeif: = p Switches theright-hand reading lamp R on/off you touch it ? c Switches theinteriorlighting on/off Rit is hot Ryou dropit Ryou scratch it Interior lighting control Only operate bulbs in enclosed lampsdesigned for that purpose.Onlyinstallsparebulbs of the General notes sametypeand thespecifiedvoltage. nd windshield wipers In order to preventthe vehicle's battery from Marksonthe glass tubereduce theservicelife discharging,the interiorlighting functionsare of thebulbs.Donot touch theglass tubewith automatically deactivated after sometime, your bare hands. If necessary, clean theglass unless theSmartKey is in position 2 in the tubewhen cold withalcohol or spirit and rub it ignition lock. off withalint-free cloth. Light sa The color and brightness of theambientlighting Protect bulbs from moisture during operation. are set via themultimedia system Do notallow bulbs to come intocontactwith (Y page 172). liquids. Only replace thelampslisted (Y page 100). Automaticinterior lighting control Havethe bulbs that you cannotreplace yourself replacedataqualified specialist workshop. X To switch on/off: press the | button. If you require assistancereplacing lamps, con- When theautomatic interiorlighting control is sult aqualified specialist workshop. activated, thebuttonisflushwiththe over- If thenew lamp still does notlightup, consult a head control panel. qualified specialist workshop. The interiorlighting automatically switches on if Bulbsand lampsare an important aspect of you: vehiclesafety. You must thereforemakesure Runlock thevehicle that these function corre ctlyatall times.Have R theheadlamp setting checkedregularly. open adoor Vehicles with LED headlamps Rremove theSmartKey from theignition lock The frontand rear lightclusters of your vehicle The interiorlighting is switched on for aset time are equipped withLED lightbulbs.Donot when theSmartKey is removedfromthe ignition replace thebulbs yourself.Contactaqualified

Z 100 Replacing bulbs

specialist workshop which has the necessary Low-beam headlamps(halogenhead- specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the lamps) work required.

Overview:changing bulbs/bulb types

X Remove the cover in the front wheel housing (Y page 100). X Turn housing cover : counter-clockwise and pull it out. Halogen headlamps X Push bar ; upwards. : Low-beam headlamp: H7 55 W X Remove connector = with the bulb. ; High-beam headlamp: H7 55 W X Pull the bulb out of connector =. X Insert the new bulb into connector = and Changing the front bulbs place in the bracket of bar ;. Make sure that the bulb is positioned cor- Removing/mounting the coverinthe rectly. front wheel housing X Push bar ; downwards. X Attach housing cover : and turn it clockwise until it engages. X Replace the cover in the front wheel housing (Y page 100).

Lights and windshield wipers High-beam headlamps(halogenhead- lamps)/cornering lamps (Bi-Xenon headlamps)

X To remove: switch off the lights. X Turn the front wheels inwards. X Slide cover : up and remove it. X To install: reinsert cover : and slide it down until it engages.

X Switch off the lights. X Open the hood. Windshield wipers 101

X Turn housing cover : counter-clockwise and pull it out. X At the bulb holder, push the bulb upwards, disconnect it and pull it out of bulb holder ;. X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder ; at the top, push it down and secure it in place. X Attach housing cover : and turn it clockwise until it engages.

Side marker lamps(halogen headlamps) Combination switch Due to their location, have the bulbs in the side 1 $ marker lamp changed at aqualified specialist Windshield wiper off workshop. 2 Ä Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor set to low sensitivity) 3 Å Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor Windshield wipers set to high sensitivity) 4 ° Continuous wipe, slow Switching the windshield wipers 5 ¯ Continuous wipe, fast on/off B í Single wipe/î Wipes the windshield using washer fluid ! Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry, as this could damage If the wiper blades are worn, the windshield will the wiper blades. Moreover, dust that has col- no longer be wiped properly. This could prevent lected on the windshield can scratchthe glass you from observing the traffic conditions. if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry. If it is necessary to switch on the windshield Replacing the wiper blades wipers in dry weather conditions, alwaysuse washer fluid when operating the windshield Important safety notes wipers. G WARNING ! If the windshield wipers leave smears on the

If the windshield wipers begin to move while Lights and windshield wipers windshield after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash, wax or other resi- you are changing the wiper blades, you could dues may be the reason for this. Clean the be trapped by the wiper arm. There is arisk of windshield using washer fluid after washing injury. the vehicle in an automatic car wash. Always switch off the windshield wipers and ! Intermittent wiping with rain sensor: due to ignition before changing the wiper blades. optical influences and the windshield becom- ing dirty in dry weather conditions, the wind- ! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, make shield wipers may be activated inadvertently. sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the This could then damage the windshield wiper wiper. blades or scratchthe windshield. ! Never open the hood if awindshield wiper For this reason, you should alwaysswitch off arm has been folded away from the wind- the windshield wipers in dry weather. shield. Never fold awindshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back ontothe windshield. Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade. If you release the windshield wiper arm without awiper blade

Z 102 Windshield wipers

and it falls onto thewindshield, thewindshield X Press bothrelease clips ;. may be damagedbythe force of theimpact. X Foldwiper blade : in thedirection of Mercedes-Benzrecommendsthatyou have arrow = away from wiper arm ?. thewiper blades changed at aqualified spe- X Removewiper blade : in thedirection of cialistworkshop. arrow A. ! Always position thewindshield wiper arms vertically before folding them away from the Installingthe wiper blades windshield. By doingso, you will avoid damage to thehood.

Replacing thewiper blades

Removing thewiper blades X Turn theSmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock(Y page 116). X Set thewindshield wiper to position °. X When thewiper armsare vertical to thehood: turnthe SmartKey to position u in theigni- tionlockand remove theSmartKey X : B (Y page 116). Positionnew wiper blade with recess on lug A. X Foldthe windshield wiper armsaway from the X : windshield. Foldwiper blade in thedirection of arrow = onto thewiper arm,until retaining clips ; engage in bracket ?. X Makesure that wiper blade : is seated correctly. X Foldthe wiper arm back onto thewindshield. nd windshield wipers Light sa Windshield wipers 103

Problems with the windshield wipers

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The windshield wipers Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshield wiper are jammed. movement.The wiper motor has been deactivated. X For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. or X Switch off the engine using the Start/Stop button and open the driver's door. X Remove the cause of the obstruction. X Switch the windshield wipers back on. The windshield wipers The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning. fail completely. X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch. X Have the windshield wipers checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

The windshield washer The spray nozzles are misaligned. ipers fluid from the spray noz- X Have the spray nozzles adjusted at aqualified specialist workshop. zles no longer hits the center of the windshield. Lights and windshiel dw

Z 104 Overview of climatecontrol systems

Overview of climatecontrol systems i When the weather is warm, ventilate the vehicle for abrief period. This will speed up General notes the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature will be reached more Observe the settings recommended on the fol- quickly. lowing pages. The windows could otherwise fog up. i The integrated filter filters out most parti- To preventthe windows from fogging up: cles of dust and soot and completely filters R out pollen. It also reduces gaseous pollutants switch off climate control only briefly and odors. Aclogged filter reduces the Rswitch on air-recirculation mode only briefly amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior. R

ontrol switch on the cooling with air dehumidifica- For this reason, you should alwaysobserve tion function the interval for replacing the filter, which is Rswitch on the defrost windshield function specified in the Maintenance Booklet. As it briefly, if required depends on environmental conditions,e.g. heavy air pollution, the interval may be Climate control regulates the temperature and shorter than stated in the Maintenance Book- the humidity in the vehicle interior and filters Climat ec let. undesirable substances out of the air. Climate control can only be operated when the engineisrunning. Optimum operation is only achieved with the side windows and roof closed.

Air-conditioning system control panel

Canada only : Setsthe temperature (Y page 109) ; Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 112) = Setsthe air distribution (Y page 110) ? Defrosts the windshield (Y page 110) A Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108) B Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112) C Setsthe airflow (Y page 110) D Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111) Overview of climatecontrol systems 105 trol on Climat ec

USA only : Sets the temperature (Y page 109) ; Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 111) = Sets the air distribution (Y page 110) ? Defrosts the windshield(Y page 110) A Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108) B Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112) C Sets the airflow (Y page 110) D Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111)

Notes on using the air-conditioning ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" function system briefly until the windshieldisclear again. ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly,e.g. if Air-conditioning system there are unpleasant outside odors or when in atunnel. The windows could otherwise fog up, Below, you can find anumber of notes and rec- since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in ommendations to help you use the air-condi- air-recirculation mode. tioning system optimally. RSwitch on cooling with air dehumidification ECO start/stop function using the ¿ button. The indicator lamp in the ¿ button lights up. During automatic engine switch-off, the climate RSet the temperature to 72 ‡(22 †). control system only operates at areduced capacity. If you require full climate control capacity, R Recommendation for air distribution in the ECO start/stop function can be deactivated winter: set the O and ¯ settings. by pressing the ECO button (Y page 120). Recommendation for air distribution in summer: set the P setting. 106 Overview of climatecontrol systems

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climatecontrol Climate control

Canadaonly : Setsthe temperature, left (Y page 109) ; Defroststhe windshield (Y page 110) = Switches theZONE function on/off(Y page 110) ? Switches coolingwithair dehumidification on/off(Y page 108) Switches theresidual heat on or off (Y page 112) A Switches therear window defrosteron/off(Y page 111) B Setsthe temperature, right(Y page 109) C Switches air-recirculation modeon/off(Y page 112) D Setsthe air distribution (Y page 110) E Increases theairflow (Y page 110) F Reduces theairflow (Y page 110) G Activates/deactivatesclimate control (Y page 108) H Setsclimate control to automatic (Y page 109) Overview of climatecontrol systems 107 trol on Climat ec

USA only : Sets the temperature, left (Y page 109) ; Defrosts the windshield(Y page 110) = Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 111) ? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108) A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111) B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 109) C Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112) D Sets the air distribution (Y page 110) E Increases the airflow (Y page 110) F Reduces the airflow (Y page 110) G Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 108) H Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 109)

Optimumuse of dual-zone automatic since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in climate control air-recirculation mode. RUse the ZONE function to adopt the temper- Climate control system ature settings on the driver's side for the front-passenger side as well.The indicator The following contains instructionsand recom- lamp in the á button goes out. mendations to enable you to get the most out of RUse the residualheat function if you want to your 3-zoneautomatic climate control. heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the RActivate climate control using the Ã and ignition is switched off. The residualheat ¿ buttons or the Á button on the con- function can only be activated or deactivated trol panel of the climate control. The indicator with the ignition switched off. lamps in the Ã and ¿ buttons or the RVehicles with COMAND: if you change the Á button light up. settings of the climate control system, the RSet the temperature to 72 ‡(22 †). climate status displayappears for three sec- ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" function onds at the bottom of the screen in the briefly until the windshieldisclear again. COMAND display. You will see the current ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly,e.g. if settings of the various climate control func- there are unpleasant outside odors or when in tions. atunnel. The windows could otherwise fog up, 108 Operating theclimate control systems

ECO start/stop function Switching cooling with air dehumidi- During automatic engine switch-off,the climate fication on/off control system only operatesatareduced capa- General notes city. If you require full climate control capacity, theECO start/stopfunction can be deactivated If you deactivate the"Coolingwith air-dehumid- by pressingthe ECO button (Y page 120). ification" function,the air inside thevehicle will notbecooled. The air inside thevehicle will also notbedehumidified. The windows can fog up Operating theclimatecontrol sys- morequickly. Therefore, deactivate thecooling tems with air-dehumidification function only briefly. The "Coolingwith air dehumidification"function Activating/deactivatingclimatecon- is only availablewhen theengine is running. The trol air inside thevehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to thetemperatureselected. General notes Condensation may drip from theundersideof

Climate control thevehicle when it is in cooling mode. This is When theclimate control is switched off,the air normal and notasign that there is amalfunc- supply and air circulation are also switched off. tion. The windows couldfog up. Therefore, switch off climate control only briefly Activating/deactivating i Activate climate control primarily usingthe Ã button(Y page 109). X To activate: pressthe ¿ or Á button. The indicator lamp in the ¿ or Á button Air-conditioning system lightsup. X To deactivate: pressthe ¿ or Á but- X Turn theSmartKey to position 2 in theigni- ton. tionlock(Y page 116). The indicator lamp in the ¿ or Á button X To switch on: turnairflow control C clock- goes out.The "Coolingwith air dehumidifica- wise to thedesired position (exceptposition tion" function has adelayed switch-off fea- 0)(Y page 104). ture. X To switch off: turnairflow control C counter-clockwise to position 0 (Y page 104).

3-zone automatic climatecontrol X Turn theSmartKey to position 2 in theignitionlock(Y page 116). X To switch on: pressthe Ã button. The indicator lamp in the Ã button lights up. Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode. or X Press the ^ button. The indicator lamp in the ^ button goes out.The previously selectedsettings are restored. X To switch off: pressthe ^ button. The indicator lamp in the ^ button lights up. Operating the climate control systems 109

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidification" function

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The indicator lamp in the Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to amal- ¿ or Á button function. flashes three times or X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. remains off. The "Cool- ing with air dehumidification" function cannot be switched on. ontrol

Setting climate control to automatic Setting the temperature General notes Air-conditioning system

Automatic mode is only available with 3-zone X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- Climat ec automatic climate control. tion lock (Y page 116). In automatic mode, the set temperature is main- X To increase or reduce: turn control : tained automatically at aconstant level. The clockwise or counter-clockwise (Y page 104). system automatically regulates the temperature Only change the temperature settinginsmall of the dispensed air, the airflow and the air dis- increments. Start at 72 ‡(22 †). tribution. i If you turn control : counter-clockwise to The automatic mode functions optimally when the lowest temperature setting, air-recircula- the "Cooling with air dehumidification" function tion mode may activate automatically, is activated. If necessary, cooling with air dehu- depending on the outside temperature. midification can be deactivated. If you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumid- 3-zone automatic climate control ification" function, the air inside the vehicle will not be cooled. The air inside the vehicle will also Differenttemperatures can be set for the driv- not be dehumidified.The windows can fog up er's and front-passenger sides. more quickly. Therefore, deactivate the cooling X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- with air-dehumidification function only briefly. tion lock (Y page 116). X To increase or decrease: : Automatic control turn control or B clockwise or counter-clockwise X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- (Y page 106). tion lock (Y page 116). Only change the temperature settinginsmall X Set the desired temperature. increments. Start at 72 ‡(22 †). X To activate: press the Ã button. i If you turn controls : and B counter- The indicator lamp in the Ã button lights clockwise to the lowest temperature setting, up. Automatic air distribution and airflow are air-recirculation mode may activate automat- activated. ically, depending on the outside temperature. X To switch to manualmode: press the _ button. or X Press the I or K button. The indicator lamp in the Ã button goes out. 110 Operating the climate control systems

Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow Air-conditioning system Air-conditioning system X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 116). tion lock (Y page 116). X Press one or more of the P, O, ¯ X To increase or reduce: turn control C buttons. clockwise or counter-clockwise (Y page 104). The correspondingindicator lamp lights up briefly. 3-zone automatic climate control The following air distribution settings can be ontrol selected: X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 116). ¯ Directsair through the defroster vents X To increase or reduce: press the K or O Directsair through the footwell air vents I button. P Directsair through the center and side air

Climat ec vents i You can also activate several air distribution Switching the ZONE function on/off settings simultaneously. To do this, press multiple air distribution buttons. The air is This function is only available with 3-zone auto- then directed through various vents. matic climate control on vehicles for Canada. X To switch on: press the á button. 3-zone automatic climate control The indicator lamp in the á button lights up. The temperature settingfor the driver's X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- side is not adopted for the front-passenger tion lock (Y page 116). side. X Press the _ button repeatedly until the X To switch off: press the á button. desired symbol appears in the display. The indicator lamp in the á button goes The following air distribution settings can be out. The temperature settingfor the driver's selected: side is adopted for the front-passenger side. P Directsair through the center and side air vents Defrosting the windshield O Directsair through the footwell air vents S Directsair through the center, side and General notes footwell vents ¯ Directsair through the defroster vents You can use this function to defrost the wind- b Directsthe airflow through the defroster, shield or to defrost the inside of the windshield center and side air vents(Canada only) and the side windows. a Directsair through the defroster and Switch off the "Windshield defrosting" function footwell vents as soon as the windshield is clear again. _ Directsthe airflow through the defroster vents, the center and side air ventsas Switching the "windshield defrosting" well as the footwell air vents(Canada function on or off only) X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- Y i Regardless of the air distribution setting, tion lock ( page 116). airflow is always directed through the side air X To switch on: press the ¬ button. vents. You can only close the side air vents, by The indicator lamp in the ¬ button lights fully closing the adjuster on the side air vents up. (Y page 113). Operating the climate control systems 111

The climate control system switches to the i You should only select this setting until the following functions: windshield is clear again. Rhigh airflow Rhigh temperature Windows fogged up on the outside R air distribution to the windshield and front X Activate the windshield wipers. side windows X Air-conditioning system: press the P or R air-recirculation mode off O button. X To switch off: press the ¬ button. X Dual-zoneautomatic air conditioning: press The indicator lamp in the ¬ button goes the _ button until the P or O sym- out. The previously selected settings are bol appears in the display. restored. Air-recirculation mode remains i You should only select this setting until the deactivated. windshield is clear again. or X Dual-zoneautomatic climate control: press the Ã button. Rear window defroster The indicator lamp in the ¬ button goes Climate control out. Airflow and air distribution are set to General notes automatic mode. The rear window defroster has ahigh current draw. You should thereforeswitch it off as soon as the rear window is clear. Otherwise, the rear MAX COOL maximum cooling window defroster switches off automatically The MAX COOL function is only availableinvehi- after several minutes. cles for the USA. If the battery voltage is too low, the rear window MAX COOL is only operational when the engine defroster may switch off. is running. X To activate: press the Ù button. Activating/deactivating The indicator lamp in the button lights up. X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- X To deactivate: press the Ù button. tion lock (Y page 116). The indicator lamp in the button goes out. The X Press the ¤ button. previously selected settings are restored. The indicator lamp in the ¤ button lights When you activate MAX COOL, climate control up or goes out. switches to the following functions: Rmaximum cooling Rmaximum airflow Rair-recirculation mode on

Defrosting the windows Windows fogged up on the inside X Activate the ¿ or Á cooling with air dehumidification function. X Dual-zoneautomatic air conditioning: activate the Ã mode button. X If the windows continue to fog up, activate the ¬ "Windshield defrosting" function. 112 Operating the climate control systems

Problems with the rear window defroster

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The indicator lamp on The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical consum- the ¤ button flashes. ers are switched on. The rear window X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading lamps, defroster has deactiva- interior lighting or the seat heating. ted prematurely or can- When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear window defroster not be activated. can be activated again.

ontrol The roof is open. X Close the roof. When the roof is closed, the rear window defroster can be activated again. Climat ec Switching air-recirculation mode i Air-recirculation mode deactivates auto- on/off matically: Rafter approximately five minutes at outside General notes temperatures below approximately 41 ‡ (5 †) If you switch on air-recirculation mode, the win- R dows can fog up more quickly, in particular at after approximately five minutes if cooling low temperatures. Only use air-recirculation with air dehumidification is deactivated mode briefly to prevent the windows from fog- Rafter approximately 30 minutes at outside ging up. temperatures above approximately 41 ‡ (5 †) if the "Cooling with air dehumidifica- Activating/deactivating tion" function is activated X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 116). Switching the residual heat on or off X To activate: press the g button. The indicator lamp in the g button lights General notes up. i The residual heat function is only available on Air-recirculation mode is automatically acti- vehicles for Canada. vated at high levels of pollution (dual-zone It is possible to make use of the residual heat of automatic climate control only) or at high out- the engine to continue heating the stationary side temperatures. When air-recirculation vehicle for up to 30 minutes after the engine has mode is activated automatically, the indicator been switched off. The heating time depends on lamp in the g button is not lit. Outside air the set interior temperature. is added after about 30 minutes. X To deactivate: press the g button. Activating/deactivating The indicator lamp in the g button goes out. X Turn the SmartKey to position u in the ignition lock or remove it (Y page 116). X To activate: press the Ì or Á button. The indicator lamp in the Ì or Á button lights up. i The blower will run at alow speed regardless of the airflow setting. Setting the air vents 113 i If you activate the residual heat function at i For optimal climate control in the vehicle, high temperatures, only the ventilation willbe open the air vents completely and set the activated. The blower runs at mediumspeed. adjusters to the central position. X To deactivate: press the Ì or Á button. The indicator lamp in the Ì or Á button Setting the center air vents goes out. Residualheat is deactivated automatically: Rafter approximately 30 minutes Rwhen the ignition is switched on Rif the battery voltage drops

Setting the air vents

Important safety notes Climate control G WARNING X To open the center air vents: turn the Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air adjuster in one of center air vents : counter- vents. This could resultinburns or frostbite in clockwise. the immediate vicinity of the air vents. There X To close the center air vents: turn the is arisk of injury. adjuster in one of center air vents : clock- Make sure that all vehicle occupants always wise until it engages. maintain asufficient distance to the air out- lets. If necessary,redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior. Setting the side air vents

G WARNING When AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot air can flow from the vents in the head restraints. This could resultinburns in the immediate vicinity of the air vents. There is arisk of injury. Reduce the heater outputbefore it becomes too hot.

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior, please observe the following notes: : Side window defroster vent Rkeep the air inlet grilleonthe hood and in the ; Side air vent engine compartment on the front-passenger X To open aside air vent: turn the adjuster in side free of blockages, such as ice, snow or the side air vent ; to the left. leaves. X R To close aside air vent: turn the adjuster in never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the side air vent ; to the right until it the vehicle interior. engages. i You can move the adjusters for the air vents verticallyorhorizontally to set the direction of the airflow.

Z 114 Setting the air vents

Setting the blower outputofthe AIR- SCARF vents G WARNING When AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot air can flow from the ventsinthe head restraints. This could result in burns in the immediate vicinity of the air vents. There is arisk of injury. Reduce the heater output before it becomes

ontrol too hot. Climat ec

You can adjust the blower output of AIRSCARF vents : using the AIRSCARF button (Y page 87). Driving 115

Notesonbreaking-in anew vehicle ating and roadsafety of the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident. Important safety notes Stow allobjects securelyinthe vehiclesothat Thesensorsystemofsomedriving and driving theydonot getinto the driver's footwell. safety systems adjusts automaticallywhile a When using floormats or carpets, make sure certaindistance is being driven after the vehicle thattheyare properlysecured so thattheydo hasbeendeliveredorafter repairs. Full system effectiveness is not reacheduntilthe end of this not slip or obstruct the pedals.Donot place teach-inprocedure. several floormats or carpets on top of one New and replaced brake pads and discs only another. reach their optimum braking effect after several hundred kilometers of driving. Compensate for G WARNING arking thisbyapplyinggreaterforce to the brake pedal. Unsuitablefootwear can hindercorrectusage dp of the pedals,e.g.: The first 1000 miles (1500km) Rshoes with thick soles Rshoes with high heels

Themoreyou look after the engine when it is ivi ng an new,the moresatisfied youwillbewithits per- Rslippers Dr formance in the future. There is ariskofanaccident. RYoushouldtherefore drive at varying vehicle Wear suitablefootwear to ensurecorrect and engine speeds for the first 1,000 miles usageofthe pedals. (1,500 km). R Avoidheavy loads, e.g.driving at full throttle, G WARNING during thisperiod. RChangegearingoodtime, beforethe tach- If youswitch off the ignition whiledriving, ometer needleis Ô of the waytothe red area safety-relevant functions areonlyavailable of the tachometer. with limitations,ornot at all. This could affect, RDo not manuallyshift to alower gear to brake for example, the powersteering and the brake the vehicle. boosting effect. Youwillrequire considerably RTry to avoiddepressing the accelerator pedal moreeffort to steer and brake. There is arisk beyond the point of resistance(kickdown). of an accident. After 1000 miles(1500 km),you can increase Do not switch off the ignition whiledriving. the engine speedgradually and accelerate the vehicletofullspeed. G WARNING Youshouldalsoobserve these notesonbreaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on If the parking brake hasnot been fully your vehiclehavebeenreplaced. releasedwhendriving, the parking brake can: Alwaysobserve the maximum permissible Roverheat and cause afire speed. Rlose its hold function. There is ariskoffireand an accident. Release Driving the parking brake fullybeforedriving off.

Important safety notes ! Do not warm up the engine whilestationary. G Pull away immediately. Avoidhighengine WARNING speeds and full throttle untilthe engine has Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict reachedits operating temperature. the clearancearound the pedals or block a In vehicles with automatic transmission, depressedpedal. This jeopardizes the oper- engagepositions Pand Ronlywhenthe vehicle is stationary.

Z 116 Driving

Where possible, avoid spinningthe drive If you depress the brake pedal and press the wheels when pulling away on slippery roads. Start/Stop button,the engine startsimmedi- You could otherwise damage the drive train. ately. Acheck which periodically establishes aradio connection between the vehicle and the Smart- Key positions Key determines whether avalid SmartKey is in the vehicle. This occurs,for example, when SmartKey starting the engine. To start the vehicle without actively using the SmartKey: Rthe Start/Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock. Rthe SmartKey must be in the vehicle. Rthe vehicle must not be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO (Y page 65). Do not keep the SmartKey: Rwith electronic devices, e.g. amobile phone or another SmartKey. Driving and parking Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foil. g To remove the SmartKey Rinside metallic objects, e.g. ametal case. 1 Power supply for some consumers, such as This can impair the functionality of the KEY- the windshield wipers LESS-GO key. 2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers) If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey's and drive position remotecontrol or with KEYLESS-GO, after a 3 To start the engine short time: R i The SmartKey can be turned in the ignition you will not be able to switch on the ignition lock even if it is not the correct SmartKey for with the Start/Stop button. the vehicle. The ignition is not switched on. Ryou will not be able to start the engine with the The engine cannot be started. Start/Stop button until the vehicle is unlocked again. KEYLESS-GO The engine can be switched off while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start/ General notes Stop button for three seconds. This function operates independently of the ECO start/stop Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO are equipped with a automatic engine switch-off function. SmartKey featuring an integrated KEYLESS-GO start function and adetachable Start/Stop but- Key positions with KEYLESS-GO ton. The Start/Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle. When you insert the Start/Stop button into the ignition lock, the system needs approximately two seconds recognition time. You can then use the Start/Stop button. Pressing the Start/Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the differentkey positions in the ignition lock. This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal. : Start/Stop button ; Ignition lock Driving 117

As soonasthe ignition is switched on, allthe Additionally, children could set the vehiclein indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light motion if, for example, they: up.Further informationonsituations where an indicator lamp either fails to go outafterstarting Rrelease the parking brake the engine or lights up whiledriving Rshift the automatic transmission outofpark (Y page 204). position P If Start/Stop button : hasnot yetbeen pressed, thiscorrespondstothe key being Rstart the engine removedfrom the ignition. There is ariskofanaccident and injury. X To switchonthe power supply: press Never leavechildren or animals unattended in Start/Stop button : once. the vehicle.

The powersupplyisswitched on. Youcan now arking activate the windshield wipers, for example. Whenleaving the vehicle, always take the

The powersupplyisswitched off againif: SmartKeywithyou and lock the vehicle. This dp also appliestomobilephones if the "Digital Rthe driver's door is openedand CarKey in smartphone"functionisactivated R : youpress Start/Stop button twice when via the Mercedes me connect webapp. in thisposition X To switchonthe ignition: press Start/Stop G WARNING button : twice. Driving an The ignition is switched on. Combustion enginesemitpoisonousexhaust gases such as carbonmonoxide. Inhaling If youpress Start/Stop button : once when in thisposition, the ignition is switched off theseexhaustgases leadstopoisoning. There again. is ariskoffatalinjury.Therefore neverleave the engine running in enclosedspaces with- Removing the Start/Stopbutton outsufficient ventilation. Youcan remove the Start/Stop button from the ignition lock and start the vehicleasnormal G WARNING using the SmartKey. Flammablematerialsintroduced through X Remove Start/Stop button : from ignition environmentalinfluence or by animals can lock ;. ignite if in contact with the exhaustsystem or Youdonot have to remove the Start/Stop but- parts of the engine thatheatup. There is arisk ton from the ignition lock when youleave the of fire. vehicle. Youshould, however, always take the SmartKeywithyou when leaving the vehicle. As Carry outregular checks to make sure that long as the SmartKe yisinthe vehicle: thereare no flammableforeignmaterialsin Rthe vehiclecan be started using the Start/ the engine compartment or in the exhaust Stop button system. Rthe electrically powered equipment can be operated During acoldstart, the engine runs at higher speedstoenablethe catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature.The sound of the engine maychange during thistime. Starting the engine Important safety notes Automatictransmission X Depressthe brake pedaland keepit G WARNING depressed. If children areleftunsupervised in the vehicle, X Shift the transmission to position j. they could: Transmission positiondisplay j is shown in the multifunctiondisplay. Roperate the vehicle's equipment.

Z 118 Driving

i You can startthe engineintransmission You can also deactivate the automatic locking position j and i. feature (Y page 173). It is only possible to shift the transmission from Starting procedurewith theSmartKey position j to the desired position if you depressthe brakepedal. Only thenisthe shift To startthe engineusing the SmartKey instead lock released. of KEYLESS-GO, pull the Start/Stop button out i of the ignition lock. Upshifts takeplace at higher enginespeeds afteracold start. This helps the catalytic con- X Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni- Y verter to reach its operating temperature tion lock ( page 116)and release it as soon more quickly. as the engineisrunning. Information on the automatic release of the electric parking brake(Y page 133). Using KEYLESS-GO to start theengine The Start/Stop button can be used to startthe Hill start assist vehicle manually without insertingthe SmartKey intothe ignition lock.The Start/Stop button Hill startassist helps you when pulling away must be inserted in the ignition lock and the forwardorinreverse on an uphill gradient. It SmartKey must be in the vehicle. This mode for holds the vehicle for ashorttimeafteryou have

Driving and parking startingthe engineoperates independently of removed your foot from the brakepedal. This the ECO start/stopautomatic enginestartfunc- gives you enough timetomove your foot from tion. the brakepedal to the accelerator pedal and to depressitbeforethe vehicle begins to roll. X Depress the brakepedal and keep it depressed. G WARNING X Press the Start/Stop button once After ashorttime, hill startassist will no lon- Y ( page 116). ger brakeyour vehicle and it could roll away. The enginestarts. There is arisk of an accident and injury. Therefore, quickly move your foot from the Pulling away brakepedal to the accelerator pedal. Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start Generalnotes assist.

G WARNING Hill startassist is not active if: If the enginespeed is above the idling speed Ryou are pulling away on alevel road or on a and you engage transmission position D or R, downhill gradient the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There is Rthe transmission is in position i arisk of an accident. Rthe electric parking brakeisapplied R ® When engagingtransmission position D or R, ESP is malfunctioning always firmly depressthe brakepedal and do not simultaneously accelerate. ECO start/stop function ! Change gear in good timeand avoid spin- Introduction ningthe wheels. You could otherwise damage the vehicle. The ECO start/stopfunction switches the Depress the accelerator carefully when pulling engineoff automatically if the vehicle is stopped away. under certain conditions. The vehicle lockscentrally onceyou have pulled The enginestarts automatically when the driver away. The locking knobs in the doors drop down. wantstopull away again. The ECO start/stop You can open the doors from the inside at any function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel time. consumption and emissions of your vehicle. Driving 119

Important safety notes All of thevehicle's systems remain active when theengineisstoppedautomatically. G WARNING Automatic engineswitch-off can takeplacea If theengineisswitched off automatically and maximum of four times in arow (initial stop, then you exit thevehicle, theengineisrestarted three subsequentstops). automatically. The vehiclemay beginmoving. The HOLD function can be activated if the Thereisariskofaccidentand injury. enginehas been switched off automatically. It is then notnecessarytocontinue applyingthe If you wish to exit thevehicle, always turnoff brakes during theautomatic stop phase. When theignition and secure thevehicleagainst you depress theacceleratorpedal,the engine rollingaway. startsautomatically and thebraking effectof theHOLDfunction is deactivated. General notes Automaticenginestart The enginestartsautomatically if: Ryou switch off theECO start/stopfunction by pressingthe ECO button Ryou release thebrakepedal in transmission position h or i and theHOLDfunction is Driving and parking notactive Ryou depress theacceleratorpedal : ECO start/stopdisplay Ryou engage reversegear k The ECO start/stopfunction is activated when- Ryou movethe transmission out of position j everyou switch on theengineusingthe Smart- R Key or theStart/Stopbutton. you switch to driveprogram S+ If theenginehas been switched off automati- Ryou unfasten your seat belt or open thedriv- callybythe ECO start/stopfunction,the è er'sdoor ECO symbol is shown in themultifunction dis- Rthevehiclestartstoroll play. Rthebrakesystem requiresthis Rthetemperature in thevehicleinterior devi- Automaticengineswitch-off atesfromthe set range R If thevehicleisbraked to astandstill withthe thesystem detects moisture on thewind- transmission in h or i,the ECO start/stop shield when theair-conditioning system is function switches off theengineautomatically. switched on R The ECO start/stopfunction is operational thebattery's condition of charge is toolow when: Shifting thetransmission to position j does notstart theengine. Rtheindicator lamp in theECO buttonislit green Rtheoutside temperature is within therange that is suitable for thesystem Rtheengineisatnormaloperating temperature Rtheset temperature for thevehicleinterior has been reached Rthebattery is sufficientlycharged Rthesystem detects that thewindshield is not fogged up when theair-conditioning system is switched on Rthehoodisclosed Rthedriver'sdoor is closed and thedriver's seat belt is fastened

Z 120 Driving

Deactivating or activating theECO X To deactivate: press ECObutton :. start/stop function Indicator lamp ; goesout. X To activate: press ECObutton :. Indicator lamp ; lights up. If indicator lamp ; is off, theECO start/stop function has beendeactivated manually or as theresult of amalfunction.The enginewill then notbeswitched offautomatically when thevehi- g clestops. in ark dp

Problemswiththe engine

Driving an Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The enginedoesnot The HOLD function or DistancePilotDISTRONIC is activated. start. X Deactivatethe HOLD function (Y page 148) or DistancePilot DISTRONIC (Y page 146). X Trytostart theengineagain. The enginedoesnot RThere is amalfunction in theengineelectronics. start.The starter motor RThere is amalfunction in thefuelsupply. can be heard. Before attemptingtostart theengineagain: X Turnthe SmartKey backtoposition u in theignition lock. or X Press theStart/Stopbuttonrepeatedly until all indicator lampsin theinstrument cluster go out. X Trytostart theengineagain (Y page 117). Avoid excessivelylong and frequent attemptstostart theengineasthese will drain the battery. If theenginedoesnot start after severalattempts: X Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. The enginedoesnot The on-boardvoltageistoo low because thebattery is tooweak or start.You cannothear discharged. thestarter motor. X Jump-start thevehicle (Y page 253). If theenginedoesnot start despiteattempts to jump-start it: X Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. The starter motorwas exposed to athermal load that was toohigh. X Allow thestarter motortocooldown forapproximately twominutes. X Trytostart theengineagain. If theenginestill doesnot start: X Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. DYNAMICSELECTbutton 121

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine is not running There is amalfunction in the engine electronics or in amechanical smoothly and is misfir- componentofthe engine management system. ing. X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly. Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter and damage it. X Have the cause rectified immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. The coolant temperature The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and the engine is no gauge shows avalue longer being cooled sufficiently. above 248 ‡(120 †). X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to The coolant warning cool down. lamp may also be on and X Check the coolant level (Y page 235). Observe the warning notes awarning tone may as you do so and add coolant if necessary. sound. If the coolant level is correct,the engine radiator fan may be faulty. The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently. Driving and parking X At coolant temperatures below 248 ‡(120 †), drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in moun- tainousterrainand stop-and-go traffic.

DYNAMIC SELECTbutton

Use the DYNAMIC SELECT button to change the drive program. Depending on the drive program selected the following vehicle characteristics willchange: Rthe drive (engine and transmission management) Rthe suspensionorthe adaptive adjustable damping (only on vehicles with AMG RIDE CONTROL sports suspension) Rthe sound of the exhaust system (vehicles X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button : as many with sports exhaust system) times as necessary until the desired drive Rthe steering programisselected. Rthe availability of the ECO start/stop function The selected drive programappears in the Each time you start the engine with the Smart- multifunction display. After ashort period of Key or the Start/Stop button, drive program C is time, the displaygoes out and the symbol for activated. For further information about starting the selected drive programappears. the engine, see (Y page117). In addition, the current drive programsettings are displayed briefly in the multimediasystem display. i In afew countries, the ECO start/stop function is deactivated at the factory due to the available fuel grade. In this case, the ECO start/stop function is not available in any

Z 122 Automatic transmission

drive program, regardless of the display in the Selector lever multimedia system display. In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro- Overview of transmission positions gram C is recommended. ! Available drive programs: If the enginespeed is too high or the vehicle is in motion,donot shift the automatic trans- C Comfort Comfortable and economi- mission directly from h to k,from k to h cal driving characteristics or directly to j. Do not open the driver'sdoor while the vehi- S Sport Sportydriving characteris- cle is in motion.Atlow speeds in transmission tics position h or k,otherwise park position j is engaged automatically. S+ Sport Plus Particularly sportydriving characteristics The transmission could be damaged. I Individual Individual settings E Economy Particularly economical driving characteristics

Driving and parking Additional information for drive programs (Y page 125).

Automatic transmission Important safetynotes j Park position G WARNING k Reverse gear If the enginespeed is above the idling speed i Neutral and you engage transmission position D or R, h Drive the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There is The selector lever always returnstoits original arisk of an accident. position.The currenttransmission position j, k, i or h is shown in the transmission posi- D R When engaging transmission position or , tion display in the multifunction display. always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate. Transmission position and drive program display G WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu- All vehicles (except for Mercedes-AMG tral position N when you switch off the engine. SLC 43) The vehicle may roll away. There is arisk of an accident. After switching off the engine, always switch to parkingposition P.Preventthe parked vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake.

: Transmission position ; Gear = Driveprogram Automatic transmission 123

The current transmission position and drive pro- Engaging reverse gear R gram appear in the multifunction display. ! Only move the automatic transmission to Mercedes-AMG SLC 43 k when the vehicle is stationary. X Depress the brake and keep it pressed. X Push the selector lever forwards past the first point of resistance. The ECO start/stopfunction is not available when reverse gear is engaged. Further information on the ECO start/stopfunction (Y page 119). : Transmission position ; Drive program Shifting to neutral N The current transmission position and drive pro- G WARNING gram appear in the multifunction display. If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, Engaging parkposition P they could: R

operate the vehicle's equipment. Driving and parking Additionally, children could set the vehicle in motion if, for example, they: Rrelease the parking brake Rshift the automatic transmission out of park position P Rstart the engine There is arisk of an accident and injury. Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle. X When the vehicle is stationary, depress the When leaving the vehicle, alwaystake the brake pedal. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. This X Press button :. also applies to mobile phones if the "Digital Car Key in smartphone" function is activated Engaging parkposition Pautomatically via the Mercedes me connect web app. j Park position is automatically engaged if: X When the vehicle is stationary, depress the Ryou switch off the engine using the SmartKey brake pedal. and remove the SmartKey X Push the selector lever forwards or back to Ryou switch off the engine using the SmartKey the first point of resistance. or using the Start/Stop button and open the If you switch the engine off with the transmis- driver's door or front-passenger door sion in position k or h,the automatic trans- Ryou open the driver's door when the vehicle is mission shifts to i automatically. stationary or when driving at avery low speed With the SmartKey: if you then open the driv- and the transmission is in position h or k er's door or the front-passenger door or remove Under certain conditions, the automatic trans- the SmartKey from the ignition, the automatic mission shifts automatically to transmission transmission shifts to j automatically. position j if the HOLD function or Distance With KEYLESS-GO: if you then open the driver's Pilot DISTRONIC is activated. Observe the information on the HOLD function (Y page 148) and or front-passenger door, the automatic trans- j on Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 144). mission shifts to automatically.

Z 124 Automatic transmission

If you want the automatic transmission to Transmission positions remain in neutral i,e.g. when having the vehicle cleaned in an automatic car wash with a B Park position towing system: This prevents the vehicle from rolling X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove the awaywhen stopped. Start/Stop button from the ignition lock. Only shift the transmission into posi- X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock. tion B (Y page 122) when the X All vehicles: switch the ignition on. vehicle is stationary.The parking lock X Depress the brake pedaland keep it shouldnot be used as abrake when depressed. parking. Alwaysapplythe electronic parking brake in addition to the park- X Engage neutral i. ing lock in order to secure the vehi- X Release the brake pedal. cle. X Release the electric parking brake. If the SmartKey is removed from the X Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey ignition lock, the transmission is in the ignition lock. locked. The automatic transmission shifts to Engaging drive positionD B automatically:

Driving and parking Rwhen the SmartKey is removed X When the vehicle is stationary,depressthe from the ignition lock brake pedal. Rwhen the engine is switched off X Push the selector lever back past the first with the transmission in position point of resistance. C or 7 and one of the doors is opened In the event of amalfunction of the vehicle's electronics, the transmission may lock in position B.Have the vehicle electronics checked immediately at aqualifiedspecialist workshop. C Reverse gear Only shift the transmission into position C when the vehicle is stationary. Automatictransmission 125

A Neutral Kickdown Do not shift the transmission to A Use kickdownfor maximum acceleration. whiledriving.The automatic trans- X Depressthe accelerator pedalbeyond the mission could otherwisebedam- pressure point. aged. The automatic transmission shifts to alower No poweristransmitted fromthe gear depending on the engine speed. engine to the drive wheels. X Easeoff the accelerator pedalonce the Releasing the brake pedalwillallow desired speed is reached. youtomovethe vehiclefreely, e.g.to The automatic transmission shifts back up. push it or tow it. ®

If ESP is deactivated or faulty: shift arking A the transmission to position if Drive programs

the vehicleisindangerofskidding, dp e.g.onicy roads. Drive program C(Comfort) ! Coasting in neutral i may cause damage to the drive train. In urbantrafficand stop-start traffic, drive program C is recommended. 7 Drive Driveprogram C is characterized by the follow- The automatic transmission changes ing: Driving an gear automatically. All forward gears Rthe vehicledelivers comfortable, economical areavailable. handling characteristics. Rthe vehiclepulls away moregently in forward and reversegears,unless the accelerator Driving tips pedalisdepressedfully. Rthe vehiclehas improved driving stability, for Changinggear exampleonslipperyroadsurfaces. The automatic transmission shifts throughthe Roptimalfuelconsumption resulting fromthe individual gearsautomaticallywhenitisintrans- automatic transmission shifting up sooner. mission position h.Thisautomatic gear shift- The vehicleisdriven in the lowengine speed ing behaviorisdeterminedby: range and the wheels arelesslikelytospin. R Rthe selecteddrive program thesuspension exhibits comfortabledamping R settings (adaptive damping system onlyin the positionofthe accelerator pedal vehicles with AMG RIDE CONTROL sports Rthe roadspeed suspension). Rthe steering exhibits comfortablesteering Accelerator pedalposition characteristics. Your style of driving influences how the automatic transmission shifts gear: Drive program S(Sport) Rlittle throttle:early upshifts Driveprogram S is characterized by the follow- Rmorethrottle:lateupshifts ing: Rthe vehicleexhibits sporty driving characteristics. Rthe vehiclepulls away in first gear. Rthe automatic transmission shifts up later. The fuel consumption possiblybeing higher as aresultofthe later automatic transmission shift points.

Z 126 Automatictransmission

Rthe suspensionexhibits firmdamping set- Thevehicleisdriven in the lowengine speed tings(vehicleswithadaptive damping system range and the wheels arelesslikelytospin. or AMG sports suspension). Rthe suspensionexhibits comfortabledamping Rthe steering exhibits sporty steering charac- settings(vehicleswithadaptive damping sys- teristics. tem or AMG sports suspension). Rduringdeceleration, the engine is disconnec- Drive program S+ (Sport Plus) ted fromthe drive train. Thevehicleuses kinetic energy and consumes less fuel (coast- Drive program S+ is characterized by the fol- ing mode). lowing: Rthe steering exhibits comfortablesteering Rthe vehicleexhibits particularly sporty driving characteristics.

arking characteristics. Rthe vehiclepulls away in first gear. dp Rthe automatic transmission shifts up later. Manual gear shifting The fuel consumption possiblybeing higher as aresultofthe later automatic transmission General notes shift points. Youcan change gear yourself using the steering R the suspensionexhibits particularly firm wheelpaddleshifters. Thetransmission must be

Driving an damping settings(vehicleswithadaptive in position h to do this. damping systemorAMG sports suspension). Depending on which steering wheelpaddle R the steering exhibits sporty steering charac- shifter is pulled,the automatic transmission teristics. immediatelyshifts into the next gear down or Rthe ECO start/stopfunctionisnot available. up,ifpermitted. To usemanualshifting, youhavetwo options: Drive program I(Individual) Rtemporary setting In drive program I the following propertiesofthe Rpermanent setting drive programcan be selected: If youactivate manualgearshifting, the multi- Rthe drive (engine and transmission manage- functiondisplay will showthe current gear ment) insteadoftransmission position h. Rthe suspension(vehicleswithadaptive damp- If manualgearshiftingisdeactivated,the gears ing systemorAMG sports suspension) will be selected automatically. Rthe steering Temporary setting Rthe availability of the ECO start/stopfunction Informationabout configuringdrive program I with the multimedia systemcan be found in the DigitalOperator'sManual.

Drive program E(Economy) Drive program E is characterized by the following: Rthe vehicleexhibits comfortable, economical handling characteristics. Rthe vehiclepulls away moregently in forward and reversegears,unlessthe accelerator pedalisdepressedfully. X To activate: shift the selector lever to h. Rthe vehiclehas improved drivingstability, for X Pull steering wheelpaddleshifter : or ;. exampleonslipperyroadsurfaces. The temporary setting is active for acertain Roptimal fuel consumption resulting fromthe amount of time. Under certainconditions,the automatic transmission shiftingupsooner. minimum amount of timeisextended, e.g.inthe Automatic transmission 127 case of lateralacceleration, during overrun If the maximum engine speed in the currently modeorwhendriving on steepterrain. engaged gearisreached and youcontinueto X To deactivate: pull steering wheel paddle accelerate,the automatic transmission auto- shifter ; and holditinplace. matically shifts up in order to prevent engine damage. or X X To shift down: pull steering wheel paddle Use the lever to switch the transmission posi- shifter :. tion. The automatic transmission shifts downto or the next gear. X Use the DYNAMICSELECT button to change Automaticdownshifting occurs whencoast- the drive program. ing. If the engine were to exceedthe maximum Permanentsetting engine speed whenshifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine damagebynot shifting down. nd parking

Mercedes-AMG SLC 43 ga ! If manual gearshifting is permanently activated, the automatic transmission doesnot shift up automaticallyevenwhenthe engine Drivin limiting speed for the current gearisreached. Whenthe engine limiting speed is reached, the fuelsupplyiscut to prevent the engine from overrevving. Alwaysmake sure that the engine speed doesnot reach the red areaof the tachometer.There is otherwise ariskof X To activate: shift the selector lever to h. engine damage. X Press button :. X To deactivate: press button :.

Shiftinggears

Allvehicles(except for Mercedes-AMG SLC 43)

X To shift up: pull steering wheel paddle shifter ;. The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear. X To shift down: pull steering wheel paddle shifter :. The automatic transmission shifts downto the next gear. X To shift up: pull steering wheel paddle Automaticdownshifting occurs whencoast- shifter ;. ing. The automatic transmission shifts up to the If the engine were to exceedthe maximum next gear. engine speed whenshifting down, the auto-

Z 128 Automatic transmission

matic transmission protects against engine The gearshift recommendations assist you in damage by not shifting down. adopting an economical driving style.The recommended gear is shown in the multifunction Shift recommendation display. X Shift to recommended gear ; according to All vehicles (except for Mercedes-AMG gearshift recommendation : when shown in SLC 43) the multifunction display of the instrument cluster.

Kickdown X For maximumacceleration, depress the accelerator pedalbeyond the pressure point. The automatic transmission shifts to alower gear depending on the engine speed. X Shift back up once the desired speed is The gearshift recommendations assist you in reached. adopting an economical driving style.The recommended gear is shown in the multifunction During kickdown, you cannot shift gears using the steering wheelpaddle shifters. Driving and parking display. X Shift to recommended gear ; according to If you apply full throttle, the automatic trans- gearshift recommendation : when shown in mission shifts up to the next gear when the the multifunction display of the instrument maximumengine speed is reached. This pre- cluster. vents the engine from overrevving. Mercedes-AMG SLC 43 Refueling 129

Problems with the transmission

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The transmission has The transmission is losing oil. problems shifting gear. X Have the transmission checked at aqualified specialist workshop immediately. The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode. is deteriorating. It is only partly possible to engage the gears, or the transmission is in The transmission no lon- position i. ger changes gear. X Stop the vehicle. X Shift the transmission to position j. X Switch off the engine. X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine. X Shift the transmission to position h or k. X Have the transmission checked at aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Driving and parking

Refueling clean water. Seek medical assistance without delay. Important safety notes RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis- G WARNING tance without delay.Donot induce vomit- Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuel ing. incorrectly, there is arisk of fire and explo- RImmediately change out of clothing which sion. has come into contact with fuel. You must avoid fire, open flames, creating G sparks and smoking. Switch off the engine WARNING and, if applicable, the auxiliary heating before Electrostatic buildupcan create sparks and refueling. ignite fuel vapors. There is arisk of fire and explosion. G WARNING Always touch the vehicle body before opening Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health. the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump There is arisk of injury. nozzle. Any existing electrostatic buildupis You must make sure that fuel does not come thereby discharged. into contact with your skin, eyes or clothing Do not get into the vehicle again during the refu- and that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuel eling process. Otherwise, electrostatic charge vapors. Keep fuel away from children. could build up again. If you or others come into contact with fuel, ! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a observe the following: gasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignition RWash away fuel from skin immediately if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel. using soap and water. Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system. Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes, result in damage to the fuel system and the immediately rinse them thoroughly with engine. Notify aqualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely.

Z 130 Refueling

! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the = Tire pressure table fuel system. ? Instruction label for fuel type to be refueled ! Take care not to spill any fuel on painted X Switch the engine off. surfaces. You could otherwise damage the X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. paintwork. X Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of ! Use afilter when adding fuel from afuel can. arrow :. The fuel lines and/or the fuel injection system The fuel filler flap swings up. could otherwise be blocked by particles from X Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and the fuel can. remove it. If you overfill the fuel tank, fuel could spray out X Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder when the fuel pump nozzle is removed. bracket on the inside of fuel filler flap ;. For further information on fuel and fuel quality X Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel (Y page 291). pump nozzle into the tank, hook in place and refuel. X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle Refueling switches off. i Do not add any more fuel after the pump General information Driving and parking stops filling for the first time. Otherwise, fuel may leak out. The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked automatically when you unlock or lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or using KEYLESS-GO. Closing the fuel filler flap The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed X Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn 8 in the instrument cluster. The arrow next clockwise until it engages audibly. to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehi- X Close the fuel filler flap. cle. i Close the fuel filler flap before locking the Opening the fuel filler flap vehicle. i If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open, the 8 reserve fuel warning lamp flashes. The ; Check Engine warning lamp may also light up. Amessage appears in the multifunction display(Y page 192). For further information on warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster, see (Y page 207).

: To open the fuel filler flap ; Insert the fuel filler cap Parking 131

Problems with fuel and the fuel tank

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Fuel is leaking from the The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty. vehicle. G WARNING Risk of explosion or fire. X Turn the SmartKey immediately to position u in the ignition lock (Y page 116) and remove it. X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. The fuel filler flap cannot The fuel filler flap is not unlocked. be opened. X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 65). The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. X Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key (Y page 67). Driving and parking The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism is jammed. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop.

Parking When leaving the vehicle, always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never Important safety notes leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. G WARNING ! Always secure the vehicle correctly against Flammable material such as leaves, grass or rolling away.Otherwise, the vehicle or its driv- twigs may ignite if they come into contact with etrain could be damaged. hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust To ensure that the vehicle is secured against gas flow. There is arisk of fire. rolling away unintentionally: Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate- Rthe electric parking brake must be applied. rials come into contact with parts of the vehi- Rthe transmission must be in position j. cle which are hot. Take particular care not to Rthe SmartKey must be removed from the igni- park on dry grassland or harvested grain tion lock. fields. Rthe front wheels must be turned towards the curb on steep uphill or downhill gradients. G WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehicle, they could set it in motion by, for example: Switching off the engine Rrelease the parking brake. G WARNING Rshift the automatic transmission out of the The automatic transmission switches to neu- parking position P. tral position N when you switch off the engine. Rstart the engine. The vehicle may roll away.There is arisk of an In addition, they may operate vehicle equip- accident. ment and become trapped. There is arisk of After switching off the engine, always switch an accident and injury. to parking position P.Prevent the parked vehi-

Z 132 Parking

cle from rolling away by applying the parking The function of the electricparking brake is brake. dependent on the on-board voltage.Ifthe on- board voltage is low or there is amalfunction in the system, it may not be possible to applythe X Applythe electricparking brake. released parking brake. X Shiftthe transmission to position j (Y page 123). X If this is the case,only park the vehicle on level ground and secure it to prevent it rolling X With the SmartKey:turn the SmartKey to away. position u in the ignition lock and remove it. X The immobilizer is activated. Shiftthe automatic transmission to position j. X With KEYLESS-GO: press the KEYLESS-GO Start/Stop button (Y page 116). It may not be possible to release an applied The engine stopsand allthe indicator lamps in parking brake if the on-board voltage is low or the instrument cluster go out. there is amalfunction in the system. Contact a

nd parking If the driver'sdoorisclosed, this is the same qualified specialist workshop. as SmartKey position 1.Ifthe driver'sdoor The electricparking brake performs afunction ga is open, this is the sameasSmartKey position test at regularintervalswhile the engine is u (Y page 116). switched off. The sounds that can be heard while this is occurring are normal. The engine can be switched off while the vehicle Drivin is in motionbypressing and holding the Start/ Stop button for aboutthree seconds. Thisfunc- Applyingorreleasingmanually tion operatesindependently of the ECO start/ stop automatic engine switch-off function.

Electric parkingbrake General notes

G WARNING If youleave childrenunsupervised in the vehicle,they could set it in motionby, for example: Rrelease the parking brake. X To engage: : R push handle . shift the automatic transmission outofthe Whenthe electricparking brake is engaged, parking position P. the red F (USA only)or ! (Canada Rstartthe engine. only)indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster. In addition, they may operate vehicle equip- The electricparking brake can also be applied ment and become trapped.There is ariskof whenthe SmartKey is removed. an accident and injury. X To release: pull handle :. Whenleaving the vehicle,alwaystake the The red F (USA only)or ! (Canada SmartKey with youand lock the vehicle.Never only)indicator lamp in the instrument cluster leave childrenunsupervised in the vehicle. goesout. The electricparking brake can only be released: Rwhenthe SmartKey is in position 1 in the ignition lock (Y page 116)or Rif the ignition wasswitched on using the Start/Stop button Parking 133

Applyingautomatically If theseat belt tongue is notengagedinthe seat belt buckle, thefollowingconditionsmustbe The electric parking brakeisautomatically fulfilled: j appliedwhen thetransmission is in position R and: thedriver's door is closed R R you movethe transmission out of position j theengineisswitched off or or you havepreviously driven at aspeed Rthedriver is notwearing aseat belt and the above2mph (3 km/h) driver's door is opened Rif thetransmission is in position k,the trunk To preventthe electric parking brakefrombeing lid mustbeclosed : automatically applied, pull handle . When theelectric parking brakeisreleased, The electric parking brakeisalso engagedauto- the ! indicator lamp goes out in theinstru- matically if: mentcluster. RDistancePilotDISTRONICbringsthe vehicle to astandstill or Emergency braking RtheHOLDfunction is keepingthe vehiclesta- tionary The vehiclecan also be braked during an emergency by usingthe electric parking brake. In addition,atleast oneofthe followingcondi- tionsmustbefulfilled: X Whiledriving, push handle : of theelectric

R parking brake. Driving and parking theengineisswitched off The vehicleisbraked for as longasthe handle Rthedriver is notwearing aseat belt and the of theelectric parking brakeispressed. The driver's door is opened longer theelectric parking brakehandle is Rthere is asystem malfunction depressed, thegreaterthe braking force. Rthepowersupply is insufficient During braking: R thevehicleisstationary for alengthy period Rawarning tone sounds F ! The red (USAonly) or (Canada only) Rthe ReleaseParkingBrake message indicator lamp in theinstrumentclusterlights appears up. Rthered F (USAonly) or ! (Canada The electric parking brakeisnot automatically only) indicator lamp in theinstrumentcluster engagedifthe engineisswitched off by theECO flashes start/stopfunction. When thevehiclehas been braked to astandstill, theelectric parking brakeisengaged. Releasing automatically The electric parking brakeisreleasedautomat- ically when all of thefollowingconditionsare Parking thevehicle for along period fulfilled: If you leavethe vehicleparked for longer than Rtheengineisrunning four weeks, thebattery may be damaged by Rtheseat belt tongue is engagedinthe belt exhaustive discharging. buckle If you leavethe vehicleparked for longer than six Rthetransmission is in position h or k and weeks, thevehiclemay suffer damageasa you depress theacceleratorpedal or shift result of lack of use. j h k from position to or X Visit aqualified specialist workshop and seek Rif thetransmission is in position k,the trunk advice. lid mustbeclosed i You can obtain information about trickle chargers from aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 134 Driving tips

Drivingtips play. Have all the maintenancework carried in accordance with Daimler AG regulations. General notes Fuel consumption also increases when driving in cold weather, in stop-start traffic and in hilly ter- Important safetynotes rain. G WARNING Drinking and driving If you switch offthe ignition whiledriving, safety-relevant functionsare only available G WARNING withlimitations, or notatall. Thiscould affect, Drinkingand driving and/or takingdrugs and forexample, thepowersteeringand thebrake driving are very dangerous combinations. boostingeffect. You will require considerably Even asmall amount of alcohol or drugs can more effort to steer and brake.There is arisk affect your reflexes, perceptions and judg- of an accident. ment. Do notswitch offthe ignition whiledriving. The possibility of aserious or even fatal accident is greatly increased when you drink or G WARNING take drugs and drive.

Driving and parking If you operatemobile communication equip- Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow mentwhen driving, you may be distracted anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak- from thetraffic situation.You could also lose ing drugs. controlofthe vehicle. There is ariskofan accident. Emission control Only operatethisequipmentwhen thevehicle is stationary. G WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust Observethe legalrequirements forthe country gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling in whichyou are driving. Some jurisdictionspro- hibitthe driver from usingamobile phone while these exhaust gases leads to poisoning. There drivingavehicle. is arisk of fatal injury. Thereforenever leave If you makeacallwhiledriving, always use the enginerunning in enclosed spaces with- hands-free mode. Only operatethe telephone out sufficientventilation. when thetraffic situation permits. If you are unsure,pull over to asafelocation and stop Certain enginesystems are designed to keep beforeoperatingthe telephone. the level of poisonous componentsinexhaust Bear in mindthatataspeed of only 30 mph fumes within legal limits. (approximately 50 km/h), thevehicle coversa These systems only work at peak efficiency if distanceof44ft(approximately 14 m) per sec- they are serviced exactly in accordance with the ond. manufacturer's specifications.Always have work on the enginecarried out at aqualified Drive sensibly –save fuel specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes- Observe the following tips to save fuel: BenzCenter for this purpose. In particular, work R relevant to safety or on safety-related systems The tires should always be inflated to the rec- must be carried out at aqualified specialist ommended tire pressure. workshop. R Remove unnecessary loads. The enginesettings must not be changed under RWarm up the engineatlow enginespeeds. any circumstances. Furthermore, all specific RAvoid frequentacceleration or braking. servicework must be carried out at regular RObserve the serviceintervals in the Mainte- intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes- nanceBooklet or in the serviceinterval dis- Benzservicerequirements. Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet. Driving tips 135

ECO display The ECO display consistsofthree sections,with an inner and outer area. The sections corre- The ECO display showsyou how economical spondtothe followingthree categories: your driving style is. The ECO display assists you in achievingthe mosteconomical driving style : Acceleration (evaluationofall accel- for theselectedsettings and prevailingcondi- eration processes): tions.Your driving style can significantly influ- Rtheouter area fills up and theinner encethe vehicle's consumption. area lightsupgreen: moderate acceleration, especiallyathigher speeds Rtheouter area empties and the inner area is gray: sporty acceleration ; Coasting (evaluationofall decelera- tionprocesses): : Acceleration Rtheouter area fills up and theinner ; Coasting area lightsupgreen: anticipatory = Constant driving,keepingyour distanceand

? Additional range achieved early release of theaccelerator. Driving and parking Range ? is shownunder Bonus fr. Start and The vehicle can coastwithout use represents theadditional range achievedsince of thebrakes. thebeginningofthe journey as aresult of an Rtheouter area empties and the adapted driving style. inner area is gray: frequentheavy If thefuel levelhas dropped intothe reserve braking range, the FuelLow message is showninthe = Constant (continuous evaluation multifunction display instead of range ?.The overthe entire journey): 8 warning lamp in theinstrumentcluster also lightsup(Y page 207). Rtheouter area fills up and theinner area lightsupgreen: constant speedand avoidanceofunneces- sary accelerationand deceleration Rtheouter area empties and the inner area is gray: fluctuationsin speed

The three inner areas display thecurrentdriving style and light up green as aresult of aparticularly economical driving style. Dependingonthe driving situation, up to two areas may light up simultaneously. At thebeginningofthe journey, thethree outer areas are emptyand fill up as aresult of economical driving.Ahigher levelindicates amore economical driving style. If thethree outer areas are completely filledatthe same time, thedriver has adopted themosteconomical driving style for theselectedsettings and prevailingcondi- tions.The ECO display border lightsup. The ECO display does notindicatethe actual fuel consumption. The additionally achievedrange displayed under Bonus fr. start does not indicateafixed consumptionreduction.

Z 136 Driving tips

In addition to driving style, the actual consump- you to avoid overheating the brakes and wear- tion is affected by other factors, such as: ing them out excessively. Rload When making use of the engine braking Rtire pressure effect, it is possible that adrive wheel may not R turn for some time, e.g. in the case of sud- cold start denly changing or slippery road surface con- Rchoice of route ditions. This could cause damage to the drive Ractive electrical consumers train. This type of damage is not covered by These factors are not includedinthe ECO dis- the Mercedes-Benz warranty. play. Change into alowergear in good time on long An economical driving style specially requires and steep downhill gradients. This is especially driving at moderate engine speeds. important if the vehicle is laden. Achieving ahigher valueinthe categories This also applies if you have activated cruise "Acceleration" and "Constant": control or Distance PilotDISTRONIC. Robserve the gearshift recommendations. Rdrive the vehicle in drive program C or E. Heavy and light loads In urbantraffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro- G WARNING gram C is recommended.

Driving and parking If you rest yourfoot on the brake pedalwhile On long journeys at aconstant speed,e.g. on the highway, only the outer area for "constant" will driving, the braking system can overheat. This change. increases the stopping distance and can even The ECO display summarizes the driving style cause the braking system to fail.There is a from the start of the journey to its completion. risk of an accident. Therefore, there are more marked changes in Never use the brake pedalasafootrest. Never the outer areasatthe start of ajourney. On lon- depressthe brake pedaland the accelerator ger journeys, there are fewer changes. For more marked changes, perform amanualrest pedalatthe same time. (Y page 167). ! Depressing the brake pedalconstantly Further information on the ECO display results in excessive and premature wearto (Y page 166). the brake pads. If the brakes have been subjected to aheavy Braking load,donot stop the vehicle immediately,but drive on for ashort while. This allows the airflow Important safety notes to cool the brakes more quickly. G WARNING Wet roads If you shift down on aslippery road surface in If you have driven for along time in heavy rain an attempt to increase the engine's braking withoutbraking, there may be adelayed reac- effect, the drive wheelscould lose their grip. tion from the brakes when braking for the first There is an increased danger of skidding and time. This may also occur after the vehicle has accidents. been washed or driven through deep water. Do not shift down for additional engine brak- You then have to depressthe brake pedalmore firmly.Maintainagreater distance from the ing on aslippery road surface. vehicle in front. After driving on awet road or having the vehicle Downhill gradients washed, brake firmly whilepaying attention to the traffic conditions. This willwarm up the ! On long, steep gradients, you must reduce brake discs, thereby drying them more quickly the load on the brakes. To use engine braking, and protecting them against corrosion. shift to alowergear in good time. This helps Driving tips 137

Limited braking performance on salt- not been approved for Mercedes-Benzv ehicles treated roads or whichare not of an equivalent qualitycould affect your vehicle's operatingsafety. If you driveonsalted roads,alayer of salt resi- Mercedes-Benzrecommendsthatyou onlyuse due may formonthe brakediscsand brake brakefluid that has been specially approved for pads. This can result in asignificantly longer your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or whichcorre- braking distance. sponds to an equivalent qualitystandard. Brake RIn ordertoprevent any salt build-up, apply the fluid whichhas not been approved for brakes occasionally while paying attention to Mercedes-Benzvehiclesorwhichisnot of an thetraffic conditions. equivalent qualitycould affect your vehicle's RCarefully depress thebrakepedal and the operatingsafety. beginningand end of ajourney. RMaintain agreater distancetothe vehicle High-performance brake system ahead. (except Mercedes-AMG SLC 43)

Servicing thebrakes AMGbrakesystems are designed for heavy loads and have componentswith corresponding ! The brakefluid level may be toolow, if: properties. This may lead to noise when braking. This will dependon: Rif thered brakewarning lamp lightsupin R Driving and parking theinstrumentcluster and Speed R Ryou hear awarning tone while theengine is Brakingforce running RAmbientconditions, e.g.temperature and Observe additional warning messages in the humidity multifunction display. The wear of individual componentsofthe brake The brakefluid level may be toolow due to system, such as thebrakepads/linings or brake brakepad wear or leaking brakelines. discs, depends on theindividual driving style and operatingconditions. Havethe brakesystem checked immediately. Consult aqualifiedspecialist workshop to For this reason, it is impossibletostate amile- arrange this. age that will be valid underall circumstances. An aggressivedriving style will lead to high wear. ! As theESP® system operates automatically, You can obtain moreinformationonthisfroma theengine and theignitionmust be switched qualifiedspecialist workshop. off (theSmartKey must be in position u or New and replaced brakepads and discsonly 1 in theignitionlock), if theelectric parking reachtheir optimum braking effect after several brakeistested on abraking dynamometer hundred kilometers of driving.Compensate for (maximum 10 seconds). this by applyinggreater force to thebrakepedal. Brakingtriggered automatically by ESP® may Keep this in mind, and adapt your driving and cause severe damage to thebrakesystem. braking accordinglyduringthisbreak-in period. All checksand maintenancework on thebrake Excessive heavy braking results in correspond- system must be carried out at aqualifiedspe- ingly high brakewear. Observe thebrakesystem cialistworkshop. warning lamp in theinstrumentcluster and note Havebrakepads installedand brakefluid any brakestatus messages in themultifunction replaced at aqualifiedspecialist workshop. display. Especially for high performancedriving, it is important to maintain and have thebrake If thebrakesystem has onlybeen subject to system checked regularly. moderateloads, you should testthe functionality of your brakes at regular intervals. Information on BAS(Brake Assist)(Y page 57). Mercedes-Benzrecommendsthatyou onlyhave brakepads/linings installedonyour vehicle whichhave been approved for Mercedes-Benz vehiclesorwhichcorrespondtoanequivalent qualitystandard. Brake pads/linings whichhave

Z 138 Driving systems

Drivingonwet roads window on thesideofthe vehicle that is not facingintothe wind. Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to acertaindepthon Haveyour vehicle winter-proofed at aqualified theroadsurface, there is adanger of hydro- specialistworkshop at theonset of winter. planingoccurring. Drive particularly carefully on slipperyroadsur- Forthisreason,inthe event of heavyrain or in faces. Avoid sudden acceleration,steeringand conditionsinwhichhydroplaning may occur, braking maneuvers.Donot use cruise control. you mustdrive in thefollowingmanner: If thevehicle threatens to skid or cannotbe stopped when movingatlow speed: Rloweryour speed X i arking Ravoid ruts Shift thetransmissiontoposition . Ravoid sudden steeringmovements The outsidetemperature indicator is not dp Rbrake carefully designed to serve as an ice-warningdeviceand is therefore unsuitable forthatpurpose. Changes in theoutsidetemperature are dis- Drivingonflooded roads playedafter ashort delay. ! Do notdrive through floodedareas. Check Indicated temperaturesjustabovethe freezing thedepthofany water beforedrivingthrough pointdonot guarantee that theroadsurfaceis Driving an it.Drive slowly through standingwater. Oth- free of ice. The road may still be icy, especially in erwise,water could enterthe vehicle interior wooded areas or on bridges. The vehicle could or enginecompartment. It can then damage skid if you fail to adapt your drivingstyle. Always theengine's or automatic transmission's adapt your drivingstyle and drive at aspeed to electronic components. It can also be sucked suit theprevailingweather conditions. in by theengine's air intake connection and You should pay special attention to road condi- cause enginedamage. tionswhen temperaturesare around freezing point. Formoreinformation on drivingwithsnow Winterdriving chains, see (Y page 262). Formoreinfor mation on drivingwithsummer G WARNING tires,see (Y page 262). If you shift down on aslipperyroadsurfacein Observethe notesinthe "Winteroperation"sec- an attempt to increase theengine's braking tion (Y page 262). effect,the drive wheels could losetheir grip. There is an increaseddanger of skidding and accidents. Drivingsystems Do notshift down foradditional enginebrak- Cruisecontrol ingonaslipperyroadsurface. General notes G DANGER Cruise controlmaintainsaconstantroadspeed If theexhaustpipe is blockedoradequate foryou. It brakesautomatically in order to avoid ventilation is notpossible, poisonous gases exceedingthe set speed. On longand steep suchascarbon monoxide (CO) may enterthe downhill gradients, especially if thevehicle is vehicle. Thisisthe case, e.g. if thevehicle laden, you mustselectalowergear in goodtime. By doingso, you will makeuse of thebraking becomes trappedinsnow. There is ariskof effect of theengine. Thisrelieves theload on the fatal injury. brake systemand prevents thebrakesfrom If you leavethe engineorthe auxiliaryheating overheatingand wearingtoo quickly. running,makesurethe exhaustpipe and area Use cruise controlonlyifroadand traffic con- around thevehicle are clear of snow. To ditionsmakeitappropriatetomaintain asteady ensureanadequatesupply of fresh air, opena Driving systems 139 speed for aprolonged period. You can store any Storing, maintaining and callingupa road speed above 20 mph (30 km/h). speed Important safety notes Storing and maintaining aspeed X If you fail to adaptyour driving style, cruise con- Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed. trol can neither reduce the risk of an accident X Briefly press the cruise control lever up : or nor override the laws of physics. Cruise control down ?. cannot take into account the road, traffic and X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. weather conditions. Cruise control is only an Cruise control is activated. The vehicle auto- aid. You are responsible for the distance to the matically maintains the stored speed. vehicle in front,for vehicle speed, for braking in You can store the current speed if you are driv- good time and for staying in lane. ing faster than 20 mph (30 km/h). Do not use cruise control: i R Cruise control may be unable to maintain in road and traffic conditions which do not the stored speed on uphillgradients. The allow you to maintain aconstant speed e.g. in stored speed is resumed when the gradient heavy traffic or on winding roads evens out. Cruise control maintains the Ron slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel- stored speed on downhill gradients by auto- erating could cause the drive wheels to lose matically applying the brakes. traction and the vehicle could then skid Driving and parking Rwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, Storing or callingupaspeed heavy rain or snow G WARNING If there is achange of drivers, advise the new driver of the speed stored. If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed, the vehicle acceler- Cruise control lever ates or decelerates. If you do not know the stored speed, the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly. There is arisk of an accident. Pay attention to the road and traffic conditions before calling up the stored speed. If you do not know the stored speed, store the desired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you =. X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. The first time cruise control is activated, it : Stores the current speed or ahigher speed stores the current speed or regulates the ; Storing the current speed or calling up the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored last stored speed speed. = Stores the current speed or alower speed ? Deactivating cruise control Setting aspeed When you activate cruise control, the stored G speed is shown in the multifunction displayfor WARNING five seconds. The speed is then permanently Keep in mind that it may take abrief moment displayed in the status indicator together with until the vehicle has made the necessary ¯ the symbol. adjustments. On vehicles with asegment ring in the speed- Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to ometer, the segments from the currently saved speed to the end of the segment ring light up. avalue that the prevailing road conditions and

Z 140 Driving systems

legal speed limitspermit. Otherwise, sudden Cruise control is automatically deactivated if: and unexpected acceleration or deceleration Ryou engagethe electric parking brake of the vehicle could cause an accident and/or Ryou are drivingatless than 20 mph (30km/h) serious injury to you and others. RESP® intervenes or you deactivateESP® R X on vehicles with manual transmission,you To adjust theset speed in 1mph incre- shift to agear that is too high, and as aresult ments(1km/hincrements): briefly press the enginespeed is too low the cruisecontrol lever up : to the pressure RBrakeAssist intervenes point for ahigher speed, or down ? for a R lower speed. you move out of transmission position h Every timethe cruisecontrol lever is pressed If cruisecontrol is deactivated, you will hear a up or down, the last speed stored is increased warningtone. You will see the Cruise Con‐ or reduced. trol Off message in the multifunction display X To adjust theset speed in 5mph incre- for approximately five seconds. ments(10 km/h increments): briefly press i When you switchoff the engine, the last the cruisecontrol lever up : past the pres- speed stored is cleared. sure point for ahigher speed, or down ? for alower speed. Every timethe cruisecontrol lever is pressed Driving and parking up or down, the last speed stored is increased Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or reduced. General notes i The speed indicated in the speedometer DistanceAssist DISTRONIC regulates the speed may differslightly fromthe speed stored. and automatically helps you maintain the dis- i Cruise control is not deactivatedifyou tance fromthe vehicle detected in front.Vehi- depressthe accelerator pedal. For example, if cles are detected with the aid of the radar sen- you acceleratebriefly to overtake, cruisecon- sor system. DistanceAssist DISTRONIC brakes trol adjuststhe vehicle's speed to the last automatically to avoid exceeding the set speed speed stored after you have finished overtak- or to maintain the designated distancefromthe ing. vehicle in front. Change intoalower gear in good timeonlong Deactivating cruise control and steep downhill gradients. This is especially importantifthe vehicle is laden. By doing so, you will make use of the braking effect of the engine. This relieves the load on the brakesystem and preventsthe brakes fromoverheatingand wearing too quickly. If DistanceAssist DISTRONIC detectsthat there is arisk of acollision with the vehicle in front, you will be warnedvisually and audibly. Distance Assist DISTRONIC cannot prevent acollision without your intervention. An intermittentwarning tonewill thensound and the distancewarning lamp will light up in the instrumentcluster. Brakeimmediately in order to increase the dis- There are several ways to deactivate cruisecon- tance fromthe vehicle in front,ortakeevasive trol: action, provided it is safe to do so. X For DistanceAssist DISTRONIC to assist you Briefly press the cruisecontrol lever for- when driving, the radar sensor system must be : wards . operational. or DistanceAssist DISTRONIC operates in the X Brake. speed rangebetween0mph (0 km/h) and 120 mph (200 km/h). Driving systems 141

Do not useDistance Assist DISTRONIConroads G WARNING with steepgradients. Distance PilotDISTRONICcannotalways As Distance Assist DISTRONICtransmits radar waves,itcan resemble the radardetectors of clearly identify otherroadusers and complex the responsibleauthorities. Youcan refer to the trafficsituations. relevant chapterinthe Operator'sManualif In such cases, Distance PilotDISTRONICmay: questions areasked aboutthis. Rgive an unnecessary warning and then i USA only: Thisdevicehas been approved by brake the vehicle the FCC as a"VehicularRadar System".The R radarsensor is intendedfor useinanauto- neithergiveawarning nor intervene motive radarsystem only. Removal,tamper- Raccelerate or brake unexpectedly ing,oraltering of the devicewillvoidany war- There is ariskofanaccident. arking ranties, and is not permitted by the FCC.Do not tamperwith, alter, or useinany non- Continuetodrive carefullyand be ready to dp approved way. brake, especially if Distance PilotDISTRONIC Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice warns you. could voidthe user'sauthority to operate the

equipment. G WARNING ivi ng an i Canadaonly: Thisdevicecomplies with Distance PilotDISTRONICbrakes your vehicle Dr RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operationis with up to 50% of the maximum possible subject to the following two conditions: deceleration. If thisdecelerationisnot suffi- 1. Thisdevicemay not cause interference, cient, Distance PilotDISTRONICalerts you and with avisualand acoustic warning. There is a 2. Thisdevicemustacceptany interference riskofanaccident. received, including interferencethatmay cause undesired operationofthe device. Apply the brakes yourselfinthese situations Removal,tampering, or altering of the device and try to take evasive action. will voidany warranties, and is not permitted. ! Do not tamperwith, alter, or useinany non- When Distance PilotDISTRONICorthe approved way. HOLD functionisactivated,the vehicle brakes automaticallyincertain situations. Any unau thorized modification to thisdevice could voidthe user'sauthority to operate the To avoiddamagetothe vehicle, deactivate equipment. Distance PilotDISTRONICand the HOLD functioninthe following or similar situations: Important safety notes Rwhen towing the vehicle Rin the car wash G WARNING If youfailtoadapt your drivingstyle,Distance Distance PilotDISTRONICdoesnot react to: PilotDISTRONICcan neitherreduce the riskof an accident nor override the laws of physics. Rpeople or animals Distance PilotDISTRONICcannottake into Rstationaryobjects on the road, e.g.stopped account road, weather or trafficconditions. Dis- or parked vehicles tance PilotDISTRONICisonlyanaid.You are Roncomingvehicles and crossing traffic responsiblefor the distance to the vehiclein front, for vehiclespeed, for braking in good time As aresult, Distance PilotDISTRONICmay and for staying in your lane. neithergivewarnings nor intervene in such situations. There is ariskofanaccident. Alwayspay carefulattentiontothe trafficsit- uationand be ready to brake.

Z 142 Driving systems

Do not useDistance PilotDISTRONIC: Cruisecontrollever Rin roadand trafficconditions which do not allowyou to maintain aconstant speed, e.g.in heavytrafficoronwinding roads Ron slippery roadsurfaces.Braking or accelerating could cause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehiclecould thenskid Rwhen there is poor visibility,e.g.due to fog, heavyrainorsnow Distance PilotDISTRONICmay not detect narrow vehicles drivinginfront, e.g.motorcycles, or arking vehicles drivingonadifferent line.

dp In particular,the detection of obstaclescan be impaired if: Cruise control lever Rthere is dirt on the sensorsoranything else : Storesthe current speedorahigherspeed coveringthe sensors ; Setting aspecifiedminimumdistance R = Storing the current speedorcalling up the

ivi ng an there is snow or heavyrain Rthere is interferencebyotherradar sources last stored speed Dr ? Rthere arestrong radarreflections, for exam- Storesthe current speedoralower speed ple, in parkinggarages A Switching off Distance PilotDISTRONIC If Distance PilotDISTRONICnolongerdetects a vehicleinfront, it mayunexpectedly accelerate ActivatingDistance PilotDISTRONIC to the speedstored. and storing, maintainingand callingup Thisspeed may: aspeed R be too high if youare drivinginafilter lane or Important safety notes an exitlane ! Rbe so high when drivinginthe right-hand lane When Distance PilotDISTRONICorthe thatyou overtake vehicles in the left-hand HOLD functionisactivated,the vehicle lane brakes automaticallyincertain situations. Rbe so high when drivinginthe left-hand lane To avoiddamagetothe vehicle, deactivate thatyou overtake vehicles in the right-hand Distance PilotDISTRONICand the HOLD lane functioninthe following or similar situations: If there is achange of drivers, advisethe new Rwhen towing the vehicle driver of the speedstored. Rin the car wash To activate Distance PilotDISTRONIC, the following conditions must be fulfilled: Rthe engine must be started.Itmay take up to two minutesofdrivingbeforeDistance Pilot DISTRONICisready for use. Rthe electricparkingbrake must be released. RESP® must be active, butnot intervening. RParkingPilot must not be activated. Rthe transmission must be in position h. Rthe driver's door must be closed when you shift from j to h or your seatbeltmustbe fastened. Rthe front-passengerdoormustbeclosed. Rthe vehiclemustnot skid. Driving systems 143

Activating X Brieflypull thecruise control levertowards X Brieflypull thecruise control levertowards you ?. you ?,up : or down ; . X Remove your footfromthe acceleratorpedal. Distance Pilot DISTRONICisactivated. The first timeDistance Pilot DISTRONICis X To adjust theset speed in 1mph incre- activated, it storesthe currentspeedorreg- ments (1 km/h increments): briefly press ulates thespeedofthe vehicletothe previ- thecruise control leverup : to thepressure ously storedspeed. ; pointfor ahigher speed, or down to the Pulling awayand driving pressurepointfor alower speed. Every timethe cruise control leverispressed X If you want to pull awaywith Distance up or down,the last speedstoredisincreased Pilot DISTRONIC: remove your footfromthe or reduced. brakepedal. or X Brieflypull thecruise control levertowards X To adjust theset speed in 5mph incre- you ?. ments (10km/h increments): briefly press or the cruise control lever up : past the pres- X If Distance Pilot DISTRONICisactivated: sure point for ahigher speed, or down ; past accelerate briefly. the pressure point for alower speed. Your vehiclepulls away and adaptsits speed Everytime the cruise control lever is pressed to that of thevehicleinfront.Ifnovehicleis Driving and parking up or down, the last speed stored is increased detected in front, your vehicleacceleratesto or reduced. theset speed. X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. The vehiclecan also pull away when it is facing Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the an unidentified obstacle or is driving on adiffer- vehicle in front, but only up to the desired entlinefromanother vehicle. The vehiclethen stored speed. brakes automatically. Be readytk obra eatall times. i If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal, the Distance Pilot Suspended mes- If there is no vehicleinfront,Distance Pilot sage appears in the multifunction display. The DISTRONICoperatesinthe same way as cruise set distancetoaslower-moving vehicle in control. frontwill then not be maintained. You will be If Distance Pilot DISTRONICdetectsaslower- driving at the speed you determine by the moving vehicleinfront,itbrakes your vehicle. In position of the accelerator pedal. this way, thedistanceyou have selected is maintained. You can also activate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC when stationary. The lowest speed that can be If Distance Pilot DISTRONICdetectsafaster- set is 20 mph (30km/h). moving vehicleinfront,itincreases thedriving speed. However, thevehicleisonlyaccelerated Activatingatthe currentspeed/last up to thespeedyou have stored. storedspeed Selecting thedrive program G WARNING Distance Pilot DISTRONICsupportsasporty If you call up thestoredspeedand it differs driving style when you have selected the S or S+ from thecurrentspeed, thevehicleacceler- driveprogram (Y page 121). Acceleration atesordecelerates. If you do notknowthe behind thevehicleinfront or to theset speedis then noticeably moredynamic.Ifyou have storedspeed, thevehiclecould accelerate or selected the C or E driving program,the vehicle brakeunexpectedly. Thereisariskofanacci- acceleratesmoregently. This settingisrecom- dent. mended in stop-and-starttraffic. Pay attentiontothe road and traffic conditions before calling up thestoredspeed. If you do notknowthe storedspeed, store the desired speedagain.

Z 144 Driving systems

Changing lanes Once your vehicleisstationary, it remains sta- If when driving on multilane roads you wish to tionaryand youdonot needtodepress the change to theovertakinglane,Distance Pilot brake. DISTRONIC supportsyou if: i After atime,the electricparkingbrake Ryou are driving faster than 45 mph (70 km/h) secures the vehicleand relieves the service RDistance PilotDISTRONICismaintaining the brake. distance to avehicleinfront i Depending on the specifiedminimumdis- Ryouswitch on the appropriate turnsignal tance,yourvehiclewillcome to astandstillat RDistance PilotDISTRONICdoesnot currently asufficient distance behind the vehiclein detect adangerofcollision front. The specifie dminimumdistance is set If these conditions arefulfilled,yourvehicleis using the controlonthe cruisecontrollever. accelerated.Accelerationwillbeinterruptedif When Distance PilotDISTRONICisactivated, changing lanes takestoo long or if the distance the transmission is shifted automaticallyto between your vehicleand the vehicleinfront position j if: becomestoo small. Rthe driver's seatbeltisnot fastened and the i When youchange lanes,Distance Pilot driver's door is open. DISTRONICmonitors the left lane (onleft- Rthe engine is switched off,unless it is auto-

Driving and parking hand-drivevehicles) or the right lane (onright- maticallyswitched off by the ECO start/stop hand-drivevehicles). function. Stopping The electricparkingbrake secures the vehicle automaticallyifDistance PilotDISTRONICis G WARNING activated when the vehicleisstationaryand: If youleave the vehiclewhenitisonlybeing Rasystem malfunctionoccurs. braked by Distance PilotDISTRONIC, it could Rthe powersupplyisnot sufficient. rollawayif: If amalfunctionoccurs, the transmission may also shift to position j automatically. Rthere is amalfunctioninthe system or in the voltagesupply. Settingaspeed RDistance PilotDISTRONICisswitched off using the cruisecontrollever,e.g.byavehi- Keepinmindthatitmay take abrief moment cle occupant or fromoutside the vehicle untilthe vehiclehas accelerated or braked to the speedset. Rthe electrical system in the engine com- X To adjustthe setspeed in 1mph incre- partment, the battery or the fuses aretam- ments (1 km/hincrements): briefly press pered with. the cruise control lever up : to the pressure Rthe battery is disconnected point for ahigher speed, or down ; for a Rthe vehicleisaccelerated,e.g.byavehicle lower speed. Every time the cruise control lever is pressed occupant. up or down, the last speed stored is increased There is ariskofanaccident. or reduced. Before leaving the vehicle, always deactivate X To adjust theset speed in 5mph incre- Distance PilotDISTRONICand securethe ments(10 km/h increments): briefly vehicleagainst rolling away. press the cruise control lever up : past the pressurepoint for ahigher speed, or down ; Furtherinformationondeactivating Distance for alower speed. PilotDISTRONIC(Y page 146). Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down, the last speed stored is increased If Distance PilotDISTRONICdetects thatthe or reduced. vehicleinfront is stopping, it brakes your vehicle untilitisstationary. Driving systems 145

Setting aspecified minimum distance Distance Pilot DISTRONIC displays in the instrument cluster You can set the specified minimum distance for DistancePilot DISTRONIC by varying the time Displays in the speedometer span between one and two seconds. With this function, you can set the minimum distance that DistancePilot DISTRONIC maintains to the vehicle in front,dependent on the vehicle speed. You can see this distance in the multifunction display (Y page 145). The specified minimum distance can be changed while DistancePilot DISTRONIC is switched on or off. Make sure that you maintain asufficiently safe distance from the vehicle in front.Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary.

When DistancePilot DISTRONIC is activated, one or more segments ; in the set speed range

light up. Driving and parking If DistancePilot DISTRONIC detectsavehicle in front,segments ; between speed of the vehicle in front = and stored speed : light up. i For design reasons, the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DistancePilot DISTRONIC. Display when Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is Cruise control lever deactivated X To increase: turn control = toward ;. DistancePilot DISTRONIC then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front. X To decrease: turn control = toward :. DistancePilot DISTRONIC then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front.

: Vehicle in front,ifdetected ; Distanceindicator, current distance to the vehicle in front = Specified minimum distance to the vehicle in front;adjustable ? Your vehicle X Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on-board computer (Y page 170).

Z 146 Driving systems

Display when DistancePilot DISTRONIC is i The last speed storedremainsstoreduntil activated you switch offthe engine. i DistancePilotDISTRONIC is notdeactivated if you depress theacceleratorpedal. If you accelerate to overtake,Distance Pilot DISTRONIC adjuststhe vehicle's speed to the last speed storedafter you havefinished over- taking. DistancePilotDISTRONIC is automatically deactivated if: R arking you engage theelectric parkingbrakeorifthe vehicleisautomatically secured withthe elec-

dp tric parkingbrake R : Vehicleinfront,ifdetected ESP® intervenes or you deactivateESP® ; Specified minimum distancetothe vehicle Rthetransmissionisinposition j, k or i in front; adjustable Ryou pull thecruise control lever towardsyou = Your vehicle in order to pull away and thefront-passenger

Driving an ? DistancePilotDISTRONIC activated doorisopen R X Selectthe AssistanceGraphic function you activateParking Pilot R usingthe on-boardcomputer (Y page 170). thevehiclehas skidded You will initially see thestoredspeed forabout If DistancePilotDISTRONIC is automatically fiveseconds when you activateDistance Pilot deactivated, you will hear awarningtone. The Distance Pilot Off DISTRONIC. message will appear in themultifunction display forapproximately five seconds. Deactivating DistancePilot DISTRONIC Tips for drivingwithDistancePilot DISTRONIC

General notes The following containsdescriptionsofcertain roadand traffic conditionsinwhichyou mustbe particularlyattentive. In suchsituations, brakeif necessary. DistancePilotDISTRONIC is then switched off. Cornering, going intoand coming out of a bend Cruisecontrollever There are severalways to deactivateDistance PilotDISTRONIC: X Briefly press thecruise control lever forwards :. or X Brake,unless thevehicleisstationary Whenyou deactivateDistance PilotDISTRONIC, the Distance Pilot Off message will appear in themultifunction display forapproximately fiveseconds. Driving systems 147

Distance PilotDISTRONICcan detect vehicles Distance PilotDISTRONIChas not yetdetected when corneringislimited. Your vehiclemay the vehicleinfront on the edge of the road brake unexpectedly or late. because of its narrow width.The distance to the vehicleinfront will be too short. Vehiclestraveling on adifferentline Obstructions and stationary vehicles arking dp

Distance PilotDISTRONICmay not detect vehi- ivi ng an cleswhich arenot drivinginthe middleoftheir Distance PilotDISTRONICdoesnot brake for lane. The distance to the vehicleinfront will be obstaclesorstationaryvehicles. If, for example, Dr too short. the detectedvehicleturns acornerand an obstacle or stationaryvehicleisrevealed, Dis- Othervehicleschanginglanes tance PilotDISTRONICwillnot brake for them. Crossingvehicles

Distance PilotDISTRONIChas not detectedthe vehiclecutting in yet. The distance to thisvehicle will be too short. Distance PilotDISTRONICmay mistakenly detect vehicles thatare crossing your lane. Narrow vehicles If youactivate Distance PilotDISTRONICunder the following conditions, the vehiclecould pull away unintentionally: Rat trafficlights with crossing traffic, for example Rif there is avehicleinfront after acrossing with the HOLD functionactivated

Z 148 Driving systems

HOLD function Activation conditions General notes You can activate the HOLD function if all of the following conditions are fulfilled: The HOLD function can assist the driverinthe Rthe vehicleisstationary. following situations: Rthe engine is running or if it has been auto- Rwhen pulling away, especially on steep slopes matically switched off by the ECO start/stop Rwhen maneuvering on steep slopes function. Rwhen waiting in traffic Rthe driver's door is closed or yourseat beltis The vehicleiskept stationary without the driver fastened. having to depress the brake pedal. Rthe electric parking brake is released. The braking effect is canceledand the HOLD Rthe transmission is in position h, k or i. function deactivated when you depress the RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated accelerator pedaltopullaway. Activating the HOLD function Important safety notes

G WARNING

Driving and parking When leaving the vehicle, it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if: Rthere is amalfunction in the system or in the voltagesupply. R the HOLD function has been deactivated by X Make sure that the activation conditions are pressing the accelerator pedalorthe brake met. pedal, e.g. by avehicleoccupant. X Depress the brake pedal. Rthe electrical system in the engine com- X Quickly depress the brake pedalfurther partment, the battery or the fuseshave until : appears in the multifunction display. been tamperedwith. The HOLD function is activated. You can release the brake pedal. Rthe battery is disconnected There is arisk of an accident. i If depressing the brake pedalthe first time does not activate the HOLD function, wait If you wishtoexit the vehicle, alwaysturn off briefly and then try again. the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away. Deactivatingthe HOLD function ! When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or the The HOLD function is deactivated automatically HOLD function is activated, the vehicle if: brakes automatically in certain situations. Ryou depress the accelerator and the trans- To avoiddamage to the vehicle, deactivate mission is in position h or k. Distance Pilot DISTRONIC and the HOLD Ryou shift the transmission to position j. function in the following or similar situations: Ryou apply the brakes again with acertain R when towing the vehicle amount of pressure until HOLD disappears Rin the car wash from the multifunction display. Deactivating the HOLD function (Y page148). Ryou secure the vehicleusing the electric parking brake. Ryou activate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC. i After atime, the electric parking brake securesthe vehicleand relieves the service brake. Driving systems 149

When the HOLD function is activated, the trans- In the Comfort and Economy drive programs, mission is automatically shifted to position j the driving characteristicsofyour vehicle are if: more comfortable. Select one of these drive Rthe driver's seat belt is not fastened and the programs if you favor amore comfortable driv- driver's door is open. ing style. Also select these drive programs when R driving fast on straight roads, e.g. on straight the engine is switched off, unless it is auto- stretches of highway. matically switched off by the ECO start/stop function. In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive program C is recommended. The electric parking brake secures the vehicle automatically if the HOLD function is activated X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button : repeat- when the vehicle is stationary and: edly until the Comfort or Economy drive program is selected. Rasystem malfunction occurs. Rthe power supply is not sufficient. Selecting Sport mode If amalfunction in the electric parking brake occurs,the transmission may also be shifted The firmer setting of the suspension tuningin into position j automatically. the Sport drive program ensures even better contact with the road. Select this drive program when employing asporty driving style, e.g. on Adaptive damping system winding country roads. Driving and parking X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button : as many General notes times as necessary until the Sport drive pro- i Mercedes-AMG SLC 43: the adaptive gram is selected. damping system is called AMG RIDE CON- TROL sports suspension. Selecting Sport Plus mode Asuspension with the adaptive damping system The firmer suspension settings in the Sport provides improved driving comfort and contin- Plus drive program ensure even better contact uously controls the calibration of the dampers. with the road. Select this mode when employing The damping characteristicsadapt to the cur- asporty driving style, e.g. on winding country rent operating and driving situation. roads or, ideally,when driving on closed race The damping is tuned individually to each wheel circuits. and depends on: X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button : repeat- Ryour driving style, e.g. sporty edly until the Sport Plus drive program is Rthe road surface conditions selected. Rthe selected drive program (Y page 121).

Selecting the Comfort or Economy drive Parking Assist PARKTRONIC programs Important safety notes Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound. It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensorsinthe frontbumper and four sensorsinthe rear bumper. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC visually and audibly indicates the distancebetween your vehicle and an object. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is not areplacementfor your attention to your immediate surroundings. You are always responsible for safe maneuvering, parking and exitingaparking space. Make sure that there

Z 150 Driving systems

are no persons, animals or objectsinthe pathof The sensorsmust be free from dirt,ice or slush. your vehicle when you are maneuvering or park- They can otherwise notfunction correctly. Clean ing. thesensorsregularly, taking carenot to scratch or damage them (Y page 242). ! When parking,pay particular attention to objectsaboveorbelow thesensors, suchas Range flowerpotsortrailer drawbars. PARKTRONIC does notdetect suchobjectswhen they are in theimmediatevicinityofthe vehicle.You coulddamage thevehicle or theobjects. The sensorsmay notdetect snow and other objectsthatabsorbultrasonic waves. Ultrasonic sources suchasanautomatic car wash, thecompressed-air brakes on atruck or apneumatic drill couldcausePARKTRONIC to malfunction. PARKTRONIC may notfunction correctly on uneven terrain. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated auto-

Driving and parking matically when you: Rswitch on theignition Rshiftthe transmission to position h, k or i Rrelease theelectric parking brake Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivatedat speeds above11mph (18 km/h). It is reactiva- tedatlower speeds.

Range of thesensors Frontsensors General notes Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does nottakeinto Center Approx.40in(approx. accountobstacleslocated: 100cm) Rbelow thedetection range, e.g.people, ani- Corners Approx.24in(approx. mals or objects. 60 cm) Rabovethe detection range, e.g.overhanging loads, truck overhangs or loadingramps. Rear sensors Center Approx.48in(approx. 120cm) Corners Approx.32in(approx. 80 cm)

Minimum distance Center Approx.8in (approx.20cm) Corners Approx.6in (approx.15cm) : Sensorsinthe frontbumper, left-hand side (example) If there is an obstacle within this range, therel- evantwarning displays light up and awarning Driving systems 151 tone sounds.Ifthe distance fallsbelow the min- One or moresegments light up as the vehicle imum,the distance maynolongerbeshown. approaches an obstacle,depending on the vehicle's distance fromthe obstacle.Inaddition, Warningdisplays warning tonesare issued. When the distance to the obstacle is sufficient, youwillhearanintermittent warning tone.The shorter thedistance to the obstacle,the shorter the frequency of the intermittent warning tones becomes. When the minimum distance is reached, youhearacontinuous warning tone.

DeactivatingoractivatingParking arking Assist PARKTRONIC dp

Warning displayfor the front area : Segments on the left-hand side of the vehi- ivi ng an

cle Dr ; Segments on the right-hand side of the vehicle = Segments showing operational readiness The warning displays showthe distance between the sensors and the obstacle.The warning displayfor the front area is locatedon : Deactivatesoractivates Parking Assist the dashboard above the centerair vents.The PARKTRONIC warning displayfor the rearareaislocated ; Indicatorlamp between the rollbars. The warning displayfor each side of the vehicle If indicator lamp ; lights up,Parking Assist is divided into fiveyellowand two red segments. PARKTRONICisdeactivated.Parking Guidance Parking Assist PARKTRONICisoperational if yel- is also deactivated. lowsegments showing operational readiness = i Parking Assist PARKTRONICisautomati- light up. cally activated when youturnthe SmartKeyto The selected transmission positionand the position 2 in the ignition lock. direction in which the vehicleisrolling determine which warning displayisactive when the engine is running. Automatic transmission: Transmission posi- Warningdisplay tion h Frontareaactivated k, i or the vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling backwards activated j No areasactivated

Z 152 Driving systems

Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Only the red segments in Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has been deacti- the Parking Assist vated. PARKTRONIC warning X If problems persist, have Parking Assist PARKTRONIC checked at a displaysare lit. You also qualified specialist workshop. hear awarning tone for approximately two seconds. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated after approximately 20 seconds, and the indicator lamp in the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC button lights up.

Driving and parking Only the red segments in The Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or malfunctioning. the Parking Assist X Clean the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sensors (Y page 242). PARKTRONIC warning X Switch the ignition back on. displaysare lit. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or ultra- deactivated after sound waves. approximately five seconds. X Check to see if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC functions in adifferent location.

Parking Guidance There is arisk of an accident. Important safety notes Do not use Active Parking Assist in these types of situation. Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound. Ultrasound is used to measure ! If they cannot be avoided, drive over obsta- the road on both sides of the vehicle. Asuitable cles such as curbs slowly and at an obtuse parking space is indicated by the parking sym- angle. Otherwise, you may damage the bol. You receive steering instructions when wheels or tires. parking. You can also still use Active Parking If Active Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deacti- Assist PARKTRONIC (Y page 149). vated, Parking Guidance is also unavailable. Parking Guidance is only an aid. It is not a Parking Guidance may also display spaces not replacement for your attention to your immedi- suitable for parking, e.g.: ate surroundings. You are always responsible for safe maneuvering, parking and exiting a Rwhere parking or stopping is prohibited parking space. Make sure that there are no per- Rin front of driveways or entrances and exits sons, animals or objectsinthe maneuvering Ron unsuitable surfaces area when you are maneuvering or parking. Use Parking Guidance for parking spaces: G WARNING Rparalleltothe direction of travel If objectsare located above or below the Ron straight roads, not bends detection range, Active Parking Assist may Rthat are on the same level as the road, i.e. not steer too early. This could cause acollision. on the pavement, for example. Parking Guid- ance may not detect flat curbs Driving systems 153

Parking tips: parking symbol ; as astatusindicator in the Ron narrow roads, drive as closely as possible instrument cluster. past the parking space Whenaparking space hasbeendetected, an = : Rparking spaces that are littered or overgrown arrow towards the right or the left also might be identified or measured incorrectly appears. Parking Guidance only displayspark- R ing spaces on the front-passenger sideasstand- parking spaces that are partially occupied by ard.Parking spaces on the driver'ssideare dis- trailer drawbars might not be identified as played as soonasthe turn signal on the driver's such or be measured incorrectly sideisactivated. To park on the driver'sside, Rsnowfall or heavy rain may lead to aparking youmustleave the driver'ssideturn signal space being measured inaccurately switched on untilyou have engaged reverse Rpay attention to the Active Parking Assist gear. arking PARKTRONIC warning messages during the Parking Guidance will only detect parking Y parking procedure ( page 151) spaces: dp R when transportingaload which protrudes Rthat are paralleltothe direction of travel from your vehicle, you should not use Parking R Guidance that are at least5ft(1.5 m) wide R Rnever use Parking Guidance with snow chains thatare at least4.3 ft (1.3 m) longer thanyour or an emergencyspare wheel fitted vehicle Rmake sure that the tire pressures are always Aparking space is displayed whileyou are driv- Driving an correct. This has adirect effect on the steering past it, and untilyou are approximately50ft ing instructions (15 m) away from it. Rthe way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on vari- Parking ous factors. These include the position and shape of the vehicles parked in frontand Movingthe vehicle into the stopposition behind it and the conditions of the location. In X Stop the vehiclewhenthe parking space sym- some cases, Parking Guidance may guide you bolshows the desired parking space in the too far or not far enough into aparking space. instrument cluster. In some cases, it may also lead you across or X Vehicles with manualtransmission: shift to ontothe curb. If necessary, cancel the park- reverse gear. ing procedure with Parking Guidance. Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift the transmission to position k. Detecting parking spaces The multifunctiondisplay shows the Be Aware of Obstacles Near the Vehicle Press 'OK'toConfirm message.

: Detected parking space on the left ; Parking symbol = Detected parking space on the right Parking Guidance is automatically activated when you drive forwards. The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph (35km/h).While in operation, the system inde- X Press the a button on the multifunction pendently locatesand measures parking spaces steering wheeltoconfirm. on both sides of the vehicle. Whendriving at The multifunctiondisplay switches to Parking speeds below 19 mph (30 km/h), youwillsee Guidance.

Z 154 Driving systems

Depending on your distance fromthe parking different direction and thenchange gear.In space,the Please Drive Backward mes- thiscase, furtherdisplaysinthe multifunction sage will appear in the multifunctiondisplay. displaywilldirect youtothe finalposition. X If necessary,reversetowards the parking X Maneuver if necessary. space.Thisisindicated by an arrow pointing X Alwaysobserve the warning messagesdis- backwards. played by ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC Continuebacking up untilyou hear atone. (Y page 151). Stop –the stop positionhas been reached. The arrow is white. CancelingParking Guidance The Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left mes- X Press the PARKTRONICbutton on the center arking sage appearsinthe multifunctiondisplay. console(Y page 151). ParkingGuidance is immediatelycanceled dp Backingupintothe parking space and ParkingAssist PARKTRONICisswitched off. ParkingGuidance is canceled automaticallyifit is no longerpossibletoguide youinto the park- ivi ng an ing space,orifamalfunctionoccurs.

Dr The parkingspace symbolgoesout and awarning tone sounds.

Rearviewcamera General notes

X Whilethe vehicleisstationary, turnthe steering wheelinthe specifieddirection untilthe arrow is white and awarning tone sounds. X To backupintoaparking space: maintain the steeringwheel angle and back up carefully. X Stop as soonasyou hear awarning tone, The vehiclehas reachedthe positioninwhich youneedtocountersteer. The Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left message appearsinthe multifunctiondisplay. : X Rear viewcamera is an opticalparkingand To countersteer: whilethe vehicleisstation- maneuvering aid. It shows the area behind your ary, turnthe steeringwheel in the specified vehiclewithguide lines in the multimedia sys- direction untilthe arrow is white and awarn- tem. ing tone sounds. X The area behind the vehicleisdisplayed as a To backupintoaparking space: maintain mirror image,asinthe rearviewmirror. the steeringwheel angle and back up carefully. i The text shown in the multimedia system X Stop as soonasyou hear awarning tone,Stop displaydepends on the languagesetting. The as soonasParkingAssist PARKTRONIC following areexamples of rearviewcamera sounds the continuous warning tone,ifnot displays in the multimedia system. before. The Parking Guidance Finished message appearsinthe multifunctiondisplay and a tone sounds.You maybeasked to steerina Driving systems 155

Important safety notes Fortechnical reasons, theflap may remain open briefly after therear viewcamera has The rear viewcamera is only an aid. It is nota been deactivated. replacementfor your attention to your immediate surroundings. You are always responsible Activating/deactivating therearview for safemaneuveringand parking.Makesure that there are no persons, animals or objects in camera themaneuveringarea when you are maneuver- X To activate: makesurethatthe SmartKey is ing or parking. in position 2 in theignition lock. Under thefollowingcircumstances, therear X Makesurethatthe ActivationbyRgear viewcamera will notfunction,orwill function in function is selected in themultimedia system; alimitedmanner: see theDigital Owner'sManual. R if thetrunk lid is open X Engage reversegear. Rin heavyrain,snoworfog The rear viewcamera flap opens. The multi- Rat night or in verydark places media system shows thearea behind thevehi- Rif thecamera is exposed to verybright light cle withguide lines. Rif thearea is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED The imagefromthe rear viewcamera is avail- lighting (the display may flicker) able throughout themaneuveringprocess. R To deactivate: if there is asuddenchangeintemperature, therear viewcamera deacti- Driving and parking e.g. when driving intoaheated garage in win- vates if you driveforwards ashort distances or ter shiftthe transmission to j. Rif thecamera lensisdirtyorobstructed. The inner segments of thewarning indicator are Observethe notesoncleaning displayed in red if there is acomplete system (Y page 242) failure. The indicator lamp in thePARKTRONIC Rif therear of your vehicleisdamaged. In this buttonlights up. case, havethe camera position and setting If therear system fails: checkedataqualified specialist workshop Rtherear segments are displayed in red when The field of vision and other functionsofthe rear reversing viewcamera may be restricted due to additional Rtherear segments are notdisplayed when accessories on therear of thevehicle(e.g. driving forwards license plateholder, bicycle rack). On vehicles withheight-adjustable chassis, Displaysinthe multimediasystem leaving thestandard height can result in inac- curaciesint he guide lines, depending on tech- The rear viewcamera may showadistorted view nical conditions. of obstacles, showthemincorrectlyornot at all. The rear viewcamera does notshowobjects in i The contrastofthe display may be affected thefollowingpositions: by thesuddenpresence of sunlightorother lightsources, e.g. when exiting agarage. Pay Rveryclose to therear bumper particular attention in this situation. Runder therear bumper R i If usabilityisseverely restricted, e.g. due to in close range abovethe handle on thetrunk pixel errors,have thedisplay repairedor lid replaced. ! Objects notatground level may appear to i The rear viewcamera is protected from rain- be further away than they actually are, e.g.: drops and dust by meansofaflap.When the Rthebumper of aparked vehicle rear viewcamera is activated, this flap opens. Rthedrawbar of atrailer The flap closes again when: Rtheball couplingofatrailer towhitch Ryou havefinishedthe maneuveringprocess Rtherear section of an HGV Ryou switch off theengine Raslantedpost Ryou open thetrunk Observethe notesoncleaning (Y page 242).

Z 156 Driving systems

Use the guidelines only for orientation. Approach objects no further than the bottom- most guideline.

: Front warning display ; Additional measurement operational readiness indicator for Parking Assist : Yellowguide line at adistance of approx- PARKTRONIC imately 13 ft (4.0 m) from the rear of the = Rear warning display vehicle Vehicles with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC: ; White guide line without steering input – when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera- Driving and parking vehicle width including the exterior mirrors tional (Y page 150), additional measurement (static) operational readiness indicator ; appears in = Yellowguide line for the vehicle width the multimedia system. If the Parking Assist including the exterior mirrors, at the current PARKTRONIC warning displays are active or steering wheel angle (dynamic) light up, warning displays : and = are also ? Yellowlane marking the course the tires will active or light up correspondingly in the multi- take at the current steering wheel angle media system. (dynamic) "Reverse parking" function

Backing up straight into aparking space without steering input

A Yellowguide line at adistance of approximately 3ft(1.0 m) from the rear of the vehicle B Vehicle center axle (marker assistance) C Bumper : White guide line without steering input – D Red guide line at adistance of approximately vehicle width including the exterior mirrors 12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicle (static) The guide lines are shown when the transmis- ; Yellowguide line for the vehicle width sion is in position k. including the exterior mirrors, at the current The distance specifications only apply to steering wheel angle (dynamic) objects that are at ground level. Driving systems 157

= Yellow guide line at adistance of approximately 3ft(1.0m)from the rear of the vehicle ? Red guide line at adistance of approximately 12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicle X Make sure that the rear view camerais switched on (Y page 155). The lane and the guide lines are shown. X With the help of white guide line :,check whether the vehicle will fit intothe parking space. X Usingwhite guide line : as aguide, carefully : Yellow guide line for the vehicle width back up until you reach the end position. including the exterior mirrors, at the current Red guide line ? is thenatthe end of the steeringwheel angle (dynamic) parking space. The vehicle is almost parallel X in the parking space. Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly in frontofthe parking space. Reverse perpendicular parking with steer- The white lane should be as close to parallel ing input with the parking space marking as possible. Driving and parking

: : Parking space marking Whiteguide line at the current steeringinput ; ; Yellow guide line for the vehicle width Parking space marking including the exterior mirrors, at the current X Turn the steeringwheel to the center position steeringwheel angle (dynamic) while the vehicle is stationary. X Drive past the parking space and bringthe vehicle to astandstill. X Make sure that the rear view camerais switched on (Y page 155). The lane and the guide lines are shown. X While the vehicle is at astandstill, turn the steeringwheel in the direction of the parking space until yellow guide line ; reaches parking space marking :. X Maintain the steeringinput and reverse carefully.

: Red guide line at adistance of approximately 12 in (0.30m)from the rear of the vehicle ; Whiteguide line without steeringinput = Endofparking space

Z 158 Drivingsystems

X Back up carefully untilyou havereached the The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is finalposition. restricted and warnings may be delayed or not Redguide line : is then at end of parking occuratall: = space .The vehicle is almost parallel in the Rif the roadcondition is poor, e.g. if the surface parking space. is uneven or if there are potholes Rif there is astrong sidewind 180°view Rif youhaveadoptedasporty driving stylewith highcornering speeds or highratesofaccel- eration Rif youare predominantly driving slowerthan 50 mph (80 km/h)orfaster than 112 mph (180 km/h) Rif youare currently using COMAND or making

nd parking atelephone callwithit Rif the time has beenset incorrectly ga Rin active driving situations, such as whenyou changelanes or changeyourspeed ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aidtothe driver. It Drivin might not always recognize fatigueorincreasing : Symbol for the 180° viewfunction inattentiveness in time or failtorecognize them ; Yourvehicle at all. The system is not asubstitute for awell- = Warning displaysfor Parking Assist restedand attentive driver. PARKTRONIC You can also use the rearviewcamera to select Warningand display messagesinthe a180° view. multifunctiondisplay WhenParking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera- X Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on- tional(Y page 150), asymbol for your own vehi- board computer (Y page 171). cle appears in the multimedia system. If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC warning displays If ATTENTION ASSIST is active, youwillbe are active, warning displays = light up in the warned no sooner than 20 minutes afteryour multimedia system in yellow or red accordingly. journey has begun. You then hearaninter- mittent warning tone twice and the ATTEN‐ TION ASSIST: Take aBreak! message ATTENTION ASSIST appears in the multifunction display. X If necessary, take abreak. Important safety notes X Pressthe a or % button to confirmthe message. ATTENTION ASSIST helps youduring long, monotonous journeys, such as on highways.Itis On long journeys, take regularbreaks in good active in the rangebetween 50 mph (80 km/h) time to allow yourself to rest properly. If youdo and 112 mph (180 km/h). not take abreak and ATTENTION ASSIST still detects increasing lapsesinconcentration, you If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typicalindicators will be warned againafter15minutes at the of fatigueorincreasing lapsesinconcentration earliest. on the part of the driver, it suggests youtake a break. ATTENTION ASSIST is resetwhenyou continue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level of fati- againif: gueorlapsesinconcentration by taking the following criteria into account: Ryouswitch off the engine R Ryour personaldriving style, e.g. steering char- youtake off your seatbeltand openthe driv- acteristics er's door, e.g. for achangeofdrivers or to take abreak Rjourney details, e.g. time of dayand length of journey Driving systems 159

When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, the attentive driving. Always ensure that there is é symbol appears in the multifunction dis- sufficientdistancetothe side for other road play in the assistancegraphics display. users and obstacles. Vehicles with COMAND: if awarning is output i USA only: in the multifunction display, aservice station search is performed in the multimedia system. This device has been approved by the FCC as You can select aservice station and navigation a"Vehicular Radar System". The radar sensor to this service station will then begin. This func- is intended for use in an automotiveradar tion can be activated and deactivated in the system only. Removing, tamperingwith, or multimedia system. altering the device will void any warranties, and is not permitted by the FCC. Do not tamper with, alter, or use in any non-approved way. Lane Tracking package Anyunauthorized modification to this device General notes could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist (Y page 159) and Lane Keeping Radar sensors Assist (Y page 161). The radar sensorsfor Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the rear bumper. Make sure that the Driving and parking Blind Spot Assist bumpers are free from dirt, ice or slush. The sensorsmust not be covered, for example by General notes cycle racks or overhangingloads. Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the Blind Spot Assist monitors the areas on either bumpers, have the function of the radar sensors side of the vehicle that are not visible to the checked at aqualified specialist workshop. driver with two lateral, rear-facing radar sen- Blind Spot Assist may no longer work properly. sors. Awarning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the Monitoring range of the sensors monitored area. If you then switch on the cor- In particular, the detection of obstacles can be respondingturn signal to change lane, you will impaired if: also receive an optical and audible warning. R Blind Spot Assist supports you from aspeed of there is dirt on the sensorsoranything else approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). coveringthe sensors R For Blind Spot Assist to assist you, the radar there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy sensor system must be operational. rain, snow or spray Rthere are narrow vehicles, e.g. motorcycles or Important safety notes bicycles R G WARNING the road has very wide lanes Rthe road has narrow lanes Blind Spot Assist does not react to: Ryou are not driving in the middle of the lane Rvehicles overtaken too closely on the side, Rthere are barriers or other road boundaries placing them in the blind spot area Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not Rvehicles which approach with alarge speed indicated. differential and overtake your vehicle As aresult, Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations.There is arisk of an accident. Always observe the traffic conditions carefully, and maintain asafe lateral distance.

Blind Spot Assist is only an aid. It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitutefor Z 160 Driving systems

Blind Spot Assist is not activeatspeeds below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated. When Blind Spot Assist is activated, indicator lamp : in the exterior mirrorslights up yellow at speeds of up to 20 mph (30km/h).Atspeeds above 20 mph (30 km/h), the indicator lamp goesout and Blind Spot Assist is operational. If avehicleisdetected within the blind spot monitoring rangeatspeeds above 20 mph (30 km/h), warning lamp : on the corresponding sidelights up red.Thiswarning is always emitted when avehicleentersthe blind spot monitoring rangefrom behind or from the side. Whenyou overtake avehicle, the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7mph (12 km/h). The yellow indicator lamp goesout if reverse Blind Spot Assist monitors the areaupto10ft gearisengaged.Inthis event, Blind Spot Assist

Driving and parking (3.0 m) behind your vehicle and directly nextto is no longer active. your vehicle, as shown in the diagram. For this The brightness of the indicator/warning lamps purpose, Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensorsin is adjustedautomaticallyaccording to the ambi- the rear bumper. ent light. If the lanes are narrow, vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane nexttoyour vehicle may be Collisionwarning indicated, especially if the vehicles are not driv- If avehicleisdetected in the monitoring rangeof ing in the middle of their lane. This may be the Blind Spot Assist and youswitch on the corre- case if thereare vehicles driving at the inner sponding turn signal,adoublewarning tone edge of their lanes. sounds. Redwarning lamp : flashes. If the turn Due to the natureofthe system: signal remains on, vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp :. Rwarningsmay be issued in error when driving There are no further warning tones. close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders. SwitchingonBlind SpotAssist R warningsmay be interrupted when driving X Makesure that Blind Spot Assist alongside long vehicles, e.g. trucks, for apro- (Y page 171)isactivatedinthe on-board longed time. computer. Indicator and warning display X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock. Warning lamps : in the exteriormirrors light up red for approximately 1.5 seconds and then turn yellow.

: Yellow indicator lamp/red warning lamp Driving systems 161

Lane Keeping Assist You should always steer, brakeoraccelerate yourself, in particular if warned by LaneKeep- General notes ing Assist.

If you fail to adapt your driving style, LaneKeep- ing Assist can neither reducethe risk of an acci- dentnor override thelaws of physics. Lane Keeping Assist cannot takeintoaccount the road, traffic and weather conditions. LaneKeep- ing Assist is merely an aid. You are responsible for thedistancetothe vehicle in front,for vehicle speed,for braking in good timeand for staying in your lane. The LaneKeeping Assist does not keepthe vehicle in thelane. LaneKeeping Assist monitors thearea in front of The system may be impaired or may not function your vehicle with camera :,whichismounted if: at thetop of thewindshield. LaneKeeping Assist Rthere is poor visibility, e.g.due to insufficient

detectslane markingsonthe road and warns illuminationofthe road, or due to snow, rain, Driving and parking you before you leave your lane unintentionally. fog or spray If you select km on theon-board computerinthe Rthere is glare,e.g.fromoncomingtraffic, the DisplayUnitSpeed-/Odometer function sun or reflections(e.g. when theroad surface (Y page 172), LaneKeeping Assist is active is wet) starting at aspeed of 60 km/h. If the miles Rthewindshieldisdirty, fogged up, damagedor display unit is selected,the assistance range covered,for instance by asticker, in thevicin- beginsat40mph. ity of thecamera Awarning may be givenifafront wheel passes Rthere are no, several or unclear lane markings over alane marking.Itwill warn you by meansof for alane, e.g.inareas with road construction intermittent vibrationinthe steeringwheel for work up to 1.5seconds. Rthelane markingsare worn away, dark or cov- Important safety notes ered up, e.g.bydirt or snow R G WARNING thedistancetothe vehicle in front is toosmall and thelane markingsthuscannot be detec- LaneKeeping Assist cannot always clearly ted detect lane markings. Rthelane markingschange quickly, e.g.lanes In such cases, LaneKeeping Assist can: branch off,cross one another or merge Rtheroadis narrow and winding Rgive an unnecessarywarning Rthere are strongshadows cast on theroad Rnot give awarning Thereisarisk of an accident. Switching on Lane Keeping Assist X Always pay particular attention to thetraffic Switch on LaneKeeping Assist usingthe on- board computer; to do so, select Standard situationand keepwithin thelane, especially or Adaptive (Y page 171). if LaneKeeping Assist alertsyou. If you driveatspeedsabove 40 mph (60 km/h) and lane markings are detected, G WARNING thelinesinthe assistance graphicsdisplay Y The LaneKeeping Assist warning does not ( page 170) are showningreen. LaneKeep- ing Assist is ready for use. return thevehicle to theoriginal lane. Thereis arisk of an accident.

Z 162 Driving systems

Standard If Standard is selected, no warning vibration occurs if: Ryou switch on the turn signals. In this event, the warnings are suppressed for acertain period of time Radriving safety system intervenes, such as ABS,BAS or ESP® Adaptive When Adaptive is selected, no warning vibration occurs if: Ryou switch on the turn signals. In this event, the warnings are suppressed for acertain period of time Radriving safety system intervenes, e.g. ABS, BAS or ESP® Ryou accelerate hard, e.g. kickdown Driving and parking Ryou brake hard Ryou steer actively, e.g. swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly Ryou cut the corner on asharp bend In order that you are warned only when necessary and in good time if you cross the lane marking, the system recognizes certain conditions and warns you accordingly. The warning vibration occurs earlier if: Ryou approach the outer lane marking on a bend Rthe road has very wide lanes, e.g. afreeway Rthe system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if: Rthe road has narrow lanes Ryou cut the corner on abend Displaysand operation 163

Important safety notes X Turn thebrightness control knob clockwise or counter-clockwise. Y G If you turnthe lightswitch ( page 95)tothe WARNING Ã, T or L position,the brightness If you operate information systems and com- will depend upon thebrightness of theambi- munication equipmentintegratedinthe vehi- entlight. cle when driving,you may be distractedfrom The lightsensor in theinstrumentcluster thetraffic situation.You could also lose con- automatically controlsthe brightness of the multifunction display. In daylight, thedisplays trol of thevehicle. Thereisariskofanacci- in theinstrumentclusterare notilluminated. dent. Only operate this equipmentwhen thetraffic situation permits. If you are notsurethatthis Speedometer with segments is possible,park thevehiclepayingattention to traffic conditionsand operate theequip- The segments in thespeedometer indicate whichspeedrange is available.

mentwhen thevehicleisstationary. omputer and displays RCruisecontrolactivated (Y page 138): You must observethe legal requirements for the The segments lightupfromthe storedspeed country in whichyou are currentlydriving when to themaximum speed. operating theon-board computer. RDistancePilot DISTRONICisactivated Y G WARNING ( page 140):

Oneortwo segments in theset speedrange On-boar dc If theinstrumentclusterhas failedormal- lightup. functioned, you may notrecognize function RDistancePilot DISTRONICdetects avehiclein restrictionsinsystems relevanttosafety. The frontmoving moreslowly than thestored operating safetyofyour vehiclemay be speed: impaired.Thereisariskofanaccident. The segments between thespeedofthe vehi- Drive on carefully. Havethe vehiclechecked cle in frontand thestoredspeedlightup. at aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Tachometer The on-board computer only shows messagesor ! warningsfromcertainsystems in themultifunc- Do notdriveinthe overrevving range, as this tion display. You should thereforemakesure could damagethe engine. your vehicleisoperating safely at all times. The red bandinthe tachometer indicates the If theoperating safetyofyour vehicleis engine's overrevving range. impaired,pull overassoonasitissafetodoso. The fuel supplyisinterrupted to protect the Contactaqualified specialist workshop. enginewhen thered bandisreached. Foranoverview, see theinstrumentpanel illustration (Y page 32). Outsidetemperaturedisplay

Displaysand operation You should pay special attention to road condi- tionswhen temperatures are aroundfreezing Instrumentcluster lighting point. Bearinmindthatthe outside temperature dis- The lighting in theinstrumentcluster, in thedisplay indicates thetemperature measured and plays and thecontrols in thevehicleinterior can does notrecord theroad temperature. be adjusted usingthe brightness control knob. The outside temperature display is in themulti- The brightness control knob is locatedonthe function display (Y page 165). bottomleftofthe instrumentcluster Achangeinthe outside temperature is shown in Y ( page 32). themultifunction display after adelay.

Z 164 Displays and operation

Coolanttemperaturegauge Operatingthe on-boardcomputer G WARNING Overview Opening thehood when theengineisover- heated or when there is afireinthe engine compartmentcouldexpose you to hot gases or other serviceproducts. Thereisariskof injury. Let an overheatedenginecooldown before opening thehood.Ifthere is afireinthe enginecompartment, keep thehood closed and contactthe firedepartment.

! Adisplay message is shown if thecoolant

omputer and displays temperatureistoo high. If thecoolant temperatureisover248 ‡ (120†), do notcontinue driving.The engine will otherwise be damaged. The coolant temperaturegage is in theinstru- Y mentclusteronthe right-handside ( page 32). : Multifunction display On-boar dc The H markinginthe coolant temperaturegauge ; Right control panel corresponds to acoolant temperatureof = Leftcontrol panel approximately 248‡(120†). X Under normal operatingconditionsand at the To activate theon-boardcomputer: turn correctcoolant level, thecoolant temperature theSmartKey to position 1 in theignition gauge may risetothe H marking. lock. You can control themultifunction display and thesettings in theon-board computer usingthe buttons on themultifunction steering wheel.

Left control panel

= RCalls up themenuand menubar ; 9 Press briefly: : RScrollsinlists RSelectsasubmenuorfunction RIn the Audio menu: selectsthe previous or next station, when the preset list or stationlist is active, or an audio track or videoscene RIn the Tel (telephone)menu: switches to thephonebook and selects anameortelephone number Displays and operation 165

9 Press and hold: Vehicles with the COMAND multimedia system: you can find further information on the Voice : RIn the Audio menu: selects apre- Control System in the separate operating set list or astation list in the instructions. desired frequency range, selects an audio track or video scene using rapid scrolling Multifunction display RIn the Tel (Telephone) menu: starts rapid scrolling if the phone book is open a RConfirms the selection or display message RIn the Tel (Telephone) menu: switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number % Press briefly: RBack RSwitches off voice-operated control for navigation or the Voice

Control System On-board computer and displays RHides display messages or calls up the last Trip menu function used RExitsthe telephone book/redial : Y memory Drive program ( page 122) ; Transmission position (Y page 122) % Press and hold: = Text field RCallsupthe standard display in the ? Menu bar Trip menu A Time B Outside temperature or speed Right control panel (Y page 172) Set the time using the multimedia system; see ~ RRejects or ends acall the Digital Operator's Manual. RExitsthe telephone book/redial X To display menu bar ?: press the = memory or ; button on the steering wheel. If you do not press the buttons any longer, 6 RMakes or accepts acall menu bar ? is faded out after afew seconds. RSwitches to the redial memory Text field = shows the selected menu or sub- W RAdjusts the volume menu and display messages. X Possible displays in the multifunction display: 8 RMute RZ Gearshift recommendation, when shifting R ? Switches on voice-operated con- manually (Y page 128) trol for navigation or the Voice Rj Parking Guidance (Y page 152) Control System RCRUISE Cruise control (Y page 138) R_ Adaptive Highbeam Assist (Y page 98) You can find further information on voice-oper- R Y ated control for navigation in the manufactur- è ECO start/stop function ( page 118) er's operating instructions in vehicles with an Rë HOLD function (Y page 148) Audio 20 multimedia system.

Z 166 Menus and submenus

Menus and submenus = Average speed ? Average fuel consumption Menu overview X Press the = or ; button on the steering Using the = or ; button on the steering wheeltoselect the Trip menu. wheel, open the menu bar. X Press the 9 or : button to select Operating the on-board computer(Y page164). From Start or From Reset. Depending on the vehicleequipment, you can The values in the From Start submenu are cal- select the following menu: culated from the start of ajourney whilst the RTrip menu (Y page166) values in the From Reset submenu are calcu- R lated from the lasttime the submenu was reset Navi menu (navigationinstructions) Y (Y page167) ( page167). RAudio menu (Y page168) In the following cases,the trip computerisauto- matically reset From Start: R Y Tel menu (telephone) ( page169) R R the ignitionhas been switched off for more DriveAssist menu (assistance) than four hours. (Y page170) R999 hourshave beenexceeded. RServ. menu (Y page171) R9,999 mileshave been exceeded. RSett. menu (settings) (Y page172) When 9,999 hours or 99,999 mileshave been R AMG menu (Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) exceeded, the trip computer is automatically (Y page175) reset From Reset. On-board computer and displays ECOdisplay Trip menu X Press the = or ; button on the steering Standard display wheeltoselect the Trip menu. X Press the 9 or : button to select ECO DISPLAY. If the ignitionremains switched off for longer than four hours,the ECO display willbeauto- matically reset. For more information on the ECO display,see (Y page135).

X Press and hold the % button on the steer- Displayingthe range and current fuel ing wheeluntil the Trip menu with trip odom- consumption eter : and odometer ; appears.

Trip computer "From Start" or "From Reset"

X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheeltoselect the Trip menu. X Press 9 or : to select the display with approximate range : and current fuel con- : Distance sumption ;. ; Driving time Approximate range : that can be covered is calculated according to yourcurrent driving Menus and submenus 167

style and the amount of fuel in the tank. If Navigation system menu there is only asmall amount of fuel left in the fuel tank, avehicle being refueled C Displaying navigation instructions appears instead of approximate range :. Recuperation display = shows you if energy In the Navi menu, the multifunction display has been recuperated from the kinetic energy shows navigation instructions. in overrun mode and saved in the battery. Observe the additional information on naviga- Recuperation display = depends on the tion in the Digital Operator's Manual of the mul- engine installed and is therefore not available timedia system. in all vehicles. X Switch on the multimedia system (see the Digital Operator's Manual) Digital speedometer X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Navi menu. X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu. Route guidance not active X Press the 9 or : button to select the digital speedometer. Agearshift recommendation Z may also appearinthe display. Observe the information on gearshift recommendation when shifting manually (Y page 128). Mercedes-AMG SLC 43: agearshift recom- On-board computer and displays mendation is shown in the status bar of the multifunction displayand not in the digital : Direction of travel speedometer display. ; Current road

Resetting values Route guidance active X Press the = or ; button on the steering No change of direction announced wheel to select the Trip menu. X Press the 9 or : button to select the function that you wish to reset. X Press a to confirm your selection. X Press : to select Yes and press a to confirm. You can reset the values of the following functions: : Distance to destination RTrip odometer ; Distance to the next change of direction R"From Start" trip computer = Current road R"From Reset" trip computer ? "Follow the road's course" symbol RECO display If you reset the values in the ECO display, the values in the "From Start" trip computer are also reset. If you reset the values in the "From Start" trip computer, the values in the ECO displayare also reset.

Z 168 Menusand submenus

Change of direction announced without a Other status indicators of thenaviga- lane recommendation tion system

: Road intowhichthe change of direction The navigation system displays additional infor- leads mation and thevehicle status. ; Distance to change of direction and visual Possible displays: distancedisplay = Change-of-direction symbol RNew Route... or Calculating Route...

omputer and displays When achange of direction is announced,you Anew routeiscalculated. will see change-of-direction symbol = and dis- RRoadNot Mapped tance graphic ;.The distanceindicator short- The vehicle position is inside thearea of the ens towards thetop of thedisplay as you digital map but theroad is notrecognized, e.g. approach thepointofthe announced change of newly built streets, car parksorprivate land. direction. RNo Route On-boar dc Change of direction announced with a No routecouldbecalculatedtothe selected lane recommendation destination. RO You have reached thedestination or an intermediate destination.

Audio menu Selecting aradio station : Road intowhichthe change of direction leads ; Distance to change of direction and visual distancedisplay = Lanes notrecommended ? Recommendedlane and new lane duringa change of direction A Change-of-direction symbol : Activestationlist On multilane roads,new lane recommendations ; Stationfrequency with memory position can be displayedfor thenextchange of direction if thedigital map supportsthisdata. During the The multifunction display showsstation ; with change of direction,new lanesmay be added. stationfrequency or stationname. The preset Lanenot recommended =:you will notbeable position is only displayedalongwith station ; if to completethe nextchange of direction if you this has been stored. stay in this lane. X Switch on themultimedia system and select Recommendedlane and new lane duringa radio (see theDigital Operator's Manual). change of direction ?:inthislane you will be X Pressthe = or ; button on thesteering able to completethe nexttwo changes of direc- wheel to selectthe Audio menu. tionwithout changinglane. X To select apreset list or station list: press and briefly hold the 9 or : button until Menus and submenus 169

the presetlistorstationlistinthe desired X Switch on the multimedia systemand select frequency range is shown. video DVD (see the DigitalOperator'sMan- X To select astation: brieflypress 9 ual). or :. X Press the = or ; button on the steering ® wheeltoselect the Audio menu. SIRIUS XM satellite radioacts like anormal X radio. To select the next or previous scene: brieflypress the 9 or : button. For moreinformation on radiooperation, see X "Satellite radio" in the DigitalOperator'sMan- To select ascene fromthe scenelist ual. (rapid scrolling): press and holdthe 9 or : button untildesired scene : Operatinganaudioplayer or audio appears. media Telephonemenu Introduction

G WARNING If youoperate information systems and com- municationequipment integrated in the vehicle when driving, youmay be distracted from

Audio data fromvarious audiodevices or media On-board computer and displays can be played,depending on the equipment the trafficsituation. Youcould also lose con- installedinthe vehicle. trol of the vehicle. There is ariskofanacci- X Switch on the multimedia systemand select dent. CD or MP3mode(seethe DigitalOwner's Onlyoperate thisequipment when the traffic Manual). situationpermits. If youare not sure thatthis X Press the = or ; button on the steering is possible, park the vehiclepayingattention wheeltoselect the Audio menu. to trafficconditions and operate the equip- X To select the next/previous track: briefly ment when the vehicleisstationary. press the 9 or : button. X To select atrackfromthe tracklist(rapid When telephoning,you must observe the legal scrolling): press and holdthe 9 or : requirements for the country in which youare button untildesired track : appears. currentlydriving. If youpress and holdthe 9 or : button, X Switch on the mobilephone (see the manu- the rapidscrolling speedisincreased. Not all facturer’soperating instructions). audiodrives or data carriers support thisfunc- X Switch on the multimedia system(seethe tion. DigitalOperator'sManual) If track information is stored on the audio X EstablishaBluetooth® connectiontothe mul- deviceormedium, the multifunctiondisplay timedia system(Y page 215). will showthe numberand titleofthe track. X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheeltoselect the Tel menu. VideoDVD operation Youwillsee one of the following displaymessagesinthe multifunctiondisplay: RPhone READY or the nameofthe network provider: the mobilephone hasfound anetwork and is ready to receive. RPhone No Service:there is no network availableorthe mobilephone is searching for anetwork.

Z 170 Menusand submenus

Accepting acall Redialing If someonecallsyou when you are in the Tel The on-board computer saves thelast names or menu, adisplay message appearsinthe multi- numbersdialed in theredial memory. function display. X Press the = or ; buttononthe steering You can accept acall at any time regardless of wheeltoselect the Tel menu. themenuselected. X Press the 6 buttontoswitch to theredial X isplays Press the 6 buttononthe steering wheel memory. to accept an incoming call. X Press the 9 or : buttontoselect the desired nameornumber. Rejects or endsacall X Press the 6 or a buttontostart dialing. or X Press the ~ buttononthe steering wheel X to rejectorend acall. To exit theredial memory: press the ~ or % button.

omputer an dd Selecting an entry in thephone book X Press the = or ; buttononthe steering Assistance menu wheeltoselect the Tel menu. X Press the 9, : or a buttonto Introduction switch to thephone book. Dependingonyour vehicle's equipment, in the X Authorizeaccess to thephone book on the On-boar dc DriveAssist menu, you havethe following phone. options: X Press : or 9 to select thenames one RDisplaying theassistancegraphic after theother. (Y page 170) or RActivating/deactivating Active Brake Assist X To startrapid scrolling: press and hold (Y page 171) the : or 9 buttonfor longer than one RActivating/deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST second. (Y page 171) The names in thephone book are displayed RActivating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist quicklyone after theother. (Y page 171) Rapid scrollingstops when you release the RActivating/deactivating LaneKeepingAssist buttonorreachthe endofthe list. (Y page 171) X If only one telephone number is storedfor 6 a aname: press the or buttonto Displaying theassistance graphic start dialing. or X If there is morethanone number for a particular name: press the 6 or a buttontodisplay thenumbers. X Press the 9 or : buttontoselect the number you want to dial. X Press the 6 or a buttontostart dialing. or X To exit thetelephone book: press the ~ or % button. Menus and submenus 171

X Press the = or ; button on the steering Activating/deactivating Blind Spot wheel to select the DriveAssist menu. Assist X Press the 9 or : button to select X Assist. Graphic. Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu. X Press a to confirm your selection. X The multifunction display shows the Distance Press the 9 or : button to select Assist DISTRONIC distancedisplay in the Blind Spot Assist. assistancegraphic display. X Press a to confirm your selection. The assistancegraphic shows you the status The currentselection appears. of and/or information from other driving sys- X To activate/deactivate: press the a but- tems or driving safety systems: ton again. RDistance Assist DISTRONIC (Y page 140) Further information on Blind Spot Assist RActive Brake Assist (Y page 58) (Y page 159). RATTENTION ASSIST (Y page 158) RLane Keeping Assist (Y page 161) Activating/deactivating Lane Keeping Assist Activating/deactivating Active Brake X Press the = or ; button on the steering Assist wheel to select the DriveAssist menu. X 9 : You can use this function to activateordeacti- Press the or button to select Lane Keeping Assist vate Active Brake Assist. .

X a On-board computer and displays X = ; Press to confirm your selection. Press the or button on the steering The currentselection appears. wheel to select the DriveAssist menu. X a X 9 : Press again. Press the or button to select X Brake Assist. Press : or 9 to set Off, Standard or Adaptive X a . Press to confirm. X The currentselection appears. Press the a button to save the setting. When Lane Keeping Assist is activated, the X To activate/deactivate: a press the but- multifunction display shows the lane mark- ton again. ings as bright lines in the assistancegraphic. When Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the æ symbol appears in the multifunction dis- Further information on Lane Keeping Assist play in the assistancegraphic display. (Y page 161). Further information on Active Brake Assist (Y page 58). Service menu Setting ATTENTION ASSIST Dependingonthe equipment installed in the X vehicle, you have the following options in the Press the = or ; button on the steering Serv. menu: DriveAssist wheel to select the menu. R Y X Calling up display messages ( page 178) Press the 9 or : button to select R Attention Assist Restartingthe tire pressure loss warning sys- . Y X tem ( page 267) Press a to confirm your selection. R The currentselection appears. Checking the tire pressure electronically (Y page 267) X To activate/deactivate: press the a but- RCalling up the service due date ton again. Y When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, the ( page 237) é symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistancegraphics display. For further information about ATTENTION ASSIST, see (Y page 158).

Z 172 Menus and submenus

Settings menu X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Sett. menu. Introduction X Press the : or 9 button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu. Depending on the equipment installed in the X a vehicle, in the Sett. menu you have the follow- Press to confirm. ing options: X Press the : or 9 button to select the Permanent Display: RChanging the instrumentcluster settings function. Outside Temperature (Y page 172) The current setting, Speedometer [km/h] Speedometer R Y or or Changing the light settings ( page 172) [mph],appears. R Y Changing the vehicle settings ( page 173) X To change the setting: press a again. RChanging the convenience settings (Y page 174) Lights RRestoring the factory settings (Y page 175) Setting the daytime running lamps Instrument cluster This function is not available in Canada. Selecting the distance unit X Press the = or ; button on the steering Sett. The Display Unit Speed-/Odometer: func- wheel to select the menu. tion allowsyou to choose whether certain dis- X Press the : or 9 button to select the playsappear in kilometers or miles in the mul- Light submenu.

On-board computer and displays tifunction display. X Press a to confirm. X Press the = or ; button on the steering X Press the : or 9 button to select the wheel to select the Sett. menu. Daytime Running Lights function. X Press the : or 9 button to select the If the Daytime Running Lights function has Instrument Cluster submenu. been switched on, the cone of light and the W symbol in the multifunction display are X a Press to confirm. shown in orange. X : 9 Press the or button to select the X Press the a button to save the setting. Display Unit Speed-/Odometer: function. Further information on daytime running lamps The current setting km or miles appears. (Y page 95). X Press the a button to save the setting. Setting the brightness of the ambient The selected unit of measurement for distance lighting appliesto: X Press the = or ; button on the steering Rthe digital speedometer in the Trip menu wheel to select the Sett. menu. Rthe odometer and trip odometer X Press the : or 9 button to select the Rthe trip computer Light submenu. Rthe current consumption and the range X Press a to confirm. Rnavigation instructions in the Navi menu X Press the : or 9 button to select the Rcruise control Amb. Light +/- function. The current settingappears. RDistanceAssist DISTRONIC X Press a to confirm. RASSYST PLUS service interval display X Press the : or 9 button to adjust the Selecting permanent display brightness to any level from Off to Level 5 The Permanent Display: function allowsyou (bright). to choose whether the multifunction display X Press the a or % button to save the always shows the outside temperature or the setting. speed. The speed display is inverse to the speedometer. Menus and submenus 173

Setting the ambient lighting color matic headlamp mode is activated Y X Press the = or ; button on the steering ( page 95). wheel to select the Sett. menu. Rexterior lighting delayed switch-off: the X Press the : or 9 button to select the exterior lighting remains lit for 60 seconds Light submenu. after the engine is switched off. If you close all X a the doors and the trunk lid, the exterior light- Press to confirm. ing goes off after 15 seconds. X : 9 Press the or button to select the Depending on your vehicle's equipment, when Amb. Light Col. function. the surround lighting and delayed switch-off X Press a to confirm. exterior lighting are on, the following light up: X : 9 Press the or button to set the color Rparking lamps to SOLAR, SOLAR Orange or SOLAR Red. Rlow-beam headlamps X a % Press the or button to save the R setting. daytime running lamps Rside marker lamps Activating/deactivating surround light- Rsurround lighting in the exterior mirrors ing and exterior lighting delayed switchoff Activating/deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch-off X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Sett. menu. If you activate the Interior Lighting Delay function, the interior lighting remains on for X Press the : or 9 button to select the 20 seconds after you remove the SmartKey from Lights submenu. On-board computer and displays the ignition lock. X Press a to confirm. X = ; X Press the or button on the steering Press : or 9 to select the Surround wheel to select the Sett. menu. Lighting function. X : 9 If the Surround Lighting function is activa- Press the or button to select the Light ted, the multifunction display shows the light submenu. cone and the area around the vehicle in X Press a to confirm. orange. X Press the : or 9 button to select the X Press the a button to save the setting. Interior Lighting Delay function. When the Interior Lighting Delay func- Deactivating exterior lighting delayed switch-off tion is activated, the vehicle interior is dis- temporarily: played in orange in the multifunction display. X Before leaving the vehicle, turn the SmartKey X Press the a button to save the setting. to position u in the ignition lock. X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- Vehicle tion lock. Exterior lighting delayed switch-offisdeacti- Activating/deactivating the automatic vated. door locking mechanism Exterior lighting delayed switch-offisreactiva- If you activate the Automatic Door Lock func- ted the next time you start the engine. tion, the vehicle is centrally locked above a If you have activated the Surround Lighting speed of approximately 9mph (15 km/h). Ã function and you turn the light switch to , X the following functions are activated when it is Press the = or ; button on the steering dark: wheel to select the Sett. menu. X Rsurround lighting: the exterior lighting Press the : or 9 button to select the Vehicle remains lit for 40 seconds after unlocking submenu. with the SmartKey. If you start the engine, the X Press a to confirm. surround lighting is switched off and auto-

Z 174 Menus and submenus

X Press the : or 9 button to select the X Press the = or ; button on the steering Automatic Door Lock function. wheel to select the Sett. menu. When the Automatic Door Lock function is X Press the : or 9 button to select the activated, the multifunction display shows the Convenience submenu. left-hand vehicle door in orange. X Press a to confirm. X a Press the button to save the setting. X Using : or 9,select the Easy Entry/ For further information on the automatic locking Exit function. feature, see (Y page 71). If the Easy Entry/Exit function is activated, the multifunction display shows the steering Activating/deactivating the acoustic wheel in orange. locking verification signal X Press the a button to save the setting. If you switch on the Acoustic Lock function, an Further information on the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehi- feature (Y page 89). cle. X Press the = or ; button on the steering Switching the seat belt adjustment on/off wheel to select the Sett. menu. X Press the = or ; button on the steering X Press the : or 9 button to select the wheel to select the Sett. menu. Vehicle submenu. X Press the : or 9 button to select the X Press a to confirm. Convenience submenu. X Press the : or 9 button to select the X Press a to confirm. Acoustic Lock function. X Press the : or 9 button to select the On-board computer and displays If the Acoustic Lock function is activated, Belt Adjustment function. the & symbol in the multifunction display When the Belt Adjustment function is acti- lights up orange. vated, the seat belt is displayed in orange in X Press the a button to save the setting. the multifunction display. X Press the a button to save the setting. Comfort For further information on belt adjustment, see (Y page 42). Activating/deactivating the EASY- ENTRY/EXITfeature Switching the fold-in mirrors when locking feature on/off G WARNING This function is only availablewhen the vehicle is When the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjusts equipped with the electrical fold-in function. the steeringwheel, you and other vehicle This function is only availableinCanada. occupants–particularly children –could When you activatethe Auto. Mirror Folding become trapped. There is arisk of injury. function, the exterior mirrors are folded in when While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak- the vehicle is locked. ing adjustments, make sure that no one has If you have switched on the Auto. Mirror any body parts in the sweep of the steering Folding function and you fold in the exterior mirrors using the button on the door wheel. (Y page 91), they will not fold out automatically. If somebody becomes trapped: The exterior mirrors can then only be folded out using the button on the door. Rpress one of the memory function position X buttons, or Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Sett. menu. Rmove the switch for steeringwheel adjust- X Press the : or 9 button to select the ment in the opposite direction to that in Convenience submenu. which the steeringwheel is moving. X Press a to confirm. The adjustmentprocess is stopped. Menus and submenus 175

X Press the : or 9 button to select the Engine and transmission oil temperature: Auto. Mirror Folding function. when the engine and transmission are at nor- If the Auto. Mirror Folding function is mal operating temperature, oil tempera- switched on, the multifunction display shows ture ? and B are displayed in white in the the exterior mirror in orange. multifunction display. X Press the a button to save the setting. If the multifunction display shows oil temperature ? or B in blue, the engine or the Restoring the factorysettings transmission are not yet at normal operating temperature. Avoid driving at full engine out- X Press the = or ; button on the steering put during this time. wheel to select the Sett. menu. X Press the : or 9 button to select the SETUP Factory Setting submenu. X Press a to confirm. The Reset All Settings? function appears. X Press the : or 9 button to select No or Yes. X Press the a button to confirm the selection. If you have selected Yes and confirmed, the : Engine mode Eco/Comfort/Sport/

multifunction display shows aconfirmation Sport +/Manual On-board computer and displays message. ; Steering Comfort/Sport For safety reasons, the Daytime Running = ESP® On/Off or SPORT handling mode Lights function in the Lights submenu is only Sport reset if the vehicle is stationary. SETUPdisplays the following information, functions and settings: R AMG menu (Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) the digital speedometer Rthe gear indicator Warm-up Rthe engine mode Rthe steeringsetting Rthe setting of the ECO start/stop function Rthe ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) mode X Press = or ; on the steeringwheel to select the AMG menu. X Press 9 repeatedly until SETUPappears.

: Digital speedometer RACE TIMER ; Gear indicator = Upshift indicator Displaying and starting RACE TIMER ? Engine oil temperature The RACE TIMER is only intended for use on a A Coolant temperature closed race circuit. Do not use the function on B Transmission oil temperature public roads. X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu. Upshift indicator: upshift indicator UP = indicates that the engine has reached the overrevving range when in the manual drive program.

Z 176 Menus and submenus

Stopping the RACE TIMER

: Lap ; RACE TIMER X Press the % button on the steering wheel. You can start the RACE TIMER when the engine X Confirm Yes with a. is running or if the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock. The RACE TIMER interrupts timing if you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 in X Press the = or ; button on the steering AMG the ignition lock. If you turn the SmartKey to wheeltoselect the menu. position 3 and then press a to confirm X Press the 9 button repeatedly until the Start,timing is continued. RACE TIMER appears. X To start: press the a button to start the Resetting the current lap RACE TIMER. X Stop the RACE TIMER. X Press the = or ; button to select Displaying the intermediate time Reset Lap. On-board computer and displays X Press a to reset the lap time to "0". Deleting all laps

X Press the = or ; button to select Interm. Time. X Press a to confirm. The intermediate time appears for five sec- If you switch off the engine, the RACE TIMER is onds. reset to "0" after 30 seconds. All lapsare deleted. Starting anew lap You cannot delete individual stored laps. If you have stopped 16 laps, the current lap does not have to be reset. X Resetthe current lap. X Press a to confirm Reset. Reset Race-Timer? appears in the multifunction display. X Press the : button to select Yes and press : RACE TIMER the a button to confirm. ; Fastest lap time (best lap) All lapsare deleted. = Lap X Press a to confirm New Lap. It is possible to store amaximum of sixteen laps. The 16th lap can only be completed with Fin‐ ish Lap. Display messages 177

Overall statistics = Average lap speed ? Lap length A Top speed during lap This function is only available if you have stored at least two laps and have stopped the RACE- TIMER. X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu. : RACETIMERoverall evaluation X Press the 9 button repeatedly until the lap ; Total time driven evaluation is shown. = Average speed Each lap is shown in aseparate submenu. The fastest lap is indicated by flashing symbol :. ? Distance covered X Press the 9 or : button to select adif- A Maximum speed ferentlap evaluation. If you save at least one lap and then stop RACE- omputer and displays TIMER, an overall evaluation is available. X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu. X Press the 9 button repeatedly until the overall evaluation appears. On-boar dc Lap statistics

: Lap ; Lap time

Display messages Introduction General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display. Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator's Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display. Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator's Manual. Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning toneoracontinuous tone. When you stop and park the vehicle, please observe the notes on: RHOLD function (Y page 148) RParking(Y page 131)

Z 178 Display messages

Hiding display messages X Press the a or % button on the steering wheel. The multifunction display hidesthe display message. High-priority display messages are showninred in the multifunction display.Some high-priority display messages cannot be hidden. The multifunction display showsthese messages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied.

Message memory The on-board computersavescertain display messages in the messagememory.You can call up the display messages: X Press the = or ; button on the steering wheeltoselect the Serv. menu. If there are display messages, the multifunction display shows 2Messages,for example. X Press the 9 or : button to select the entry, e.g. 2Messages. X Press a to confirm. X Press the 9 or : button to scroll through the display messages. When the ignitionisswitched off, all display messages are deleted, apart from some high-priority display messages. Once the causes of the high-priority display messages have been rectified, the corresponding display messages are alsodeleted. On-board computer and displays Display messages 179

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro- !÷ gram) are temporarily not available. Currently Unavaila‐ Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc- ble See Operator's tion. Manual In addition, the ÷, å and ! warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster. Possible causes are: RSelf-diagnosis is not yet complete. RThe on-board voltage may be insufficient. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. On-board computer and displays There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Carefully drive asuitabledistance, making slight steering movements at aspeed above 12 mph (20 km/h). If the displaymessage disappears, the functions mentioned above are available again. If the multifunction displaystill shows the displaymessage: X Drive on carefully. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. !÷ ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc- Inoperative See tion. Operator's Manual The $ (USA only) or J (Canadaonly), ÷, å and ! warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light up. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Drive on carefully. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately.

Z 180 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷ ESP® is temporarily unavailable. Other drivingsystems and drivingsafetysystems may also malfunc- Currently Unavaila‐ tion. ble See Operator's Manual In addition,the ÷ and å warning lampslightupinthe instrumentcluster. The self-diagnosis function might notbecomplete, for example. G WARNING The brakesystem continues to function normally, but without the functionslisted above. The braking distanceinanemergencybraking situation can thus increase. If ESP® is notoperational, ESP® is unable to stabilizethe vehicle. There is an increased riskofskiddingand an accident. X Carefully drive asuitable distance, making slight steering movements at aspeed above12mph (20 km/h). If the display message disappears, the functions mentioned above are available again.

On-board computer and displays If the multifunction display still shows the display message: X Drive on carefully. X Visit aqualifiedspecialist workshop immediately. ÷ ESP® is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc- Inoperative See tion. Operator's Manual In addition, the ÷ and å warning lampslightupinthe instrument cluster. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally,but withoutthe functions listed above. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase. If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unabletostabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Drive on carefully. X Visit aqualifiedspecialist workshop immediately. Display messages 181

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions EBD(electronic brakeforce distribution), ABSand ESP® are malfunc- T ! tioning. ÷ Other drivingsystems and drivingsafetysystems may also malfunc- Inoperative See tion. Operator'sManual In addition,the ÷, å and ! warning lampslightupinthe instrumentclusterand awarning tone sounds. isplays G WARNING The brakesystem continues to function normally, but without the functionslisted above. The frontand rear wheels could thereforelock if you brakehard, for example. The steerabilityand braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distanceinanemergencybraking situation can increase. If ESP® is notoperational, ESP® is unable to stabilizethe vehicle. omputer an dd There is an increased riskofskiddingand an accident. X Drive on carefully. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. F ! F The red (USAonly) or (Canada only) indicator lamp lights On-boar dc (USA up. only) ! (Canada You attemptedtorelease theelectric parking brakewhile theignition only) was switched off. TurnOnthe Igni‐ X SmartKey: turnthe SmartKey to position 1 in theignition lock. tion to Release the X KEYLESS-GO: switch on theignition. ParkingBrake F The red F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes (USA and awarning tone sounds. Acondition for automatic release of the only) ! (Canada electric parking brakeisnot fulfilled (Y page 132). only) You are drivingwiththe electric parking brakeapplied. Please Release Park‐ X Releasethe electric parking brakemanually. ing Brake The red F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes and awarning tone sounds. You are usingthe electric parking brakefor emergencybraking (Y page 132). The yellow ! warning lamp lights up. F (USA The electric parking brakeismalfunctioning. only) ! (Canada To apply: only) X Switchthe ignition off. ParkingBrake See X Operator'sManual Press theelectric parking brakehandle for at least tenseconds. X Shift thetransmission to position j. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 182 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The yellow ! warning lamp and thered F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp lightup. The electric parking brakeismalfunctioning. To release: X

isplays Switchoff theignition and turnitbackon. X Releasethe electric parking brakemanually. or X Releasethe electric parking brakeautomatically (Y page 132). If theelectric parking brakestill cannotbereleased: X Do notdrive on. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. omputer an dd The red F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes and theyellow ! warning lamp lights up. The electric parking brakeismalfunctioning. To release: X Switchoff theignition and turnitbackon. On-boar dc X Releasethe electric parking brakemanually. To apply: X Switchoff theignition and turnitbackon. X Apply theelectric parking brakemanually. If thered F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp con- tinuestoflash: X Do notdrive on. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 281). X Shift thetransmission to position P. X Turn thefront wheels towardsthe curb. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. Display messages 183

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The yellow ! warning lamp lights up. The red F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about tenseconds after theelectric parking brakehas been appliedorreleased. It then goesout or remainslit. The electric parking brakeismalfunctioning. X Switchoff theignition and turnitbackon. isplays X Apply theelectric parking brake. If it is notpossibletoengage theelectric parking brake: X Shift thetransmission to position j. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. If it is notpossibletorelease theelectric parking brake: X Releasethe electric parking brakeautomatically (Y page 132). omputer an dd If theelectric parking brakestill cannotbereleased: X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. The yellow ! warning lamp lights up. If you manually apply or release theelectric parking brake, thered F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes. On-boar dc The electric parking brakeismalfunctioning.Itisnot possibletoapply theelectric parking brakemanually. X Shift thetransmission to position j,asthe electric parking brake is notappliedautomatically. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. F The yellow ! warning lamp lights up. The red F (USAonly) (USA or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about tenseconds only) ! (Canada after theelectric parking brakehas been appliedorreleased. It then only) goesout or remainslit. ParkingBrake Inop‐ The electric parking brakeismalfunctioning,e.g.because of over- erative voltageorundervoltage. X Remove thecausefor theovervoltage or undervoltage, e.g. by charging thebattery or restarting theengine. X Engage or release theelectric parking brake. If it remainsimpossible to apply or release theelectric parking brake: X Switchoff theignition and turnitbackon. X Engage or release theelectric parking brake. If theelectric parking brakestill cannotbereleased: X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. If theelectric parking brakestill cannotbeapplied: X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 184 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The yellow ! warning lamp lights up and thered F (USAonly) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes. It is notpossibletoapply theelectric parking brakemanually. X Shift thetransmission to position j. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. isplays There is notenough brakefluid in thebrakefluid reservoir. $ (USAonly) In addition,the $ (USAonly) or J (Canada only) warning lamp J (Canada only) lights up in theinstrumentclusterand awarning tone sounds. Check Brake Fluid G WARNING Level The braking effectmay be impaired. There is ariskofanaccident. omputer an dd X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. Do notcontinue driving under any circumstances. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. X

On-boar dc Do notadd brakefluid.This does notcorrect themalfunction. # The brakepads/linings havereached their wear limit. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Check Brake Pad Wear G Oneormoremain features of thembrace system are malfunctioning. X Havethe mbrace system checkedataqualified specialist work- Inoperative shop.

PRE-SAFE Inopera‐ ImportantfunctionsofPRE-SAFE® havefailed. Allother occupant tive See Operator's safetysystems,e.g.air bags,remain available. Manual X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately.

Active Brake Assist Active Brake Assististemporarily inoperative. Functions Currently Possiblecauses are: LimitedSee Opera‐ R tor's Manual The radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagneticradiation emitted by nearby TV or radiostationsor other sourcesofelectromagneticradiation. RThe system is outside theoperating temperature range. RThe on-boardvoltageistoo low. Whenthe causes statedabovenolonger apply, thedisplay message disappears. Active Brake Assistisoperational again. If thedisplay message does notdisappear: X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Restart theengine. Display messages 185

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Active Brake Assist Active Brake Assistisunavailable due to amalfunction. Functions Limited X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. See Operator'sMan‐ ual

Radar Sensors Dirty The radar sensor system is malfunctioning. isplays See Operator'sMan‐ Possiblecauses are: ual RDirt on sensors RHeavy rain or snow RWhendrivingoninter-urban roads without traffic or infrastructure, e.g. in desert-like areas At least onedrivingsystem or drivingsafetysystem is malfunctioning or is temporarily unavailable: omputer an dd RActive Brake Assist RDistancePilotDISTRONIC Once thecauseofthe problem is no longer present, thedrivingand drive safetysystems will be available again.The display message disappears.

If thedisplay message does notdisappear: On-boar dc X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Switchoff theengine. X Clean all sensors(Y page 242). X Restart theengine. The display message disappears. The restraintsystem is malfunctioning.The 6 warning lamp also 6 lights up in theinstrumentcluster. SRS Malfunction Ser‐ viceRequired G WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or, in theevent of an accident, may notbetriggered. There is an increased riskofinjury. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Forfurther information about therestraintsystem, see (Y page 38). The restraintsystem has malfunctioned at thefront on theleftorright. 6 The 6 warning lamp also lights up in theinstrumentcluster. Front LeftMalfunc‐ tionService G WARNING Required or Front The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered Right Malfunction unintentionally or, in theevent of an accident, may notbetriggered. ServiceRequired There is an increased riskofinjury. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately.

Z 186 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There is amalfunction in theleft-handand/orright-hand head bag. 6 The 6 warning lamp also lights up in theinstrumentcluster. LeftSideCurtain Airbag Malfunction G WARNING ServiceRequired or The leftorright head bag may either be triggered unintentionally or, in

isplays Right SideCurtain theevent of an accident, may notbetriggered. Airbag Malfunction There is an increased riskofinjury. ServiceRequired X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. omputer an dd On-boar dc Display messages 187

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Front Passenger Air‐ The front-passenger air bag and front-passenger knee bag are deac- bag Disabled See tivated during thejourney, although: Operator'sManual Ran adult or R

aperson of thecorrespondingstatureisonthe front-passenger seat isplays If additional forcesare appliedtothe seat,the system may interpret theoccupant's weightaslower than it actually is. G WARNING The front-passenger frontair bag and frontpassenger knee bag may notbetriggered in theevent of an accident. There is an increased riskofinjury. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying omputer an dd attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Switchthe ignition off. X Havethe occupant on thefront-passenger seat get out of thevehicle.

X Keepthe seat unoccupied,close thefront-passenger door and On-boar dc switch on theignition. X Observethe PASSENGER AIRBAG indicator lampsinthe center console and themultifunction display and checkthe following: Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on: Raself-diagnosis is carriedout.The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFand PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lampsmustlightupsimulta- neouslyfor approximately six seconds RthePASSENGER AIRBF AG O Findicator lamp mustthenlightup and remain lit after theself-diagnosis.Ifthe indicator lamp is on, OCS has deactivated thefront-passenger frontair bag and front- passenger knee bag (Y page 46) Rthe Front Passenger Airbag EnabledSee Operator's Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Opera‐ tor's Manual display messagesmustnot be shown in themultifunction display X Wait for aperiod of at least 60 seconds until thenecessarysystem checks havebeen completed. X Makesurethatthe display messagesdonot appear in themultifunction display. If these conditionsare fulfilled,the front-passenger seat can be occupied again.Whether thePASSENGER AIRBAG OFForONindicator lamp remainslit or goesout dependsonhow OCS classifies theoccupant. If theconditionsare notfulfilled,the system is notoperating correctly. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Observethe additional information on OCS (Y page 46).

Z 188 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Front Passenger Air‐ The front-passenger air bag and front-passenger knee bag are enabled bag EnabledSee during thejourney, eventhough: Operator'sManual Rachild, asmall adult or an objectweighing less than thesystem's weightthreshold is locatedonthe front-passenger seat or isplays Rthefront-passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detectobjects or forcesapplyingadditional weighton theseat. G WARNING The front-passenger frontair bag and thefront-passenger knee bag may be triggered unintentionally. There is an increased riskofinjury. omputer an dd X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Switchthe ignition off. X Openthe front-passenger door.

On-boar dc X Remove thechild and thechild restraintsystem from thefront- passenger seat. X Makesurethatthere are no objects on theseat addingtothe weight. The system might otherwise detectthe additional weightand inter- pretthe seat occupant's weightasgreaterthanitactually is. X Keepthe seat unoccupied,close thefront-passenger door and switch on theignition. X Observethe PASSENGER AIRBAG indicator lampsinthe center console and themultifuncti on display and checkthe following: Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on: Raself-diagnosis is carriedout.The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFand PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lampsmustlightupsimulta- neouslyfor approximately six seconds RthePASSENGER AIRBAG OFFindicator lamp mustthenlightup and remain lit after theself-diagnosis.Ifthe indicator lamp is on, OCS (Occupant Classification System) has deactivated thefront- passenger frontair bag and front-passenger knee bag (Y page 46) Rthe Front Passenger Airbag EnabledSee Operator's Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Opera‐ tor's Manual display messagesmustnot be shown in themultifunction display X Wait for aperiod of at least 60 seconds until thenecessarysystem checks havebeen completed. X Makesurethatthe display messagesdonot appear in themultifunction display. If these conditionsare fulfilled,the front-passenger seat can be occupied again.Whether thePASSENGER AIRBAG OFForONindicator Display messages 189

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp remainslit or goesout dependsonhow OCS classifies theoccupant. If theconditionsare notfulfilled,the system is notoperating correctly. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Observethe additional information on OCS (Y page 46). isplays

Lights

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions b The correspondingbulb is faulty. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Check Left Low Beam omputer an dd (Example) or X Checkwhether you are permittedtoreplace thebulb yourself (Y page 99). LEDlightsources: thedisplay message for thecorrespondinglamp only appearswhen all theLEDsinthe lamp havefailed. b The active lightfunction is faulty. On-boar dc X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Active Headlamps Inoperative b The exteriorlighting is malfunctioning. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Malfunction See Operator'sManual b The lightsensor is defective. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. AutoLampFunction Inoperative The lights are still switched on when you leavethe vehicle. Awarning b tone also sounds. Switch Off Lights X Turn thelightswitch to position Ã.

Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive HighbeamAssistisdeactivated and temporarily inoperative. Assist Currently Possiblecauses are: Unavailable See R Operator'sManual The windshield in thecamera'sfield of vision is dirty. RVisibilityisimpaireddue to heavyrain,snoworfog. X Clean thewindshield. If thesystem detects that thecamera is fullyoperational again,the Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available message is displayed. Adaptive HighbeamAssistisoperational again. Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive HighbeamAssistisfaulty. Assist Inoperative X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 190 Displaymessages

Engine

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ? The coolant levelistoo low. ! Check Coolant Level Avoid making longjourneys with toolittle coolant in theengine See Operator'sMan‐ cooling system. The engine will otherwise be damaged. ual X Add coolant,observing thewarning notesbefore doingso (Y page 235). X If you needtoadd coolant moreoften than usual, have theengine coolant system checked at aqualified specialist workshop. ? The fan motor is malfunctioning. X If thecoolant temperaturegage is below the H marking Y

omputer and displays ( page 164), driveontothe nextqualified specialist workshop. X Avoid heavyloads on theengine as you do so, e.g.driving in mountainous terrain and stop-and-go traffic. ? The coolant is toohot. Awarning tone also sounds. CoolantToo Hot On-boar dc StopVehicleTurn G WARNING Engine Off Do notdrivewhen your engine is overheated. This can causesome fluids whichmay have leaked intothe engine compartmenttocatch fire. Steam from theoverheatedengine can also causeserious burnswhich can occur justbyopening thehood. Thereisarisk of injury. X Pull overand stop thevehicle safely and switch off theengine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions. X Secure thevehicle against rolling away (Y page 131). X Leavethe vehicle and keep asafe distancefromthe vehicle until the engine has cooled down. X Makesure that theair supply to theengine radiator is notblocked, e.g.bysnow, slush or ice. X Do notstart theengine again until thedisplay message goes out and thecoolant temperaturegage is below the H marking(Y page 164). Otherwise, theengine couldbedamaged. X Pay attention to thecoolant temperaturegage, observing thewarning notes(Y page 235). X If thetemperatureincreases again,visitaqualified specialist workshop immediately. Under normal operatingconditionsand at thecorrectcoolant level, thecoolant temperaturegage may rise to the H marking (Y page 164). Display messages 191

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions # The battery is notbeingcharged. Awarning tone also sounds. See Operator'sMan‐ ual Possiblecauses are: Radefective alternator R atornpoly-V-belt isplays Ramalfunction in theelectronics ! Do notcontinue driving. The enginecould otherwise overheat. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely and switch off theengine, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. omputer an dd The battery is no longer beingcharged and thecondition of chargeis # toolow. StopVehicleSee Awarning tone also sounds. Operator'sManual X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely and switch off theengine, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). On-boar dc X Observethe instructionsinthe # See Operator'sManual display message. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. 4 The engineoil level has dropped to theminimum level. Awarning tone also sounds. Check Engine Oil At NextRefueling ! Avoid longjourneys withtoo littleengineoil. The enginewill otherwise be damaged. X Checkthe oil level when next refueling, at thelatest (Y page 234). X If necessary, add engineoil (Y page 235). X Havethe enginechecked at aqualified specialist workshop if you need to add engineoil moreoften than usual. Information on approvedengineoils can be obtained from aqualified specialist workshop or on theInternetathttp://bevo.mercedes- benz.com. 4 Mercedes-AMG SLC43: The engineoil level is toolow. Check Engine Oil Level (Add1quart) ! Avoid longjourneys withtoo littleengineoil. The enginewill otherwise be damaged. X Checkthe oil level when next refueling, at thelatest (Y page 234). X If necessary, add engineoil (Y page 235). X Havethe enginechecked at aqualified specialist workshop if you need to add engineoil moreoften than usual. Information on approvedengineoils can be obtained from aqualified specialist workshop or on theInternetathttp://bevo.mercedes- benz.com.

Z 192 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions 4 Mercedes-AMG SLC43: The engineoil level is toolow. Engine Oil Level Low StopVehicle There is ariskofenginedamage. TurnEngine Off X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely and switch off theengine, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. isplays X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Checkthe engineoil level (Y page 234). X If necessary, add engineoil (Y page 235). 8 The fuel level has dropped intothe reserverange. X Refuelatthe nearestgas station. FuelLevel Low

omputer an dd C There is only averysmall amount of fuel in thefuel tank. X Refuelatthe nearestgas station without fail. 8 The fuel filler cap is notclosed correctlyorthe fuel system is leaking. X Checkthatthe fuel filler cap is correctlyclosed. Gas Cap Loose If thefuelfiller cap is not correctlyclosed: On-boar dc X Closethe fuel filler cap. If thefuelfiller cap is correctlyclosed: X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Ø The DEFtankisempty. X HaveDEF refilled as soonaspossibleataqualified specialist work- Check additive See shop. Owner'sManual Awarning tone also sounds. The DEFsystem is still malfunctioning.If Ø you switch off theengine, theenginewill notrestart. Remaining starts: 10 X Visit or consult aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Ø The DEFlevel has fallen to aminimum. X HaveDEF refilled as soonaspossibleataqualified specialist work- Remaining starts: 16 shop. Display messages 193

Drivingsystems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Based on certain criteria, ATTENTION ASSIST has detectedfatigue or À alackofconcentration on thepartofthe driver.Awarningtonealso Attention Assist: sounds. TakeaBreak! X If necessary, take abreak. isplays Duringlongjourneys, take regular breaksingoodtimesoyou get enough rest. À ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative. X Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Attention Assist Inoperative ë The HOLD function is deactivated. The vehicle is skidding. omputer an dd Awarningtonealso sounds. Off X Reactivatethe HOLD function later (Y page 148).

Lane Keeping Assist LaneKeepingAssistisdeactivated and temporarily inoperative. Currently Unavaila‐ Possible causes are: On-boar dc ble See Operator's R Manual The windshield in thecamera's field of vision is dirty. RVisibilityisimpaireddue to heavyrain,snoworfog. RThere havebeennolanemarkingsfor an extended period RThe lanemarkingsare wornaway, darkorcovered up, e.g. by dirtor snow Whenthe causes stated abovenolonger apply,the display message disappears. LaneKeepingAssistisoperational again. If thedisplay messagedoesnot disappear: X Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soonaspossible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicle against rollingaway (Y page 131). X Clean thewindshield.

Lane Keeping Assist LaneKeepingAssistisfaulty. Inoperative X Visit aqualified specialistworkshop.

Z 194 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Blind SpotAssist Blind Spot Assististemporarily inoperative. Currently Unavaila‐ Possiblecauses are: ble See Operator's R Manual Function is impaireddue to heavyrain or snow. RThe radar sensor system is outside theoperating temperature

isplays range. RThe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagneticradiation emitted by nearby TV or radiostationsor other sourcesofelectromagneticradiation. The yellow 9 indicator lampsalso lightupinthe exteriormirrors. Whenthe causes statedabovenolonger apply, thedisplay message disappears. Blind Spot Assistisoperational again.

omputer an dd If thedisplay message does notdisappear: X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Clean thesensors(Y page 242). X Restart theengine. On-boar dc

Blind SpotAssist Blind Spot Assistisfaulty. Inoperative The yellow 9 indicator lampsalso lightupinthe exteriormirrors. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. ParkingGuidance Parking Guidance is malfunctioning (Y page 152). Inoperative X Restart theengine. If themultifunction display still shows thedisplay message: X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

ParkingGuidance Parking Guidance is deactivated. Canceled Possiblecauses are: RThe vehicleisskidding. RThe sensorsare dirty. RAmalfunction has occurred. Awarning tone also sounds. X ReactivateParking Guidance later (Y page 152). If themultifunction display does notshowthe parking spacesymbol at speeds below19mph (30 km/h): X Clean thesensors(Y page 242). X Restart theengine. If themultifunction display still does notshowthe parking spacesymbol at speeds below19mph (30 km/h): X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Display messages 195

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Parking Guidance has been deactivated because you are no longer followingthe recommended path. X Park again and,while doingso, observethe display messagesinthe multifunction display. ParkingGuidance The vehicleisparked. Awarning tone also sounds. Finished The display message disappearsautomatically. Distance Pilot Off DistancePilotDISTRONICisdeactivated (Y page 140). If it was deactivated automatically, awarning tone also sounds. Distance Pilot Now DistancePilotDISTRONICisoperational again after having been tem- Available porarily unavailable.You can nowreactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC(Y page 140). Distance Pilot Cur‐ DistancePilotDISTRONICistemporarily inoperative. rently Unavailable Possiblecauses are: See Operator'sMan‐ R ual The radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagneticradiation emitted by nearby TV or radiostationsor other sourcesofelectromagneticradiation. RThe system is outside theoperating temperature range. On-board computer and displays RThe on-boardvoltageistoo low. Awarning tone also sounds. Whenthe causes statedabovenolonger apply, thedisplay message disappears. DistancePilotDISTRONICisoperational again. If thedisplay message does notdisappear: X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Restart theengine. Distance Pilot Inop‐ DistancePilotDISTRONICismalfunctioning. erative Awarning tone also sounds. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Distance Pilot Sus‐ You havedepressed theacceleratorpedal.Distance PilotDISTRONIC pended is no longer controllingthe speed of thevehicle. X Remove your footfromthe acceleratorpedal. Distance Pilot --- Acondition for activating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not been met. mph X Check the activation conditions for Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 140). Cruise Control Off Cruise control has been deactivated. If awarning tone also sounds, cruise control has deactivated automatically (Y page 138).

Z 196 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Cruise Control-- Cruisecontrolcannotbeactivated, since notall of theactivation con- -mph ditionshavebeen met. X Checkthe activation conditionsfor cruise control (Y page 138). Cruise Control Inop‐ Cruisecontrolismalfunctioning.

isplays erative Awarning tone also sounds. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Tires

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

omputer an dd Check Tire Pressure Canada only: Soon The tire pressureloss warning system has detectedasignificant loss in pressure. Awarning tone also sounds. Possiblecauses:

On-boar dc Ryou havechanged thepositionsofthe wheels and tires or installed newwheels and tires Rthetirepressureinone or moretires has dropped G WARNING Tirepressures that are toolow posethe followinghazards: Rthey may burst, especially as theload and vehiclespeed increase Rthey may wear excessivelyand/orunevenly, whichmay greatly impair tire traction. Rthedrivingcharacteristics,aswell as steering and braking,may be greatlyimpaired There is ariskofanaccident. X Stop thevehiclewithout making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers.Pay attention to thetraffic conditionsasyou do so. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Checkthe tires and,ifnecessary, follow theinstructionsfor aflat tire (Y page 246). X Checkthe tire pressures and,ifnecessary, correctthe tire pressure. X Restart thetirepressureloss warning system when thetirepres- sureiscorrect (Y page 267). Check Tire Pressure Canada only: ThenRestartRun The tire pressureloss warning system generated adisplay message FlatIndicator and has notbeen restartedsince. X Setthe correcttirepressureinall fourtires. X Restart thetirepressureloss warning system (Y page 267). Display messages 197

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Run FlatIndicator Canada only: Inoperative The tire pressureloss warning system is faulty. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Please Correct Tire USAonly: Pressure The tire pressureistoo low in at least oneofthe tires,orthe tire isplays pressuredifference between thewheels is toogreat. X Checkthe tire pressures at thenextopportunity (Y page 267). X If necessary, correctthe tire pressure. X Restart thetirepressuremonitor (Y page 270). TirePressure Soon The tire pressureinone or moretires has dropped significantly. The wheelposition is shown in themultifunction display. Awarning tone also sounds. omputer an dd G WARNING Tirepressures that are toolow posethe followinghazards: Rthey may burst, especially as theload and vehiclespeed increase R they may wear excessivelyand/orunevenly, whichmay greatly On-boar dc impair tire traction. Rthedrivingcharacteristics,aswell as steering and braking,may be greatlyimpaired There is ariskofanaccident. X Stop thevehiclewithout making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers.Pay attention to thetraffic conditionsasyou do so. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Checkthe tires and,ifnecessary, follow theinstructionsfor aflat tire (Y page 246). X Checkthe tire pressure(Y page 267). X If necessary, correctthe tire pressure. WarningTireMal‐ The tire pressureinone or moretires has dropped suddenly. The wheel function position is shown in themultifunction display. G WARNING Drivingwithaflat tire poses ariskofthe followinghazards: Raflat tire affects theabilitytosteer or brakethe vehicle Ryou could lose control of thevehicle. Rcontinued drivingwithaflat tire will causeexcessive heat build-up and possiblyafire There is ariskofanaccident. X Stop thevehiclewithout making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers.Pay attention to thetraffic conditionsasyou do so. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Checkthe tires and,ifnecessary, follow theinstructionsfor aflat tire (Y page 246).

Z 198 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Tire Press. Monitor Becausethere is interferencefromastrongsource of radiowaves, no Currently Unavaila‐ signals from thetirepressuresensorsare detected. The tire pressure ble monitor is temporarily malfunctioning. X Drive on. The tire pressuremonitor restarts automatically as soonasthe

isplays problem has been resolved. TirePress.Sen‐ There is no signal from thetirepressuresensor of oneorseveral sor(s) Missing wheels. The pressureofthe affectedtiredoes notappear in themultifunction display. X Havethe faultytirepressuresensor replacedataqualified specialist workshop. TirePressure Moni‐ The wheels mounteddonot haveasuitable tire pressuresensor.The omputer an dd tor Inoperative No tire pressuremonitor is deactivated. Wheel Sensors X Mountwheels withsuitable tire pressuresensors. The tire pressuremonitor is activated automatically after drivingfor afew minutes. Tire Press. Monitor The tire pressuremonitor is faulty. On-boar dc Inoperative X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Vehicle

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Shift to 'P' or 'N' You haveattemptedtostart theenginewiththe transmission in posi- to Start Engine tion k or h. X Shift thetransmission to position j or i.

Apply Brake to You haveattemptedtoshift thetransmission to position h, k or i Shift from'P' without depressing thebrakepedal. X Depress thebrakepedal. To Shift out of P You haveattemptedtoshift thetransmission out of position j or i or N, Depress Brake intoanother transmission position withthe engineswitched off. and Switch on Engine X Depress thebrakepedal. X Start theengine. Driver's DoorOpen The driver's door is notfully closed and thetransmission is in position &Transmission Not k, i or h. in PRiskofVehi‐ Awarning tone also sounds. cle RollingAway G WARNING The vehiclemay rollaway. There is ariskofanaccident. X Whenparking thevehicle, shift thetransmission to position j. Display messages 199

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions OnlySelect Park The vehicleismoving. (P) When Vehicle is X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying Stationary attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Shift thetransmission to position j.

Apply Brake to You haveattemptedtoshift from position h to position k. isplays Select R X Depress thebrakepedal. X Shift thetransmission to position k.

Service Required Do You cannotchangethe transmission position due to amalfunction. Not Shift Gears Awarning tone also sounds. Visit Dealer If transmission position h is selected: X Drive to aqualified specialist workshop without shifting thetrans- omputer an dd mission from position h. If position k, i or j is selected: X Notify aqualified specialist workshop or breakdown service. Reversing Not Possi‐ You can no longer shift to transmission position k due to amalfunc- ble Service Required tion. On-boar dc Transmission positions j, i or h continuetobeavailable. Awarning tone also sounds. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Transmission Mal‐ Amalfunction has occurred in themechanical transmission compo- function Stop nents. Awarning tone also sounds. The transmission shiftsautomatically to position i. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Shift thetransmission to position j. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Notify aqualified specialist workshop or breakdown service. StopVehicleLeave The transmission has overheated. Pullingaway can be temporarily Engine Running Wait impairedornot possible. Transmission Cool‐ X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying ing attention to roadand traffic conditions. Do notcontinue driving under any circumstances. X Wait until thedisplay message disappearsbefore pullingaway. Auxiliary Battery The auxiliary battery for theautomatic transmission is no longer being Malfunction charged. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop at thenextopportunity. X Untilthen, always shift thetransmission to position j before you switch off theengine. X Beforeleaving thevehicle, apply theelectric parking brake.

Z 200 Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions N The trunk lid is open. X Closethe trunk lid. M The hoodisopen.

isplays G WARNING The open hoodmay blockyour viewwhen thevehicleisinmotion. There is ariskofanaccident. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Closethe hood. omputer an dd C At least onedoor is open.Awarning tone also sounds. X Closeall thedoors. Ð The powersteering is malfunctioning. Awarning tone also sounds. Power Steering Mal‐ On-boar dc function See Opera‐ G WARNING tor's Manual You will need to use moreforce to steer. There is ariskofanaccident. X Checkwhether you are able to apply theextra force required. X If you areabletosteer safely: carefully drive on to aqualified specialist workshop. X If you areunable to steer safely: do notdrive on.Contactthe nearestqualified specialist workshop. J The trunk partition is open or thetrunk is loadedtoo high. X Stow theload suchthatthe trunk partition can close unhindered Trunk Partition Open and is notpushed upwards. X Closethe trunk partition (Y page 80).

Phone No Service Your vehicleisoutside thenetwork provider'stransmitter/receiver range. X Wait until themobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in themultifunction display. K You wantedtoopen theroofwhile thevehiclewas in motion. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying Decrease Speed attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Openthe roof(Y page 78).

The roofisnot fullyopened or closed.The hydraulicsare depressur- K ized. Vario-RoofLowering X Fullyopen or close theroof(Y page 78). Display messages 201

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions K The roofisnot locked. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying Open/CloseVario- attention to roadand traffic conditions. RoofCompletely X Push or pull and hold theroofswitch until theroofisfullyopen or closed (Y page 78). isplays K The on-boardvoltageistoo low. X Start theengine. Start Engine See X Operator'sManual Afterapproximately tenseconds, repeat theopening or closing procedure (Y page 78). The roofhas been opened and closed several times in arow.The roof drive has been switched off automatically for safetyreasons.

You can open and close theroofagain after approximately ten omputer an dd minutes. X Switchoff theignition and turnitbackon. X Repeat theopening or closingprocedure (Y page 78). Close Rear Side Win‐ You leavethe vehicleand at least onerear side window is open. dows X Closethe side windows (Y page 75). On-boar dc The washer fluidlevel in thewasher fluidreservoir has dropped below ¥ theminimum. Check Washer Fluid X Addwasher fluid(Y page 236).

Wiper Malfunction‐ The windshield wipersare malfunctioning. ing X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Hazard Warning The hazard warning lampsare faulty. Flashers Malfunc‐ X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. tioning

SmartKey

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Â You haveput thewrong SmartKey in theignition lock. X Use thecorrect SmartKey. Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle Â The SmartKey is in theignition lock. X Remove theSmartKey. TakeYourKey from Ignition Â The SmartKey needs to be replaced. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop. Obtain aNew Key

Z 202 Warning andindicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Â The SmartKey battery is discharged. X Change thebattery (Y page 68). ReplaceKey Battery The SmartKey is notinthe ignition lock. You haveopened thedriver's Â door withthe engineswitched off. Don't Forget Your The multifunction display shows thedisplay message amaximum of Key 60 seconds and is simply areminder. nd displays X Takethe SmartKey withyou when you leavethe vehicle. Â The SmartKey is notinthe vehicle. Awarning tone also sounds. Key Not Detected If theengineisswitched off,you can no longer lockthe vehiclecen- (reddisplay message) trally or start theengine. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Locate theSmartKey. X Press a on thesteering wheeltoconfirmthe display message. On-board compute ra Becausethere is interferencefromastrongsource of radiowaves, the SmartKey is notdetectedwhilstthe engineisrunning. Awarning tone also sounds. X Pull overand stop thevehiclesafely as soonaspossible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. X Securethe vehicleagainst rollingaway (Y page 131). X Insertthe SmartKey intothe ignition lockand bring intokey mode. Â The SmartKey is currentlyundetected. X Change thelocation of theSmartKey in thevehicle. Key Not Detected (whitedisplay message) If theSmartKey still cannotbedetected: X Insertthe SmartKey intothe ignition lockand turnittothe desired position. Â The SmartKey is continually undetected. KEYLESS-GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective. Awarning Remove 'Start'But‐ tone also sounds. ton and Insert Key X Insertthe SmartKey intothe ignition lockand turnittothe desired position. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

Warning and indicator lamps Generalnotes Some systems carry out aself-diagnosis when theignition is switched on.Therefore,someindicator and warning lampsmay lightuporflashtemporarily. This behaviorisnon-critical.These indicator Warning and indicator lamps 203 and warning lamps only indicateamalfunctioniftheylight up or flashafter starting theengine or whilst driving.

Safety Seat belts

Warning/ N Signaltype indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp ü N Afterstarting theengine,the red seat belt warning lamp lightsupfor six seconds. The seat belt warning lamp remindsthe driver and frontpassenger to fasten their seat belts. X Fastenyour seat belt (Y page 42). omputer and displays dc ü N Afterstarting theengine,the red seat belt warning lamp lightsup. In addition,a warning tone sounds for up to six seconds. The driver'sseat belt is notfastened. X Fastenyour seat belt (Y page 42). The warning tone ceases. On-boar

ü N The red seat belt warning lamp lightsupafter theengine starts, as soon as the driver'sorthe front-passenger door is closed. The driver or frontpassenger has notfastenedtheir seat belt. X Fastenyour seat belt (Y page 42). The warning lamp goes out. Thereare objectsonthe front-passenger seat. X Removethe objectsfromthe front-passenger seat and stow them in asecure place. The warning lamp goes out.

ü N The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds. The driver or frontpassenger has notfastenedtheir seat belt.The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h). X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42). The warning lamp goes out and the intermittentwarning tone ceases. There are objectsonthe front-passenger seat. The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph (25km/h) or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph (25km/h). X Remove theobjects from thefront-passenger seat and stow them in asecure place. The warning lamp goes out and theintermittent warning tone ceases.

Z 204 Warning and indicator lamps

Safety systems

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp $J N $ (USA only) or J (Canada only): the red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. Awarning tone also sounds. G WARNING There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. The braking effect may be impaired. There is arisk of an accident. X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131). X Do not add brake fluid. Adding more will not correct the malfunction. X Consult aqualified specialist workshop. X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.

$ N USA only: the red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.

On-board computer and displays The multifunction display also shows adisplay message with the # symbol. The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop.

! N The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. ABS (anti-lock braking system) is malfunctioning. If there is an additional warning tone, the EBD (electronic brake force distribution) is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display. X Drive on carefully. X Visit aqualified specialist workshop immediately. If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also apossibility that other systems, such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission, will not be available. Warning and indicator lamps 205

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possiblecauses/consequences and M Solutions lamp $J N $ (USA only), J (Canada only): the red brake warning lamp and the yellow ÷å ESP®,ESP® OFF and ABS warning lampsare lit while the engine is running. ! ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may alsomalfunction. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The front and rear wheels couldtherefore lock if you brake hard,for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If ESP® is not operational,ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Observe the additionaldisplay messages in the multifunction display. X Drive on carefully. X Visitaqualified specialist workshopimmediately. On-board computer and displays ÷ N The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicleisinmotion. ESP® or traction control has intervened because there is arisk of skidding or at least one wheelhas started to spin. Cruise control or Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated. X When pulling away, only depress the accelerator pedalasfar as necessary. X Ease off the accelerator pedalwhile the vehicleisinmotion. X Adapt yourdriving style to suitthe road and weather conditions. X Do not deactivate ESP®. In rare cases (Y page61) it may be best to deactivate ESP®. Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page60).

÷å N The yellow ESP® and ESP® OFF warning lampsare lit while the engine is running. ESP® is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may alsomalfunction. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase. If ESP® is not operational,ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Observe the additionaldisplay messages in the multifunction display. X Drive on carefully. X Visitaqualified specialist workshopimmediately.

Z 206 Warning and indicator lamps

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possiblecauses/consequences and M Solutions lamp å N The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running or the ECO start/stop function is activated. ESP® is deactivated. G WARNING If ESP® is switched off, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. Further driving systems or driving safety systems are thus restricted. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Reactivate ESP®. In rare cases (Y page61) it may be best to deactivate ESP®. Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page60). X Adapt yourdriving style to suitthe road and weather conditions. If ESP® cannot be activated: X Drive on carefully. X Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop. On-board computer and displays M N Only Mercedes-AMG SLC 43: The yellow SPORT handling mode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. SPORT handling mode is activated. G WARNING When SPORT handling mode is switched on, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. X Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the conditions described in the "Activating/deactivating ESP" section (Y page61).

F! N F (USA only), ! (Canada only): the red indicator lamp for the electric parking brake flashes or is lit and/or the yellow warning lamp for the electric parking brake is lit. X Observe the additionaldisplay messages in the multifunction display.

6 N The red restraint system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. The restraint system is malfunctioning. G WARNING The air bagsorEmergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggereduninten- tionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered. There is an increased risk of injury. X Observe the additionaldisplay messages in the multifunction display. X Drive on carefully. X Contact aqualified specialist workshopand have the restraint system checked. For further information about the restraint system, see (Y page38). Warning and indicator lamps 207

Engine

Warning/ N Signaltype indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp ; N The yellow CheckEnginewarning lamp lightsupwhile theengine is running. Theremay be amalfunction, for example: Rin theengine management Rin thefuel injection system Rin theexhaust system Rin theignition system Rin thefuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and theengine may be in emergency mode. omputer and displays X Visitaqualified specialist workshop immediately. In somestates, you must immediately visitaqualified specialist workshop as soon as theyellow CheckEnginewarning lamp lightsup. This is due to thelegal requirements in effect in these states. If in doubt,check whether suchlegal regulations apply in thestate in whichyou are currently driving. 8 N The yellow reservefuel warning lamp lightsupwhile theengine is running. On-boar dc The fuel levelhas dropped intothe reserverange. X Refuel at thenearest gas station.

8 N The yellow reservefuel warning lamp flashes while thevehicle is in motion. In addition,the ; CheckEnginewarning lamp may light up. The fuel fillercap is notclosed correctly or thefuel system is leaking. X Checkthatthe fuel fillercap is correctly closed. X If thefuelfiller cap is not correctly closed: close thefuel fillercap. X If thefuelfiller cap is closed: visitaqualified specialist workshop.

? N The red coolant warning lamp lightsupwhile theengine is runningand the coolant temperaturegauge is at thestart of thescale. The temperaturesensor for thecoolant temperaturegauge is malfunctioning. The coolant temperatureisnolonger beingmonitored. Thereisarisk of engine damageifthe coolant temperatureistoo high. X Pull overand stop thevehicle safely and switch off theengine,payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do notcontinue driving underany circumstances. X Secure thevehicle against rolling away (Y page 131). X Consult aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 208 Warning and indicator lamps

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possiblecauses/consequences and M Solutions lamp ? N The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running. The coolant levelistoo low. If the coolant leveliscorrect, the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be defective. The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooledsufficiently. X Observe the additionaldisplay messages in the multifunction display. X Pullover and stop the vehiclesafelyand switch off the engine, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. X Secure the vehicleagainst rolling away(Y page131). X Leave the vehicleand keep asafe distance from the vehicleuntil the engine has cooleddown. X Check the coolant leveland add coolant, observing the warning notes (Y page235). X If you have to add coolant frequently, have the engine cooling system checked. X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked,e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

On-board computer and displays X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature gauge is below the H marking (Y page164). Otherwise, the engine couldbedamaged. X Drive to the nearestqualified specialist workshop. X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain and stop-and-go traffic.

? N The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running. The coolant temperature gauge has exceededthe H marking (Y page164).The airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant levelmay be too low. G WARNING The engine is not being cooledsufficiently and may be damaged. Do not drive when yourengine is overheated. This can causesome fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire. Steam from the overheated engine can alsocauseserious burns which can occur just by opening the hood. There is arisk of injury. X Observe the additionaldisplay messages in the multifunction display. X Pullover and stop the vehiclesafelyand switch off the engine, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. X Secure the vehicleagainst rolling away(Y page131). X Leave the vehicleand keep asafe distance from the vehicleuntil the engine has cooleddown. X Check the coolant leveland add coolant, observing the warning notes (Y page235). X If you have to add coolant frequently, have the engine cooling system checked. X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked,e.g. by snow, slush or ice. Warning and indicator lamps 209

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possiblecauses/consequences and M Solutions lamp X If the coolant temperature gauge is below the H marking (Y page164),drive on to the next qualified specialist workshop. X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain and stop-and-go traffic.

Driving systems

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possiblecauses/consequences and M Solutions lamp · N The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicleisinmotion. Awarning tone alsosounds. You are approaching avehicle, apedestrian or astationary obstacleinyourline of travel at too high aspeed. X Be prepared to brake immediately. X

Pay carefulattention to the traffic situation. You may have to brake or take On-board computer and displays evasive action. Further information on Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page140). Further information on Active Brake Assist (Y page58).

Z 210 Warning and indicator lamps

Tires

Warning/ N Signal type indicator Possible causes/consequencesand M Solutions lamp h N The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit. The tire pressure monitor hasdetectedalossofpressure in at leastone of the tires. G WARNING Tire pressures thatare too lowposethe following hazards: Rtheymay burst, especially as the load and vehiclespeed increase Rtheymay wear excessivelyand/or unevenly, which maygreatlyimpairtire traction. Rthe drivingcharacteristics, as well as steeringand braking,may be greatly impaired There is ariskofanaccident. X Stop the vehiclewithoutmaking any sudden steeringorbraking maneuvers. Pay attentiontothe trafficconditions as youdoso. X Secure the vehicleagainst rolling away (Y page 131). X Observe the additional displaymessagesinthe multifunctiondisplay. On-board computer and displays X Check the tiresand,ifnecessary,followthe instructions for aflattire (Y page 246). X Check the tire pressure (Y page 267). X If necessary,correct the tire pressure.

h N The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashesfor approximately one minute and thenremains lit. The tire pressure monitor is faulty. G WARNING The system is possiblyunabletorecognize or register lowtire pressure. There is ariskofanaccident. X Observe the additional displaymessagesinthe multifunctiondisplay. X Visitaqualified specialistworkshop immediately. Function restrictions 211

General notes Navigation announcements are intended to direct you whiledriving withoutdiverting your attention from the road and driving. The multimedia system section in this Opera- tor's Manualdescribes the basicprinciples for Please alwaysuse this feature instead of con- operation. More information can be found in the sulting the map display for directions. Looking Digital Operator's Manual. at the icons or map display can distract you from traffic conditions and driving, and increase the risk of an accident. Important safety notes This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radiofrequency (RF) G WARNING Exposure Guidelines in Supplement CtoOET65. If you operate information systems and com- This equipment has very low levelsofRFenergy municationequipment integrated in the vehi- that is deemedtocomply withoutmaximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). How- cle when driving, you may be distracted from ever, it is recommended to install it at adistance the traffic situation. You could also lose con- of at least 8inches (approx. 20 cm) betweenthe trol of the vehicle.There is arisk of an acci- radiation source and aperson's body (not dent. including limbssuch as hands, wrists, feet and Only operate this equipment when the traffic legs). situation permits. If you are not sure that this G WARNING is possible, park the vehicle paying attention Modifications to electronic components, their to traffic conditions and operate the equip- software as wellaswiring can impair their ment when the vehicle is stationary. function and/or the function of other net- Multimedia system You must observe the legalrequirements for the worked components. In particular, systems country in which you are currently driving when relevant to safety could also be affected. As a operating the multimedia system. result, these may no longer function as inten- The multimedia system calculates the route to ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety of the destination withouttaking the following into the vehicle.There is an increasedrisk of an account, for example: accident and injury. Rtraffic lights Never tamper with the wiring as wellaselec- Rstop and yield signs tronic components or their software.You Rparking or stopping restrictions shouldhave all work to electricaland elec- Rroad narrowing tronic equipment carried out at aqualified Rother road and traffic rulesand regulations specialist workshop. The multimedia system may give incorrect navigation recommendations if the actual street/ traffic situation does not correspond with the Function restrictions digital map's data. For example: For safety reasons, some functions are restric- Radiverted route ted or unavailable whilethe vehicle is in motion. Rthe road layout or the direction of aone-way You willnotice this, for example, because either street has been changed you willnot be abletoselect certain menu items For this reason, you must alwaysobserve road or amessagewillappear to this effect. and traffic rulesand regulations during your journey. Roadand traffic rulesand regulations alwayshave priority over multimedia system driving recommendations.

Z 212 Operating system

Operating system the media source or set the volume, the sound is automatically switched on. Overview i Navigation announcements will be heard even if the sound is muted. General notes ! Do not use the space in frontofthe display Functions for storage. Objects placed here could dam- The multimedia system has the following func- age the display or impair its function.Avoid tions: any direct contact with the display surface. Pressure on the display surface may result in RRadio mode impairmentstothe display, which could be RMedia mode with media search irreversible. RSound systems Wearing polarized sunglasses may impair your RNavigation system ability to read the display. COMAND:navigation via the hard drive The display has an automatic temperature-con- Audio 20: navigation via SD card trolled switch-off feature. The brightness is RCommunication functions automatically reduced if the temperature is too R high. The display may temporarily switch off SIRIUS Weather (COMAND) completely. RVehicle functionswith system settings RFavorites functions Cleaning instructions Controller ! Do not touch the display. The display has a very sensitive high-gloss surface; there is a The controller in the center console lets you: Multimedia system risk of scratching.Ifyou have to clean the Rselect menu items on the display screen,however, use amild cleaningagent R and asoft,lint-free cloth. enter characters Rselect adestination on the map The display must be switched off and have R cooled down before you start cleaning. Do not save entries apply pressure to the display surface when The controller can be: cleaningit, as this could cause irreversible dam- Rturned 3 age to the display. Rslid left or right 1 R Switching the multimedia system slid forwards or back 4 R on/off slid diagonally 2 Rpressed briefly or pressed and held7 X Press the q control knob. Back button Adjusting the volume You can use the % button to exit amenu or to X Turn the q control knob. call up the main menu of the currentoperating The volume is adjusted: mode. X To exit the menu: % Rfor the currently selected media source briefly press the R button. during traffic or navigation announcements The multimedia system changes to the next Rin hands-free mode during an active call higher menu level in the currentoperating mode. Switching the sound on or off X To call up the main menu: press the % button for longer than two seconds. X 8 Press the button on the control panel. The multimedia system changes to the main If the audio output is switched off, the status menu of the currentoperatingmode. line will show the 8 symbol. If you switch Operating system 213

Favorites button Navigation mode You can assign predefinedfunctionsusingthe Important safety notes g favoritesbuttonand call them up by pressing thebutton(Y page 213). G WARNING If you operate information systems and com- Favorites munication equipmentintegratedinthe vehicle when driving,you may be distractedfrom Calling up and exiting favorites thetraffic situation.You could also lose control of thevehicle. Thereisariskofanacci- X To call up: press the g buttononthe controller. dent. X Selectafavorite,e.g. Vehicle. Only operate this equipmentwhen thetraffic The favoritesare displayed. situation permits. If you are notsure that this X To exit: press the g buttonagain. is possible,park thevehiclepayingattention to traffic conditionsand operate theequip- Adding favorites mentwhen thevehicleisstationary.

Adding predefined favorites You must observethe legal requirements for the country in whichyou are currentlydriving when X Press the g button. operating thenavigation system. X COMAND: slide 6 thecontroller. X Audio 20: slide 5 or 6 thecontroller. General notes The menubar is displayed.

Amongother things, correct functioning of the Multimedia system X Reassign Select . navigation system dependsonGPS reception.In The categories are displayed. certainsituations, GPS reception may be X Selectacategory. impaired,there may be interferenceorthere The favoritesare displayed. may be no reception at all, e.g. in tunnels or X Selectafavorite. parking garages. X COMAND: to add thefavorite to thedesired Audio 20 is equipped withGarmin® MAPPILOT position,turnand press thecontroller. (see themanufacturer'soperating instructions). If afavorite has already been added at this The Garmin® MAPPILOT operating instructions position,itwill be overwritten. are storedonthe SD cardasaPDF file.The SD X Audio 20: to add thefavorite to thedesired cardbox contains aquickguide. position,turn, slide 5 or 6 and press the The followingdescriptionsapply to navigation controller. withCOMAND.Further information can be If afavorite has already been added at this foundinthe Digital Operator's Manual. position,itwill be overwritten. Selecting aroute type and route options Adding yourown favorites You can add climatecontrolasafavorite,for Multimedia system: example. X Select NaviQNavigation. X Select VehicleQVehicle Settings. The map shows thevehicle's currentposition. X Press and hold the g buttonuntil the X Slide 6 thecontroller. favoritesare displayed. X Select OptionsQRouteSettings. X Addafavorite to thedesired position. Notes for routetypes: If afavorite has already been added at this REco Route position,itwill be overwritten. RDynamicTrafficRoute

Z 214 Operating system

Traffic reports on the route for the route guid- X Select the location. ance are taken into account (not availablein If available, the ZIP code is shown. If there are all countries). different ZIP codes availablefor the location, RDynamic TRF. Route After Request the corresponding digits are displayed with an X You can decide whether or not current traffic . reports should be included in the route cal- X Enter the street and house number. culation (not availableinall countries). The address is in the menu. RCalculate Alternative Routes Further options for destination entry: Different routes are being calculated. In order Rsearch for akeyword to do so, instead of Start,select the menu The keyword search finds destinations using item Continue. fragmentsofwords. X To avoid/use routeoptions: select Avoid Rselect the last destination Options. Rselect acontact X Select aroute option. Rselect aPOI Notes for route options: You can search for aPOI by location, name or RUse Toll Roads telephone number. The route calculation includes roads which Rselect destination on the map require you to pay ausage fee (toll). Renter intermediate destination R Number of Occupants in the Vehicle: You can map the route to the destination (only availableinthe USA) yourself with up to four intermediate destina- Prerequisite: your vehicle meets the access tions. conditions for carpool lanes. Rselect destinations from Mercedes-Benz Carpool lanes will be included if the carpool Apps Multimedia system lanes option is activated. Rselect geo-coordinates

Entering an address Calculating the route Multimedia system: Prerequisite: the address has been entered and X Select NaviQNavigation. is in the menu. The map shows the vehicle's current position. X Select Start or Continue. X Slide 6 the controller. The route is calculated with the selected route X Select DestinationQAddress Entry. type and the selected route options. Enter an address, e.g. as follows: If route guidance has already been activated, R aprompt will appear asking whether you wish city or ZIP code, street,house number to end the current route guidance. R state/province, city or ZIP code X Select Cancel Active Route Guidance or Rcity or ZIP code, center Set as IntermediateDestination. Rstreet,city or ZIP code, intersection Cancel Active Route Guidance cancels X Select City. the current route guidance and startsroute The city in which the vehicle is currently loca- calculation to the new destination. ted (current vehicle position) is at the top. Set as IntermediateDestination adds Below this, you will see locations for which the new destination in addition to the existing route guidance has already been carried out. destination and opens the intermediate des- X Enter the city. tinations list. The G symbol: the location is contained on the digital map multiple times. X To switch to the list: slide 5 the controller. Operating system 215

Connecting amobile phone procedure that is relevant for yourmobilephone (COMAND) available. The mobilephone is always connected automatically after authorization. Further Requirements information on using amobilephone with the multimedia system (see the Digital Operator's For telephony via theBluetooth® interface, you Manual). require aBluetooth®-capable mobile phone. The If the multimedia system does not detect your mobile phonemust support Hands-Free Profile mobilephone, this may be due to particular 1.0orabove. security settings on yourmobilephone (see the Multimedia system: manufacturer's operating instructions). X VehicleQSystem Set‐ Only one mobilephone can be connected to the Select multimedia system at any one time. tingsQActivate Bluetooth. Searchingfor amobile phone X Activate Bluetooth® O. Multimedia system: Mobilephone: X Select Tel/®QConn. X Activate Bluetooth® and,ifnecessary, Blue- DeviceQSearchfor PhonesQStart tooth® visibilityfor other devices (see the Search. manufacturer'soperatinginstructions). The available mobilephones are displayed. The Bluetooth® device names for all of oneman- Symbols in the devicelist ufacturer'sproductsmightbeidentical. To makeitpossible to clearly identifyyour mobile Sym- Explanation phone, changethe device name(see theman- bol ufacturer'soperatinginstructions). Ï New mobilephone found, not yet If themobile phonesupportsthe PBAP(Phone authorized. Multimedia system Book Access Profile) and MAP(Message Access Profile)Bluetooth® profiles, thefollow- Ñ Mobilephone is authorized, but is ing informationwill be transmittedafter you not connected. connect: RPhonebook Connecting amobile phone RCall lists Authorization using Secure Simple Pairing: RTextmessages and e-mail X Select mobilephone. i Acode is displayedinthe multimedia system Further informationonsuitable mobile and on the mobilephone. phones can be foundat: http:// X www.mercedes-benz.com/connect If codesmatch: select Yes on the multimedia system. i In theUSA,you can get in touch withthe X Confirm code on the mobilephone. Depend- Mercedes-BenzCustomerAssistanceCenter ing on the mobilephone used,confirm the on 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372). connection to the multimedia system and for In Canada, you can get in touch with the Cus- the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth® profiles. The tomer Relations Center on 1-800-387-0100. prompt to confirm may take up to two minutes to be displayed(see the manufactur- Searchingfor and authorizing (connect- er's operating instructions). ing) amobile phone X If the codesare different: select No on the multimedia system. Before using yourmobilephone with the multi- The process is canceled. media system for the first time, you willneed to Repeat authorization. search for the phone and then authorize (connect) it. Depending on the mobilephone, authorization either takes place by means of Secure Simple Pairing or by entering apasskey.The multimedia system automatically makes the

Z 216 Operating system

Authorization by entering apasskey(passcode): If the mobilephone supports the PBAP (Phone X ® Book Access Profile)and MAP (Message Select the Bluetooth nameofthe mobile ® phone. Access Profile) Bluetooth profiles, the follow- The input menu for the passkeyisdisplayed. ing informationistransmittedafteryou connect the main telephone: X Chooseaone to sixteen-digitnumbercombi- nation as apasskey. RPhone book X Enter the passkeyonthe multimedia system. RCall lists X Press ¬ to confirm. RText messages and e-mail X Enter and confirm the passkeyonthe mobile i Further informationonsuitablemobile phone. Depending on the mobilephone used, phones can be found at: http:// confirm the connectiontothe multimedia sys- www.mercedes-benz.com/connect tem and for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth® profiles. The prompt to confirm maytake up i In the USA, youcan getintouch with the to two minutes to be displayed (seethe man- Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center ufacturer's operating instructions). on 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372). In Canada, youcan getintouch with the Cus- tomerRelations Center on 1-800-387-0100. Connectingamobilephone(Audio 20) Searching for and authorizing (connect- Requirements ing) amobile phone For telephony via the Bluetooth® interface, you Before using your mobile phone with the multi- require at leastone Bluetooth®-capable mobile media system for the first time, you will need to phone depending on useof one-telephone search for the phone and then authorize (con- Multimedia system mode or two-telephonemode.The mobile nect)it. Depending on the mobile phone, author- phone must support Hands-FreeProfile1.0 or ization either takes place by means of Secure above. Simple Pairing or by enteringapasskey. The In two-telephonemode youcan useall the multimedia system automatically makes the functions of the multimedia system with the procedure that is relevant for your mobile phone main telephone.Withthe additional tele- available. The mobile phone is always connec- phone,you can receive incoming calls. ted automatically after authorization. Further information on using amobile phone with the Multimedia system: multimedia system (see the Digital Operator's X Select VehicleQSystem Set‐ Manual). tingsQActivate Bluetooth. If the multimedia system does not detect your X Activate Bluetooth® O. mobile phone, this may be due to particular security settings on your mobile phone (see the Mobilephone: manufacturer's operating instructions). X Activate Bluetooth® and,ifnecessary,Blue- Searching for amobile phone tooth® visibility for otherdevices(seethe Multimedia system: manufacturer's operating instructions). X Select Tel/®QConn. DeviceQCon‐ The Bluetooth® device names for allofone man- nect New Device. ufacturer's products might be identical.To X Select Connect via Vehicle. make it possibletoclearly identify your mobile X Select mobile phone. phone, change the device name(seethe manufacturer's operating instructions). Connecting amobile phone X One-telephone mode: select Connect as New Main Phone. X Two-telephone mode: select Connect as Additional Phone when amobile phone is already connected. Operatingsystem 217

X AuthorizationusingSecureSimple Pair- The followingexternalmediasources can be ing: used: Acodeisdisplayed in themultimedia system RApple® devices(e.g. iPhone®) and on themobile phone. RUSBdevices(e.g. USBstick,MP3 player) X Confirmcodeonthe mobile phone. Depend- (Y page 218) ing on themobile phoneused, confirm the RCD connection to themultimedia system and for R thePBAPand MAPBluetooth® profiles. The DVD(COMAND) prompt to confirm may takeuptotwo RSD cards minutestobedisplayed (see themanufactur- Rvia devicesconnected by Bluetooth® er'soperatinginstructions). i X If thecodes are different:select No on the Information on single CD/DVDdriveorDVD multimedia system. changer (see theDigital Operator's Manual). The processiscanceled. Repeat authorization. Selecting usingthe device list or Multimedia system: X Authorizationbyentering apasskey X Select MediaQDevices. (passcode): enterany one- to sixteen-digit The available mediasources will be shown. number sequencewhichyou have chosen The # dot indicates thecurrentsetting. yourself intothe passkeyinput menu. X X Select themediasource. Press ¬ to confirm. Playable filesare played. X Enterand confirm thepasskeyonthe mobile phone. Dependingonthe mobile phoneused, confirm theconnectiontothe multimedia sys- Inserting/removing an SD card temand for thePBAPand MAPBluetooth® Multimedia system profiles. The prompt to confirm may takeup Important safety notes to two minutestobedisplayed (see theman- G WARNING ufacturer'soperatinginstructions). SD cards are smallparts. They can be swallowed and causechoking. This posesan Symbols in thedevice manager increased riskofinjury or evenfatal injury. The symbols are shown in color dependingon Keep theSDcardout of thereachofchildren. their use. If aSDcardisswallowed, seek medical atten- Symbol Explanation tionimmediately. Mobile phoneconnected to the ! If you are no longer usingthe SD card, you multimedia system should remove it and store it outside thevehicle.Hightemperatures can damagethe card. Main telephone withfull range of functions InsertinganSDcard Additional telephone for incoming The SD cardslot is locatedonthe control panel. calls in two telephone mode X Insertthe SD cardintothe SD cardslot until theSDcardengages.The side withthe contacts must facedown. Media mode Removing an SD card General notes X Press theSDcard. The SD cardisejected. If you wish to play external mediasources,the X Remove theSDcard. appropriatemediamodemust alreadybeturned on.Further informationonmediamode(see the Digital Operator's Manual).

Z 218 Operating system

Connecting USB devices

X Connectthe USBdevice to theUSB port. Thereare two USBportsinthe stowage space underthe armrest. X Select themediasource (Y page 217). Multimedia system Stowage areas 219

Stowage areas Stowage spaces Important safety notes

G WARNING If objectsinthe passenger compartmentare stowed incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup holders, open stowage spaces and mobile phone brackets cannot always The glove box can be locked and unlocked using retain all objectsthey contain. There is arisk the mechanical key. of injury, particularly in the event of sudden X To lock: insert the mechanical key into the braking or asudden change in direction. lock and turn it to position 2. R Always stow objectssothat they cannot be X To unlock: insert the mechanical key into the thrown around in such situations. lock and turn it to position 1. RAlways make sure that objectsdonot pro- trude from stowage spaces, parcel nets or Stowage compartment/telephone stowage nets. compartment under the armrest RClose the lockable stowage spaces before startingajourney. RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objectsin the trunk. Stowage and features

Glove box

X To open: push button : up and raise armrest ;. The stowage compartmentcan be locked and unlocked centrally using the SmartKey (Y page 65). i Depending on the vehicle equipment, aUSB port and aMedia Interface is installed in the stowage compartment. AMedia Interface is a X To open: pull handle : and open glove box universal interface for mobile audio equip- flap ;. ment,e.g. for an iPod® or MP3 Player. X To close: fold glove box flap ; up until it engages. The glove box flap contains brackets for coins, pens, and credit and service cards.

Z 220 Stowage areas

Eyeglasses compartment Stowage compartment in thedoors

X To open: pressmarking :. Ruffled pocket ; with parking disc holder : is Makesure that theeyeglasses compartmentis locatedinthe door panel. always closed while thevehicle is in motion. Stowage box in therearwall between Stowage compartment in thecenter theseats console Astowage compartment, in theformofaruffled pocket, is locatedonthe rear wall between the seats. Stowage and features

X To open: briefly pressthe lower sectionof cover :. : Ruffled pocket X To remove theinsert: pull theleft-hand side of theinsert up and out. X To install theinsert: pressthe insert intothe Stowage net housing. X To close: fold cover : downwards until it Stowage netsare locatedinthe front-passenger engages. footwell and on therear wall behindthe driver's seat. Dependingonthe vehicle equipment,there may be an ashtray in thecenterconsole instead of a storagecompartment. Features 221

Reversible floor panelinthe trunk to the trunk lid. Otherwise the vehicleand the retractable hardtopcould be damaged.

Features Cup holder Important safety notes

G WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly, they can slide or be thrownaround and hit vehicleoccupants. In The trunk floor is level when youuse the outer addition, cup holders, openstowagespaces sideofthe reversiblefloor panel.Ifyou turn the floor panel over, youcan transportobjects such and mobilephone brackets cannotalways as abeverage crate on the undersideofthe retain allobjects they contain. There is arisk panel. of injury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or asuddenchange in direction. RAlwaysstow objects so that they cannotbe thrownaround in such situations. RAlwaysmake sure that objects do not pro- trudefrom stowagespaces, parcel nets or stowagenets. RClose the lockable stowagespaces before

starting ajourney. Stowage and features RAlwaysstow and secure heavy, hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objects in the trunk. Twoflexible straps ; are attached to the reversible floor panel,use thesetosecure objects, such as wind screen =,whenreversiblefloor G WARNING panel : hasbeenturnedover. The heating elements of the cup holder can become very hot. Youcould burn yourselfon them. Roofcarrier There is ariskofinjury. ! Thisvehicleisnot designed to transport Do not touch the hot heating elements of the itemsonthe roof. Roof carriers and other cup holder.Alwaysmake sure that children deviceswhich are mounted on the roofthat cannotaccess the hot heating elements of the have not beenspecifically approved for this model by Mercedes-Benz mustnot be used as cup holder.Neverleave children unsuper- they could damagethe vehicleand the vised in the vehicle. retractable hardtop(vario-roof). ! At the time of going to print, Mercedes-Benz Only usethe cup holdersfor containers of doesnot offerany roofcarrierorotherroof- the right size and which have lids. The drinks installed devicesfor this model. could otherwise spill. ! ! Thisvehicleisnot designed to transportany Do not expose drinks bottles in the cup itemsonthe trunk lidortoallow luggage car- holder in the center console to continuous, riers or equipment of any kind to be installed strong and direct sunlight. The passenger compartment in the areaofthe center con-

Z 222 Features

sole can otherwise be damaged by the con- X Press the outer edge of button : and slide in centrated and reflected sunlight. the direction of the arrow until the bottle fits into the opening. Cup holder in the center console X Insert the bottle into the bottle holder. The bottle holder is suitable for bottles with a capacity of 25 fl. oz. (0.7 l) to 54 fl. oz. (1.5 l). The bottle holderdoesnot securethe bottles; it merelyprevents themfromtipping over.

Sun visors Overview

G WARNING If the mirrorcoverofthe vanity mirrorisfolded es X To open: slide cover ; back. up when the vehicleisinmotion, youcould be X To remove the insert: slide catch : inwards blinded by incident light. There is ariskofan on both sides in the direction of the arrow. accident. X Remove the cup holder insert upwards. Alwayskeepthe mirrorcoverfoldeddown

nd featur X To re-install the insert: place the insert in whiledriving. the stowage space. ea X Slide catch : outwards in the direction of the arrow until it engages. You can remove the cup holder insert for cleaning. Cleanwith clear, lukewarm water only. Sto wag

Bottle holder Observe the "Important safety notes" in the "Stowage compartments" section (Y page 219). ! Make sure that any bottles weighing more than 1.1 lb(0.5 kg) that are stored in the bottle : Mirrorlight holder, rest on the vehicle floor. The bottle ; Bracket holder could otherwise be damaged. = Retaining strip, e.g.for aparking lotticket ? Vanity mirror A Mirrorcover i When drivingathighspeeds with the side windoworroofopen: If youhaveinsertedacar park ticketinto retaining strip =,makesurethatitisnot blownawaybythe wind. Features 223

Ashtray Your attention mustalways be focused on the traffic conditions. Only use thecigarette lighter when road and traffic conditionspermit. X Turn theSmartKey to position 2 in theignition lock(Y page 116). X To open: push thelower section of cover :. The ashtray opens. X Press in cigarette lighter ;. Cigarette lighter ; will pop out automatically when theheating elementisred-hot.

12 Vsockets X To open: push thelower section of cover :. The cover opens. Generalnotes X To remove theinsert: lift insert = up ; and X Turn theSmartKey to position 1 in theigni- out. tion lock(Y page 116). X To re-install theinsert: press insert = into The sockets can be used for accessories witha theholder until it engages. maximum draw of 180W(15 A).Accessories include suchitems as chargers for mobile phones. Cigarette lighter If you use thesockets for longperiods when the engineisswitched off,the battery may dis- G WARNING charge. You can burn yourself if you touch thehot i An emergencycut-out ensures that theon- heating elementorthe socketofthe cigarette

boardvoltagedoes notdroptoo low. If theon- Stowage and features lighter. boardvoltageistoo low, thepowertothe In addition,flammablematerials can igniteif: sockets is automatically cut.This ensures that there is sufficientpowertostart the Rthehot cigarette lighterfalls engine. Rachild holdsthe hot cigarette lighterto objects,for example Socket in thefront center console There is ariskoffireand injury. Always hold thecigarette lighterbythe knob. Always makesurethatthe cigarette lighteris out of reachofchildren.Never leavechildren unsupervised in thevehicle.

X To open: push thelower section of cover :. The stowage compartmentopens. X Liftupthe cover of socket ;.

Z 224 Features

mbrace USA only: youcan find information and a description of allavailable features under "Own- General notes ers Online"athttp://www.mbusa.com.

Youmusthavealicenseagreementtoactivate System self-test the mbraceservice. Make sure thatyoursystem is activatedand operational.Tolog in, press the Afteryou have switched on the ignition, the sys- ï MB Info call button. If any of the steps tem carries outaself-diagnosis. mentioned arenot carried out, the systemmay Amalfunctioninthe systemhas been detected not be activated. if one of the following occurs: If youhavequestions aboutthe activation, con- R tactone of the following telephone hotlines: Theindicator lamp in the SOS button does not comeonduringthe systemself-test. R USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance RTheindicator lamp in the F Roadside Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes Assistancebutton does not lightupduring (1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007 self-diagnosis of the system. R Canada: Customer Service at RTheindicator lamp in the ï MB Info call es 1-888-923-8367 button does not lightupduringself-diagnosis Shortlyafter successfullyregistering with the of the system. service, auserIDand password will be sent to RTheindicator lamp in one or moreofthe fol- youbypost. lowing buttons continuestolight up red after USA only: youcan usethispassword to logonto the systemself-diagnosis:

nd featur the mbraceareaunder "Owners Online"at - SOS button http://www.mbusa.com. - F Roadside Assistancecallbutton ea Thesystemisavailable if: - ï MB Info call button Rit hasbeenactivatedand is operational RAfterthe systemself-diagnosis,the Inoper‐ Rthe corresponding mobilephone network is ative or Service Not Activated message availablefor transmitting data to the Cus- appearsinthe multifunction display. Sto wag tomerCenter If amalfunctionisindicated as outlined above, Raservice subscription is available the systemmay not operate as expected. In the Rthe starterbatteryissufficiently charged event of an emergency,helpwillhavetobe i summoned by other means. Determining the locationofthe vehicleona Have the systemchecked at the nearestauthor- mapisonlypossibleif: izedMercedes-Benz Center or contact the fol- RGPSreceptionisavailable. lowing service hotlines: Rthe vehiclepositioncan be forwardedto RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance the Customer AssistanceCenter. Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007 The mbracesystem RCanada: Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367 To adjustthe volumeduringacall, proceedas follows: X Press the W or X button on the multifunction steering wheel. or X Use the volumecontrollerofthe audiosystem/COMAND. Thesystemoffers variousservices,e.g.: RAutomatic and manualemergency call RRoadside Assistancecall RMB Info call Features 225

Emergency call The audio output is muted. Once the connection has been made, the Call Important safety notes Connected message appears in the multifunc- G WARNING tion display. All important information on the emergencyis It can be dangerous to remain in thevehicle, transmitted, for example: even if you have pressed theSOS button in an Rcurrent location of the vehicle (as determined emergency if: by the GPS system) Ryou see smoke inside or outside of thevehi- Rvehicle identification number cle,e.g.ifthere is afireafter an accident Rinformation on the severity of the accident Rthevehicle is on adangerous sectionof Shortly after the emergencycall has been initi- road ated, avoice connection is automatically estab- R lished between the Customer Assistance Center thevehicle is notvisible or cannoteasily be and the vehicle occupants. seen by other road users, particularly when RIf the vehicle occupantsrespond, the dark or in poor visibilityconditions Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center Thereisarisk of an accidentand injury. attemptstoget more information on the Leavethe vehicle immediately in this or simi- emergency. R lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so. If there is no response from the vehicle occupants, an ambulance is immediately sent to Movetoasafe locationalongwith other vehi- the vehicle. cle occupants. In suchsituations,secure the If no voice connection can be established to the vehicle in accordancewith national regula- Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center, tions,e.g.with awarning triangle. the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call. You must have alicenseagreementtoactivate This can occur, for example, if the relevant thembrace service. Makesure that your system

mobile phone network is not available. The indi- Stowage and features is activated and operational. To register, press cator lamp in the SOS button flashes continu- ï the MB Info call button.Ifany of thesteps ously. mentioned are notcarried out,the system may notbeactivated. The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed. If you have questionsabout theactivation,con- tactone of thefollowingtelephone hotlines: In this case, summon assistance by other means. RUSA: Mercedes-BenzCustomerAssistance Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes Making an emergency call (1-800-367-6372)or1-866-990-9007 RCanada: Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367 General notes An emergencycall is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency TensioningDevice is triggered. i You cannot end an automatically triggered emergencycall yourself. An emergencycall can also be initiated manually. As soon as the emergencycall has been initiated, the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes. The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message.

Z 226 Features

X To initiate an emergencycallmanually: ing the NAVI button on COMAND, for exam- press cover : brieflytoopen. ple. X ; Press SOS button briefly. i Voice outputisnot available. The indicator lamp in SOS button ; flashes untilthe emergency callisconcluded. Avoice connectionisestablished between the X Wait for avoice connectiontothe Mercedes- Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center Benz Customer Assistance Center. and the vehicleoccupants. X After the emergency call, close cover :. From the remote malfunctiondiagnosis, the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center i If the mobilephone network is unavailable, can ascertain the nature of the problem mbrace will not be able to make the emer- (Y page 227). gencycall. If youleave the vehicleimmedi- The Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen- ately afterpressing the SOS button, youwill ter either sendsaqualified Mercedes-Benz tech- not know whethermbrace placedthe emer- nician or makes arrangements for your vehicle gencycall. In thiscase, always summon assis- to be transported to the nearestMercedes-Benz tance by othermeans. Service Center.

es Youmay be chargedfor servicessuchasrepair Breakdownassistancebutton work and/or towing. Further details are available in your mbrace manual. i The system hasnot been able to initiate a nd featur Roadside Assistance call, if: R ea the indicator lamp for Roadside Assistance callbutton : is flashing continuously. Rno voice connectiontothe Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center wasestab- lished. Sto wag Thiscan occurifthe relevant mobilephone network is not available,for example. The CallFailed message appears in the X Press Roadside Assistance button :. multifunctiondisplay. Thisinitiates acalltothe Mercedes-Benz Cus- tomerAssistance Center. X To endacall: press the ~ button on the The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance multifunctionsteering wheel. button : flasheswhile the callisactive. The or multifunctiondisplay shows the Connect‐ X Press the corresponding multimedia system ing Call message. The audiooutputis button for ending aphone call. muted. If aconnectioncan be made,the CallCon‐ MB Info callbutton nected message appears in the multifunction display. If amobilephone network and GPSreception are available,the system transfers data to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center, for example: RCurrent location of the vehicle RVehicleidentificationnumber i The display of the multimedia system indi- catesthatacallisactive. During the call, you can change to the navigationmenu by press- Features 227

X Press MB Info call button :. Call priority This initiates acall to the Mercedes-Benz Cus- tomer Assistance Center. When service calls are active, e.g. Roadside The indicator lamp in MB Info call button : Assistance or MB Info calls, an emergencycall flashes while the connection is being made. can still be initiated. In this case, an emergency The multifunction display shows the Con‐ call will take priority and override all other active necting Call message. The audio system is calls. muted. The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended. If aconnection can be made, the Call Con‐ An emergencycall can only be terminated by the nected message appears in the multifunction Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center. display. All other calls can be ended by pressing: If amobile phone networkand GPS reception are available, the system transfers data to the Rthe ~ button on the multifunction steering Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center, wheel for example: Rthe corresponding button on the audio sys- Rcurrentlocation of the vehicle tem or on COMAND for ending atelephone call Rvehicle identification number i When acall is initiated, the audio system is i The display of the multimedia system indi- muted. The mobile phone is no longer con- cates that acall is active. During the call, you nected to COMAND.However, if you want to can change to the navigation menu by press- use your mobile phone, do so only when the ing the NAVI button on COMAND,for exam- vehicle is stationary and in asafe location. ple. Voice output is not available. Vehicle Health Check Avoice connection is established between the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center With the Vehicle Health Check, the Customer and the vehicle occupants. Assistance Center can provide improved sup- You receive information about operating your port for problems with your vehicle. During an Stowage and features vehicle, about the nearest authorized existingcall, vehicle data is transferred to the Mercedes-Benz Center and about other prod- Customer Assistance Center. The customer ser- ucts and services from Mercedes-Benz. vice representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistanceisrequired. You USA only: you can find further information on are then,for example, guided to the nearest the mbrace system under "Owners Online" at Mercedes-Benz ServiceCenter or arecovery http://www.mbusa.com. vehicle is called. i The system has not been able to initiate an If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB Info call, if: MB Info call or aRoadside Assistance call, this is Rthe indicator lamp in MB Info call button : initiated by the Customer Assistance Center. is flashing continuously. You will see the Roadside Assistance Con‐ R nected message in the COMAND display. If the no voice connection to the Mercedes-Benz vehicle remotemalfunction diagnosis can be Customer Assistance Center was estab- started, the Request for vehicle diagno‐ lished. sis received. Start vehicle diagnosis? This can occur if the relevant mobile phone message appears in the display. networkisnot available, for example. X Confirm the message with Yes. The Call Failed message appears in the X Vehicle diagnosis: Please multifunction display. When the start ignition message appears, turn the X To end acall: press the ~ button on the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock multifunction steeringwheel. (Y page 116). or X When the Please follow the instruc‐ X Press the corresponding multimedia system tions received by phone and move button for ending aphone call. your vehicle to asafe position mes-

Z 228 Features

sage appears, follow the customer service Once programed, the integrated garage door representative's instructions. opener in the rear-view mirror will assume the The message in the displaydisappears. function of the garage door system's remote If you select Cancel the remote malfunction control. Please also read the operating instruc- diagnosis is canceled completely. tions for the garage door system. The vehicle operating state check begins. You When programming agarage door opener, park will see the Vehicle diagnosis activated the vehicle outside the garage. Do not run the message. engine while programming. When the diagnosis is completed, the Trans‐ Certain garage door drives are incompatible fer vehicle diagnostics data (Voice with the integrated garage door opener. If you connection may be interrupted during have difficulty programing the integrated garage data transfer) message appears. The vehicle door opener, contact an authorized Mercedes- data can now be sent to the Customer Assis- Benz Center. tance center. Alternatively, you can call the following telephone assistance services: X Press OK to confirm the message. The voice connection with the Customer RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Assistance Center is terminated. Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes You will see the Vehicle diagnosis: RCanada: Customer Service at Transferring data... message. 1-800-387-0100 The vehicle data is sent to the Customer RHomeLink® hotline 1-800-355-3515 (free of Assistance Center. charge) Depending on what the customer service rep- More information on HomeLink® and/or com- resentative agreed with you, the voice connec- patible products is also available online at tion is re-established after the transfer is com- http://www.homelink.com. plete. If necessary, you will be contacted at a Notes on the declaration of conformity later time by another means, e.g. by e-mail or (Y page 26). phone. Stowage and features USA: FCC ID: CB2HMIHL4 Another function of the Vehicle Health Check is Canada:IC: 279B-HMIHL4 the transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance Center. If aservice is overdue, the COMAND displayshows amessage about vari- Important safety notes ous special offers at your workshop. G WARNING USA only: this information can also be called up under "Owners Online" at http:// When you operate or program the garage door www.mbusa.com. with the integrated garage door opener, per- Information on the data stored in the vehicle sons in the range of movement of the garage (Y page 28). door can become trapped or struck by the Information on Roadside Assistance garage door. There is arisk of injury. Y ( page 25). When using the integrated garage door opener, always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage Garage door opener door. General notes G WARNING The HomeLink® garage door opener integrated Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust in the rear-view mirror allowsyou to operate up to three different door and gate systems. gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling Use the integrated garage door opener only on these exhaust gases leads to poisoning. There garage doors that: is arisk of fatal injury. Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with- Rhave safety stop and reverse features and out sufficient ventilation. Rmeet current U.S. federal safety standards Features 229

Programming so, vary the distance between remote control A and the rear-view mirror. Programming the buttons The required distance between remote con- Pay attention to the "Important safety notes" trol A and the integrated garage door opener (Y page 228). depends on the garage door drive system. Several attemptsmight be necessary. You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position. Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the "Important safety notes" (Y page 228). If the garage door system uses arolling code, you will also have to synchronize the garage door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear-view mirror. To do this you will need to use the programming button on the door drive control panel. The programming button Garage door remote control A is not included may be located in different places depending on with the integrated garage door opener. the manufacturer. It is usually located on the X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- door drive unit on the garage ceiling. tion lock (Y page 116). Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive X Select one of buttons ; to ? to use to con- operating instructions, e.g. under "Program- trol the garage door drive. ming additional remote controls", before carry- X To startprogramming mode: press and ing out the following steps. hold one of buttons ; to ? on the integrated Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage garage door opener. door or gate opener drive. Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons/objects are The garage door opener is now in program- Stowage and features ming mode. After ashort time, indicator present within the sweep of the door or gate. lamp : lights up yellow. X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- Indicator lamp : lights up yellow as soon as tion lock (Y page 116). button ;, = or ? is stored for the first time. X Get out of the vehicle. If the selected button has already been pro- X Press the programming button on the door : gramed, indicator lamp will only light up drive unit. yellow after ten seconds have elapsed. Usually,you now have 30 seconds to initiate X ; = ? Release button , or .Indicator the next step. lamp : flashes yellow. X Get into the vehicle. X To programthe remote control: point X ; = garage door remote control A towards but- Press previously programed button , ? tons ; to ? on the rear-view mirror at adis- or on the integrated garage door opener tance of 2to8in(5to20cm). repeatedly until the door closes. X The rolling code synchronization is then com- Press and hold button B on remote control plete. A until indicator lamp : lights up green. When indicator lamp : lights up green: pro- Notes on programming the remote con- gramming is finished. trol When indicator lamp : flashes green: programming was successful. The next step is to Canadianradio frequency laws require a"break" synchronize the rolling code (Y page 229). (or interruption) of the transmission signals after broadcasting for afew seconds. Therefore, X B A Release button on remote control for these signals may not last long enough for the the garage door drive system. integrated garage door opener. The signal is not : If indicator lamp lights up red: repeat the recognized during programming. Comparable programing procedure for the corresponding button on the rear-view mirror. When doing

Z 230 Features

with Canadian law, some U.S.garage door open- operate in thefrequencyrange of 280to ers also feature a"break". 433MHz. Proceed as follows: RReplace thebatteries in garage door remote A Rif you live in Canada. control .This increasesthe likelihood that A R garage door remote control will transmit a if you have difficulties programming the strongand precise signal to theintegrated garage door opener (regardless of where you garage door opener. live) when following theprogramming steps. RWhen programming, hold remote control A X Pressand hold one of buttons ; to ? on the at varyingdistances and anglesfrombut- integrated garage door opener. tons ; to ? which you are programming. Try After ashorttime, indicator lamp : lightsup various anglesatadistancebetween 2and yellow. 8inches (5to20cm) or at thesame angle but X Release thebutton. at varyingdistances. Indicator lamp : flashes yellow. RIf afurther remote control A is available for X Pressbutton B of garage door remote con- thesame garage door drive, repeat thesame trol A for two seconds, then releaseitfor two programming steps with this remote control seconds. A.Before performing these steps, makesure X Pressbutton B again for two seconds. that new batteries have been installed in X Repeat this sequence on button B of remote garage door driveremote control A. control A until indicator lamp : lightsup RNotethatsome remote controls only transmit green. for alimited amountoftime(theindicator When indicator lamp : lightsupgreen: pro- lamp on theremote control goes out).Press grammingisfinished. button B on remote control A again before When indicator lamp : flashes green: pro- transmission ends. grammingwas successful. The nextstepisto RAlignthe antennacable of thegarage door synchronize therollingcode. opener unit.This can improve signal recep- X Release button B of remote control A of the tion/transmission.

Stowage and features garage door drive. When indicator lamp : lightsupred: repeat Opening/closing thegarage door theprogramming process for thecorresponding button on therear-view mirror. When After it has been programmed, theintegrated doingso, vary thedistancebetween remote garage door opener performsthe function of the control A and therear-view mirror. garage door system remote control. Please also read theoperatinginstructions for thegarage The required distancebetween remote con- door system. trol A and theintegrated garage door opener depends on thegarage door drivesystem. X Turn theSmartKey to position 2 in theigni- Several attemptsmightbenecessary. You tionlock (Y page 116). should testeveryposition for at least X Presseither button ;, = or ? which you 25 secondsbefore trying another position. have programmed to operate thegarage door. Problems when programming Garage door system with afixed code: indi- If you are experiencingproblems programming cator lamp : lightsupgreen. theintegrated garage door opener on therear- Garage door system with arollingcode: indi- view mirror, takenoteofthe following instruc- cator lamp : flashes green. tions: The transmitter will transmit asignal as long RCheck thetransmitter frequencyused by as thebutton is pressed. The transmission is garage door driveremote control A and halted after amaximum of ten secondsand whether it is supported.The transmitter fre- indicator lamp : lightsupyellow. quencycan usually be foundonthe back of X Pressbutton ;, = or ? again if necessary. remote control A for thegarage door drive. The integrated garage door opener is compatible with devices that have unitswhich Features 231

Clearing thememory Settingthe compass Makesure that you clear thememory of the integratedgaragedoor opener before sellingthe vehicle. X Turn theSmartKey to position 2 in theignitionlock(Y page 116). X Press and hold buttons ; and ?. The indicator lamp initially lightsupyellow and then green. X Release buttons ; and ?. The memory of theintegratedgaragedoor opener in therear-view mirror is cleared.

Compass Callingupthe compass

North Americazonemap Stowage and features

Compass ; displays thecompass direction in whichthe vehicle is currently traveling: N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W or NW. To receive acorrectdisplay in rear-view mirror :,the compass must be calibrated and the magnetic fieldzoneset.

South Americazonemap X Set your locationusingthe zone maps. X Push aroundpen intoopening = (Y page 231) for approximately three seconds. The zone currently selectedappearsincom- pass display ; (Y page 231). X To select thezone: push aroundpen into opening = (Y page 231) until thedesired zone is selected. If,after afew seconds, thedisplay in compass display ; (Y page 231) changes direction, thezonehas been selected.

Z 232 Features

Calibratingthe compass X Makesure that there is sufficient spacefor you to driveinacircle without impedingtraf- fic. In order to calibratethe compass correctly, do thefollowing: Rcalibratethe compass in theopen and notin thevicinity of steel structures or high-voltage transmission lines. Rswitch off electrical consumers suchasthe climate control, windshield wipersorrear window defroster. X Slidethe seat back. Rclose all doorsand thetrunk lid. X To install: placethe floormat in thefootwell. X Switch on theignition. X Press studs : onto retainers ;. X Push aroundpen intoopening = X To remove: pull thefloormat off retainers ;. Y ( page 231) for approximately six seconds, X Remove thefloormat. until symbol C is shown in compass display ; (Y page 231). X Drive your vehicle in afull circle at approximately 3mph (5 km/h)to6mph (10 km/h). When thecalibration has successfully been completed, thecurrentdirection is shown in compass display ; (Y page 231).

Floormats Stowage and features G WARNING Objectsinthe driver'sfootwell may restrict theclearance aroundthe pedals or blocka depressed pedal. This jeopardizes theoper- atingand road safety of thevehicle.Thereisa riskofanaccident. Stow all objectssecurely in thevehicle so that they do notget intothe driver'sfootwell. When usingfloormats or carpets, makesure that they are properlysecured so that they do notslip or obstructthe pedals.Donot place several floormats or carpetsontop of one another. Engine compartment 233

Engine compartment Rremove jewelry and watches R Hood keep items of clothing and hair, for example, away from moving parts Important safety notes Opening thehood G WARNING If thehood is unlatched, it may open up when G WARNING thevehicle is in motion and blockyour view. Certain componentsinthe engine compart- Thereisarisk of an accident. ment, suchasthe engine,radiator and parts Never unlatch thehood while driving.Before of theexhaust system, can become veryhot. everytrip, ensure that thehood is locked. Workinginthe engine compartmentposesa risk of injury. G WARNING Wherepossible, let theengine cooldown and When opening and closingthe hood,itmay touch only thecomponentsdescribedinthe suddenly fall intothe closed position.Thereis following. arisk of injury to personswithin range of movementofthe hood. G WARNING Open and close thehood only when no oneis When thehood is open and thewindshield within its range of movement. wipersare set in motion,you can be injured by thewiper linkage. Thereisarisk of injury. G WARNING Always switch off thewindshield wipersand Opening thehood when theengine is over- theignition before opening thehood. heated or when there is afireinthe engine compartmentcouldexpose you to hot gases ! Makesure that thewindshield wipersare or other serviceproducts. Thereisarisk of notfolded away from thewindshield. You couldotherwise damagethe windshield wip- injury. ers or thehood.

Let an overheatedengine cooldown before Maintenance and care opening thehood.Ifthere is afireinthe engine compartment, keep thehood closed and contactthe firedepartment.

G WARNING The engine compartmentcontainsmoving components. Certain components, suchas theradiator fan,may continue to run or start again suddenly when theignition is off.There is arisk of injury. If you needtodoany work inside theengine X Makesure that thewindshield wipersare compartment: turned off. X Pull release lever : on thehood. Rswitch off theignition The hood is released. Rnever reachintothe area wherethere is a risk of danger from moving components, suchasthe fan rotationarea

Z 234 Engine compartment

Checking the oil level using the oil dipstick

G WARNING Certain componentsinthe engine compartment,such as the engine, radiator and parts of the exhaust system, can become very hot. Workinginthe engine compartment poses a risk of injury. Only touch the following componentsdescribed. X Reachintothe gap, pull hoodcatch handle ; up and lift hood :. If you lift thehoodbyapproximately 15 in (40 cm), thehoodisopened and held open automatically by thegas-filled strut.

Closingthe hood X Lowerthe hoodand let it fall from aheight of approximately 8in(20 cm). X Checkthatthe hoodhas engagedproperly. If thehoodcan be raised slightly, it is not properly engaged. Open it again and close it withalittlemoreforce. Example X Pull oil dipstick : out of the dipstick guide tube. Engine oil X Wipe off oil dipstick :. X Slowly slide oil dipstick : into the guide tube Maintenance and care Notes on theoil level to the stop, and take it out again. Dependingonyour driving style, thevehicle If the level is between MIN mark = and MAX consumes up to 0.9USqt(0.8 liters)ofoil per mark ;,the oil level is correct. 600miles (1,000 km). Theoil consumption may X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark = or be higher than this when thevehicle is neworif below, add 1.0 liter of engine oil. you frequently driveathigh enginespeeds. X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark = or Dependingonthe engine, theoil dipstick may be below, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) of engine oil. in adifferent location. When checking theoil level: Rpark thevehicle on alevelsurface Rtheengineshould be switched off for approximately fiveminutesifthe engineisatnormal operatingtemperature Rif theengineisnot at normal operatingtemperature, e.g.ifthe enginewas only started briefly, wait about 30 minutesbefore carrying out the measurement

Example Engine compartment 235

X Pull out oil dipstick :. The following cause engine failure or damage X Wipe off oil dipstick :. to the exhaust system: X Slowly slide oil dipstick : into the guide tube RUse of engine oils and oil filters that have to the stop, and take it out again. not been expressly approved for the service If the level is between MIN mark = and MAX system mark ;,the oil level is correct. RReplacement of engine oil and oil filter after X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark = or the replacement interval specified by the below, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) of engine oil. service system has expired RUse of engine oil additives Adding engine oil ! Do not add too much oil. If the oil level is G above the "max" mark on the dipstick,too WARNING much oil has been added. This can lead to Certain components in the engine compart- damage to the engine or the catalytic con- ment,such as the engine, radiator and parts verter.Have excess oil siphoned off. of the exhaust system, can become very hot. Workinginthe engine compartment poses a risk of injury. Where possible, let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following.

G WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot componentsinthe engine compartment,itmay ignite. There is arisk of fire and injury. Example: engine oil cap Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to X Turn cap : counter-clockwise and remove it. the filler neck.Let the engine cool down and X Add engine oil. thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com- If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on Maintenance and care ponentsbefore starting the engine. the oil dipstick,add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) of engine oil. H Environmentalnote X Replace cap : on the filler neck and turn When adding oil, take care not to spill any. If clockwise. oil entersthe soil or waterways, it is harmful to Ensure that the cap locks into place securely. X the environment. Check the oil level again with the oil dipstick (Y page 234). ! Use only engine oils and oil filters that are Further information on engine oil (Y page 292). approved for vehicles with aservice system. A list of the engine oils and oil filters that have been tested and approved in accordancewith Checking and adding other service Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Service products Products is availableatany authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Checking coolant level

G WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment,such as the engine, radiator and parts of the exhaust system, can become very hot.

Z 236 Engine compartment

Workinginthe engine compartment poses a If the coolant level is approximately 0.6 in = risk of injury. (1.5 cm)above marker bar in the fuel filler neck when warm, there is enough coolant in Where possible, let the engine cool down and expansion tank :. touch only the componentsdescribed in the X If necessary, add coolant that has been tested following. and approved by Mercedes-Benz. X Replace cap ; and turn it clockwise as far as G WARNING it will go. The cooling system is pressurized, particularly Further information on coolant (Y page 293). when the motor is warm. If you open the cap, you could be scalded if hot coolant sprays out. Windshield washer system There is arisk of injury. G WARNING Let the engine cool down before you open the cap. Wear gloves and eye protection. Slowly Certain componentsinthe engine compart- open the cap to relieve pressure. ment,such as the engine, radiator and parts of the exhaust system, can become very hot. Workinginthe engine compartment poses a risk of injury. Where possible, let the engine cool down and touch only the componentsdescribed in the following.

G WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine components or the exhaust system. There is arisk of fire and injury. Example

Maintenance and care Make sure that no windshield washer con- X Park the vehicle on alevel surface. centrate is spilled next to the filler neck. Only check the coolant level when the vehicle is on alevel surface and the engine has cooled down. X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 116). On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, press the Start/Stop button twice (Y page 116). X Check the coolant temperature gage in the multifunction display. The coolant temperature must be below 158 ‡(70 †). X Turn the SmartKey to position u (Y page 116) in the ignition lock. X Slowly turn cap : half aturn anti-clockwise Example to allow excesspressure to escape. X To open: pull cap : upwards by the tab. X Turn cap ; further counter-clockwise and X Add the premixed washer fluid. remove it. X To close: : If the coolant is at the level of marker bar = press cap ontothe filler neck in the filler neck when cold, there is enough until it engages. coolant in coolant expansion tank :. If the washer fluid level drops below the recommended minimum fluid level of 1USqt(1liter), ASSYST PLUS 237 amessage appearsinthe multifunction display Dependingonthe operatingconditionsofthe prompting you to add washer fluid (Y page 201). vehicle,the remainingtimeordistanceuntil the Further informationonwindshield washer fluid/ nextservicedue dateisdisplayed. antifreeze(Y page 294). The letter A or B,possibly in connectionwith a number or another letter, showsthe type of service. A stands for aminor serviceand B for a Overview of theengine compartment major service. You can obtain further informationfroman authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter. The ASSYSTPLUSserviceinterval display does nottakeintoaccountany periods of timeduring whichthe battery is disconnected. Maintaining thetime-dependentservicesched- ule: X Notedown theservicedue datedisplayedin themultifunction display before disconnecting thebattery. or X Afterreconnectingthe battery, subtractthe battery disconnectionperiods from theser- Example:gasoline engine vicedateshownonthe display. : Engineoil cap ; Oil dipstick = Brake fluid reservoir Hiding aservice message ? Washerfluid reservoir A Coolantexpansion tank X Pressthe a or % button on thesteering wheel.

ASSYST PLUS

Displaying service messages Maintenance and care Service messages X Switch on theignition. The ASSYSTPLUSserviceinterval display X Pressthe = or ; button on thesteering informsyou of thenextservicedue date. wheel to selectthe Serv. menu. Information on thetype of serviceand service X Pressthe 9 or : button to selectthe intervals (see theseparate Maintenance Book- ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirmbypress- let). ing the a button. You can obtain further informationfroman The servicedue dateappearsinthe multi- authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter or at function display. http://www.mbusa.com (USAonly). i The ASSYSTPLUSserviceinterval display does notshow any informationonthe engine Information aboutService oil level. Observethe notesonthe engine oil level(Y page 234). Resettingthe ASSYST PLUS service The multifunction display showsaservicemes- interval display sage for several seconds, e.g.: ! If theASSYSTPLUSserviceinterval display RServiceAin..Days has been inadvertently reset,thissettingcan RServiceADue be correctedataqualified specialist work- RServiceAExceeded by .. Days shop. Haveservicework carried out as describedin theMaintenance Booklet. This may otherwise

Z 238 Care

lead to increased wear and damage to the Rsolvents majorassemblies or the vehicle. Rcleaning agentscontaining solvents Aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. an author- Do not scrub. ized Mercedes-BenzCenter, will reset the Do not touchthe surfaces and films with hard ASSYSTPLUS service interval display after the objects, e.g. rings or ice scrapers. Otherwise, service work has been carried out. You can also you may scratchordamage the surfaces and obtain further information on maintenance films. work,for example. ! Do not park your vehicle for along period of Specialservice requirements timedirectly after cleaning, particularly after cleaning the wheel rim with wheel cleaner. The specified maintenance interval takes only Wheel cleaner can lead to the increased cor- the normal operation of the vehicle into rosionofthe brakediscs and pads. Therefore, account.Under arduous operating conditionsor drive for afew minutes after cleaning. By increased load on the vehicle, maintenance heatingupthe brakes, the brakediscs and work must be carried out more frequently, for pads dry. The vehicle can thenbeparked for a example: long period of time. Rregular citydrivingwith frequent intermediate Regular care of your vehicle is acondition for stops retainingthe quality in the long term. Rif the vehicle is primarily used to travel short Use care products and cleaning agentsrecom- distances mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz. Ruse in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces Rif the engineisoften left idling for long periods Washing thevehicle and cleaning the Under these or similar conditions, have, for paintwork example, the air filter, engineoil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently. Under Automatic car wash arduous operating conditions, the tires must be G WARNING checked more often. Further information can be obtained at aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. Braking efficiencyisreduced after washing Maintenance and care an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter. the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident. After the vehicle has been washed, brake Driving abroad carefully while paying attention to the traffic An extensive Mercedes-BenzService network is conditionsuntil full braking power is restored. also available in other countries. You can obtain further information fromany authorized ! When DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLDfunc- Mercedes-BenzCenter. tion is activated, the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations. To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate Care DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLDfunction in the followingorsimilar situations: Notes on care Rwhen towingthe vehicle R H Environmental note in the car wash Dispose of emptypackaging and cleaning ! It is preferable to use car washes with cloths in an environmentally responsible man- adjustable high-pressure pre-cleaning that ner. corresponds to the specification for the Cab- riolet program. In car washes that use high ! water pressures, there is arisk that asmall When cleaning your car, do not use: amount of water may leak intothe vehicle. Rdry, coarse or hard cloths Rabrasive cleaning agents Care 239

! Lock the car if you wash it in an automatic X Do not point the water jet directly towards the car wash. Otherwise, the vehicle might be air inlet or the edges of decorative foils. damaged. X Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently. ! Never clean your vehicle in aTouchless X Automatic Car Wash as these use special Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry cleaning agents. These cleaning agents can thoroughly with achamois. damage the paintwork or plastic parts. X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paint- If you have your vehicle cleaned in ahigh- work or the decorative foils. pressure automatic car wash, small amounts Carefully remove all deposits of road salt as of water may enter the vehicle. soon as possible when driving in winter. ! Make sure that the automatic transmission is in position N when washing your vehicle in Powerwashers atow-through car wash. The vehicle could be G damagedifthe transmission is in another WARNING position. The water jet from acircular jet nozzle (dirt ! Make sure that: blasters) can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components. Compo- Rthe side windows and the roof are com- nentsdamagedinthis way may fail unexpect- pletely closed edly.There is arisk of an accident. Rthe climate control blower is switched off Rthe windshieldwiper switch is at position 0 Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damaged The vehicle could otherwise be damaged. tires or chassis componentsreplaced imme- You can clean the vehicle at an automatic car diately. wash from the very start. Preferably clean the vehicle at automatic car ! Vehicles with decorative foil: parts of your washes that use textile washing elements with- vehicle are covered with decorative foil. Main- out brushes. This prevents fine scratches from tain adistance of at least 27.5 in (70 cm) forming on the paintwork and film. between the foil-wrappedparts of the vehicle

If the vehicle is very dirty, pre-wash it before and the nozzle of the high pressure cleaner. Maintenance and care cleaning it in an automatic car wash. Information aboutthe correct distance is After using an automatic car wash, wipe off wax available from the equipment manufacturer. from the windshieldand the wiper blades. This Move the power washer nozzle around when will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises cleaning your vehicle. caused by residue on the windshield. The water temperature of the high-pressure i Vehicles with decorative film: select awash cleaner must not exceed 140 °F (60 °C). program without hot wax at the automatic car ! wash. Alwaysmaintain adistance of at least 11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle. Information aboutthe Washing by hand correct distance is available from the equip- In some countries, washing by hand is only ment manufacturer. allowed at speciallyequipped washing bays. Move the power washer nozzle around when Observe the legal requirements in each country. cleaning your vehicle. X Do not use hot water and do not wash the Do not aim directly at any of the following: vehicle in direct sunlight. Rtires X Use asoft sponge to clean. Rdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints, etc. X Use amild cleaning agent, such as acar Relectrical components shampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz. Rbattery X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with agen- Rplug-type couplings tle jet of water. Rlights

Z 240 Care

Rseals Mattefinish care R trim ! R Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy ventilation slots wheels. Polishing causes the finish to shine. Damaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures. ! The following can give the paint aglossy ! appearance and thus reduce the matt effect: Do not use high-pressure cleaners if the R tank recess is open while you clean it. This Rubbing hard with unsuitable agents can cause damage to the seals or other com- RWashing the vehicle in direct sunlight ponents. ! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or polishing products, or gloss preserver, e.g. wax, for the Cleaning the paintwork purpose of paintwork care. These products ! are only suitable for high-gloss surfaces. Their Do not affix: use on vehicles with matte paintwork leads to Rstickers considerable surface damage or, more spe- Rfilms cifically,toshiny, spotted areas. Rmagnetic plates or similar items Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a to painted surfaces. You could otherwise qualified specialist workshop. damage the paintwork. ! Only use automatic car washes which cor- Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected by respond to the latest technological stand- corrosion and damage caused by inadequate ards. Never use wash programs which finish care cannot always be completely repaired. In by treating the vehicle with hot wax. such cases, visit aqualified specialist workshop. Observe these notes if your vehicle has aclear X Remove dirt immediately,where possible, matte finish. This will help you to avoid damage while avoiding rubbing too hard. to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment. X Soak insect remains with insect remover and These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with rinse off the treated areas afterwards. aclear matte finish. X Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off i Use only insect remover and car shampoo the treated areas afterwards. from the range of recommended and Maintenance and care X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin, oils, approved Mercedes-Benz care products. fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter Cleaning the decorative film fluid. X Use tar remover to remove tar stains. ! The following may have an effect on the ser- X Use silicone remover to remove wax. vice life and coloring of decorative film: If water no longer forms "beads" on the paint Rsunlight surface, use the paint care products recommen- Rtemperature, e.g. hot-air fan ded and approved by Mercedes-Benz.This is the Rweather conditions case approximately every three to five months, Rstone impacts and dirt depending on the climate conditions and the R care product used. chemical cleaning agents R If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the greasy substances paint has become dull,the paint cleaner recom- ! Do not use any types of polish on matt dec- mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz orative film. Polishing surfaces covered with should be used. film gives it ashiny finish. Do not use these care products in the sun or on ! the hood while the hood is hot. Do not treat matt or structured decorative X film with wax. This may lead to marks that Use asuitable touch-up stick, e.g. MB Touch- cannot be removed. Up Stick,torepair slight damage to the paintwork quickly and provisionally. Care 241

Observe the notes in the section on the care and ! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products treatment of matt paintwork (Y page 240); to remove brake dust. This could damage these notes also apply to decorative film. wheel bolts and brake components. To clean, use plenty of water and amild cleaning ! Do not park your vehicle for along period of agent without additional or abrasive products, time directly after cleaning, particularlyafter e.g. acar shampoo approved by Mercedes- cleaning the wheel rim with wheel cleaner. Benz. Wheel cleaner can lead to the increased cor- X Remove bird droppings, tree resin or fuel as rosion of the brake discs and pads. Therefore, soon as possible. drive for afew minutes after cleaning. By The decorative film may be irreparably dam- heating up the brakes, the brake discs and aged. pads dry. The vehicle can then be parked for a X Dry vehicles covered with film using asoft, long period of time. absorbent cloth after every wash. Water marks could otherwise form. Cleaning the windows Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inadequate G WARNING care cannot always be completely repaired. In You could become trapped by the windshield such cases, visit aqualified specialist workshop. wipers if they start moving while cleaning the The cleaning product Paint Cleaner, which has windshieldorwiper blades. There is arisk of been approved and recommended by injury. Mercedes-Benz,should be used when dirt has penetrated the decorative film surface or the Alwaysswitch off the windshieldwipers and decorative film has become dull. the ignition before cleaning the windshieldor The manufacturer can provide you with infor- wiper blades. mation on special care and cleaning products. Surfaces covered with film may appearshinier ! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive products, after the decorative film has been removed. solvents or cleaning agents containing sol- i vents to clean the inside of the windows. Do Have work or repairs on decorative film car- not touch the insides of the windows with ried out at aqualified specialist workshop. hard objects, e.g. an ice scraper or ring. There Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use an is otherwise arisk of damaging the windows. Maintenance and care authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose. ! Cleanthe water drainage channels of the windshieldand the rear window at regular intervals. Deposits such as leaves, petals and Cleaning the vehicleparts pollen may under certain circumstances prevent water from draining away. This can lead Cleaning the wheels to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components. G WARNING X Cleanthe inside and outside of the windows The water jet from acircular jet nozzle (dirt with adamp cloth and acleaning product that blasters) can cause invisible exterior damage is recommended and approved by Mercedes- Benz. to the tires or chassis components. Compo- nentsdamaged in this way may fail unexpectedly.There is arisk of an accident. Cleaning wiper blades Do not use power washers with circular jet G WARNING nozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damaged If the windshieldwipers are set in motion tires or chassis componentsreplaced imme- while you are cleaning the windshield, you can diately. be trapped by the wiper arm. There is arisk of injury.

Z 242 Care

Alwaysswitch off the windshield wipers and aboutthe correct distance is availablefrom the ignition before cleaning the windshield. the equipment manufacturer.

! Do not pull the wiperblade.Otherwise, the wiperblade could be damaged. ! Do not clean wiperbladestoo oftenand do not rubthem too hard. Otherwise, the graph- ite coating could be damaged.Thiscould cause wipernoise. ! Holdthe wiperarm securelywhenfolding back. The windshield could be damaged if the wiperarm smacks against it suddenly. X Foldthe windshield wiperarmsawayfrom the windshield. X Carefully clean the wiperbladeswithadamp cloth. X Foldthe windshield wiperarmsbackagain before switching on the ignition. X Cleansensors : of the driving systemswith Cleaningthe exterior lighting water, car shampooand asoftcloth. ! Onlyuse cleaning agents or cleaning cloths Cleaningthe rear view camera which aresuitablefor plastic light lenses. Unsuitablecleaning agents or cleaning cloths ! Do not clean the camera lens and the area could scratch or damage the plastic light len- around the rearviewcamera with apower ses. washer. X Cleanthe plastic lenses of the exteriorlights with awet sponge and amildcleaning agent,

Maintenance and care e.g.Mercedes-Benz car shampooorcleaning cloths.

Cleaningthe mirrorturn signals ! Onlyuse cleaning agents or cleaning cloths thatare suitablefor plastic lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals. X Cleanthe plastic lenses of the mirror turn sig- X Openthe camera flap(Y page 155). nalsinthe exteriormirror housing using awet X Use clean water and asoftcloth to clean sponge and mildcleaning agent, e.g. camera lens :. Mercedes-Benz car shampooorwithcleaning cloths. The camera flapcloses: Rif the ignition is switched off Cleaningthe sensors Rif the camera system is deactivated Rstarting at vehiclespeedsabove 6.2 mph ! If youclean the sensors with apower (10 km/h) washer, make sure thatyou keepadistance of at least11.8 in (30 cm)between the vehicle and the powerwashernozzle. Information Care 243

Cleaning theexhaust pipe

G WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become veryhot.Ifyou comeintocontact withthese partsofthe vehicle,you couldburn yourself. Thereisariskofinjury. Always be particularly careful aroundthe exhaust tail pipe and thetail pipe trim. Allow these components to cooldown before touching them.

! Do notclean theexhaust pipe withacid- based cleaningagents,suchasbathroom cleanerorwheel cleaner. X Clean theexhaust pipe withachromecare product tested and approved by Mercedes- Benz. Impurities combined withthe effectsofroad grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flashrust to formonthe surface. You can restore theoriginal shineofthe exhaust pipe by cleaningitregularly, especiallyinwinter and after washing. Maintenance and care

Z 244 Where will Ifind...?

Where will Ifind...? First-aid kit Warning triangle Removing the warning triangle

First-aidkit : is located in the stowage well under the trunk floor. X Lift the trunk floor upwards (Y page221). X Warning triangle ; is securedonthe insideof Remove first-aidkit :. the trunk lid. Check the expiration date on the first-aidkit at X Open the trunk lid. least once ayear. Replace the contents if nec- X Turn lever : in the direction of the arrow. essary, and replace missing items. X Remove warning triangle ;. Reflective safety jacket Setting up the warning triangle Removing/replacing reflective safety jackets Breakdown assistance

X Fold feet = downand out to the side. X Pullside reflectors ; upwards to form atri- angleand lock them at the top using upper The reflective safety jackets are located in the press-stud :. safety jacket compartments in the stowage compartments of the front doors.There are also safety jacket compartments in the stowage compartments of the rear doors,inwhich reflective safety jackets can be stowed. X To remove: pullout safety jacket bag : with the reflective safety jacket by the loop. X Open safety jacket bag : and pullout the reflective safety jacket. Where will Ifind...? 245

X To stow: foldthe reflective safety jacket, roll RThe reflective safety jackets shouldbedis- it up and stow it in safety jacketbag :. posed of and replaced with new ones: X Slide safety jacketbag : along the lower - after15washes, and/or edge of the armrestinto the safety jacket - if the reflective strips have become compartment. Meanwhile, ensure that scratched,and/or loop ; hangs outwellwithinreach. - if the backing material and/or reflective i Remove anew reflective safety jacketfrom strips have become soiledand cannotbe its packaging material before sliding it into cleanedoff, and/or the safety jacketcompartment. The packag- - the reflective safety jacket's fluorescence ing material may otherwise cause it to slip out hasfaded,e.g.due to the effects of sunlight or make removing it difficult. RDispose of the reflective safety jacketinan Observethe legalrequirements in each country. environmentally responsiblemanner. To do so, contact your local waste disposalcom- Notesonthe reflective safety jacket pany.

Vehicletoolkit General notes The vehicletool kit can be found in the trunk or in the stowagewellunder the trunk floor. Apart from certain country-specificvariations,

the vehicles are not equipped with atire-change tance tool kit. Some toolsfor changing awheel are specifictothe vehicle. For more informationon which toolsare required to performawheel : Maximumnumberofwashes change on your vehicle, consult aqualified spe- ; cialist workshop. Maximumwashtemperature wn assis = Do not bleach Necessary tire-changing toolscan include, for ? Do not iron example: A Do not usealaundry dryer Rjack B Do not dry-clean Rwheelchock Breakdo C Thisisaclass 2vest Rlugwrench RThe reflective safety jackets meetthe require- Rratchet wrench ments definedbythe legalstandard onlyif: Ralignment bolt - the correct size is used and - the reflective safety jacketiscorrectlyfas- tened RBefore use, ensure thatthe reflective safety jacketisclean and intact. The specialprop- erties mayotherwise be compromised. RThe reflective safety jackets shouldbestored in theiroriginal packaging in adry place away from sources of heatand light. RThe maximumnumberofwashesspecified is not the onlyfactor influencing the life spanof the reflective safety jackets. Their life span also depends on use, care, storage, etc. 246 Flat tire

Vehicles with aTIREFITkit Flat tire Preparingthe vehicle Your vehiclemay be equipped with: Rtireswithrun-flatcharacteristics (MOExtended tires) (Y page 247) Vehiclepreparation is not necessary on vehi- cleswithMOExtendedtires Ran emergency spare wheel(Y page 285) Vehicles with the Mercedes-Benz emer- gencycallsystem: in the event of aflattire,you can contact the Mercedes-Benz emergency call : Tire sealant fillerbottle system customercenter. ; Fuseallocation chart Vehicles equipped with MOExtendedtiresare = Tire inflation compressor not equipped with aTIREFIT kit at the factory.It is therefore recommendedthatyou additionally ? Towing eye equipyourvehiclewithaTIREFIT kit if youmount X Liftthe trunk floor up. tiresthatdonot feature run-flatcharacteristics, X Use the TIREFIT kit (Y page 247). e.g.winter tires. ATIREFIT kit maybeobtained from aqualified specialist workshop. i Example:equipment and country-specific Informationonchanging and mounting wheels variations possible. (Y page 280).

tance X Stop the vehicleonsolid,non-slippery and Vehicles with acollapsiblespare wheel level ground,asfar away as possiblefrom The collapsiblespare wheelcan be found in the traffic. stowagewellunder the trunk floor (Y page 221). X Switch on the hazard warning lamps. X Secure the vehicleagainst rolling away wn assis (Y page 131). X If possible, bring the front wheels into the straight-aheadposition. X Switch off the engine.

Breakdo X Vehicles withoutKEYLESS-GO: remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: open the driver'sdoor. The vehicleelectronics now have status 0. Thisisthe same as the SmartKey having been removed. : Folding wheelchock X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove the ; Fuseallocation chart Start/Stop button from the ignition lock = Jack (Y page 116). ? Sheetfor faulty wheel X Make sure thatthe passengersare not endan- A Alignment bolt gered as they do so. Make sure thatnoone is B Lugwrench nearthe danger areawhile awheel is being C Towing eye changed.Anyone whoisnot directlyassisting D Valve extractor in the wheelchange should, for example, stand behind the barrier. E Tire inflation compressor X Getout of the vehicle. Payattentiontotraffic X Remove the collapsiblespare wheel conditions when doing so. Y ( page 286). X Close the driver'sdoor. Flat tire 247

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flat you use the propersize and type (summer or properties) winter tire). Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are General notes not equipped with aTIREFIT kit at the factory. It is therefore recommendedthat you additionally With MOExtended tires (tires with run flat char- equip yourvehiclewith aTIREFIT kit if you mount acteristics), you can continue to drive yourvehi- tires that do not feature run-flatcharacteristics, cle even if there is atotal loss of pressure in one e.g. winter tires. ATIREFIT kit can be obtained or more tires. The affected tire must not show from aqualified specialist workshop, for exam- any clearly visible damage. ple. You can recognize aMOExtended tire by the MOExtended marking which appears on the Important safety notes sidewallofthe tire. You willfind this marking next to the tire size designation, the load-bear- G WARNING ing capacity and the speedindex (Y page275). When driving in emergency mode, the driving MOExtended tires may only be usedinconjunc- tion with an active tire pressure loss warning characteristics deteriorate, e.g. when corner- system or with an active tire pressure monitor. ing, accelerating quickly and when braking. If apressure losswarningmessageappears There is arisk of an accident. in the multifunction display: Do not exceed the stated maximumspeed. Robserve the instructions in the display mes- Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers, sages(Y page196) and driving over obstacles (curbs, potholes, Rcheck the tire for damage off-road). This appliesinparticulartoaladen Rif driving on, observe the following notes vehicle. The driving distance possible in run-flatmode is Stop driving in emergency mode if: approximately 50 miles(80 km) when the vehi- R cle is partiallyladen and approximately 19 miles you hearbanging noises. (30 km) when the vehicleisfullyladen. Rthe vehiclestarts to shake. In addition to the vehicleload, the driving dis- Ryou see smoke and smell rubber. tance possible depends upon: RESP® is intervening constantly. Rvehiclespeed Rthere are tears in the sidewalls of the tire. Rroad condition

After driving in emergency mode, have the Breakdown assistance Routside temperature wheelrims checked at aqualified specialist The driving distance possible in run-flatmode may be reduced by extreme driving conditions workshopwith regard to their further use.The or maneuvers, or it can be increased through a defective tire must be replaced in every case. moderate style of driving. The driving distance possible in run-flatmode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss TIREFIT kit warning appears in the multifunction display. You must not exceed amaximumdesign speed Important safety notes of 50 mph (80 km/h). TIREFIT is atire sealant. When replacing one or all tires, please observe the following specifications for yourvehicle's You can use TIREFIT to seal puncturesofupto tires: 0.16 in (4 mm),particularly those in the tire tread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tempera- Rsize tures downto Ò4‡(Ò20 †). Rtype and Rthe "MOExtended"mark If atire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with aMOExtended tire, astandard tire may be usedasatemporary measure. Make sure that Z 248 Flat tire

G WARNING Using the TIREFIT kit In the following situations, the tire sealant is unable to providesufficient breakdown assistance, as it is unable to seal the tire properly: Rthere are cuts or puncturesinthe tire larger than those mentioned above. Rthe wheelrim is damaged. Ryou have drivenatvery low tire pressures or on aflat tire. There is arisk of an accident. Do not drive the vehicle. Contact aqualified specialist workshop. X Do not remove any foreignobjects which have penetrated the tire, e.g. screws or nails. G WARNING X Remove the tire sealant bottle, the accompa- nying TIREFIT sticker and the tire inflation The tire sealant is harmfuland causes irrita- compressor from the stowage wellunder- tion. It must not come into contact with your neath the trunk floor (Y page245). skin, eyesorclothing or be swallowed.Donot X Affix part : of the TIREFIT sticker to the inhaleTIREFIT fumes.Keep tire sealant away instrument cluster withinthe driver's fieldof from children. There is arisk of injury. vision. If you come into contact with the tire sealant, X Affix part ; of the TIREFIT sticker near the observe the following: valve on the wheelwith the defective tire. RRinse off the tire sealant from yourskin immediatelywith water. RIf the tire sealant comes into contact with youreyes, immediatelyrinse them thoroughly with cleanwater. RIf tire sealant is swallowed,immediately

Breakdown assistance rinse yourmouth out thoroughly and drink plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting, and seek medical attention immediately. RImmediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with tire sealant. X Remove filler hose B and plug = from the RIf an allergic reactionoccurs, seek medical bottom section of the tire inflation compres- attention immediately. sor housing. X Slide the yellow filler hose connector into the ! Do not operate the tire inflation compressor mounting on yellow cap A of tire sealant bot- for longer than eightminutes at atime without tle : until the plugengages. abreak. It may otherwise overheat. X With the sealing rings in front, slideyellow cap The tire inflation compressor can be operated A of tire sealant bottle : into the mounting again once it has cooleddown. of tire inflation compressor ;. The cap must engageinboth hooks. Comply with the manufacturer’s safety instructions on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor. Flat tire 249

Tire pressure not reached If atirepressureof200 kPa(2.0 bar/29 psi) has beenachieved after ten minutes: X Switch off the tire inflation compressor. X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire. Note that tire sealant may escapewhenyou unscrew the filler hose. X Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft (10 m). X Remove thecap from valve C on thefaulty X Pump up the tire again. tire. After amaximumoften minutes,the tire pres- X Screw filler hose D onto thevalve. sure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/ 29 psi). X Insertplug = intothe cigarette lightersocket (Y page 223) or intoa12Vpower socketin G WARNING your vehicle(Y page 223). If the required tire pressure is not reached X 1 Turn theSmartKey to position in theignition after the specified time, the tire is too badly lock(Y page 116). damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair the X Press on and off switch ? on thetireinflation tire in this instance. Damaged tires and atire compressor to ON. The tire inflation compressor is switched on. pressure that is too low can significantly The tire is inflated. impair the vehicle's braking and driving char- First,tiresealantispumped intothe tire. The acteristics. There is arisk of accident. pressuremay briefly risetoapproximately Do not continue driving. Contact aqualified ssistance 500kPa (5.0bar/73psi). specialist workshop. Do not switch off thetireinflation compressor during this phase. Tire pressure reached X Let thetireinflation compressor run for a maximum of tenminutes. The tire should then G WARNING haveattained apressureofatleast 200kPa

(2.0bar/29 psi). Atire temporarily sealed with tire sealant na Breakdow impairs the driving characteristics and is not If atirepressureof200 kPa(2.0bar/29 psi) is achieved after amaximum of tenminutes, see suitablefor higher speeds. There is arisk of (Y page 249). accident. If atirepressureof200 kPa(2.0bar/29 psi) is You should thereforeadapt yourdriving style notachieved after amaximum of tenminutes, accordingly and drive carefully.Donot exceed see (Y page 249). the specified maximumspeedwith atire that If tire sealanthas escaped, clean it off affected has beenrepaired using tire sealant. areas as quickly as possible. Use plain water if possible. The maximumspeedfor atire sealed with tire If your clothes are soiled withtiresealant, have sealant is 50 mph (80 km/h). The upper part of them cleanedwithperchloroethyleneatadry the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instru- cleanerassoo naspossible. ment cluster in the driver's fieldofvision. ! Residuefrom the tire sealant may come out of the filler hose after use.This couldcause stains. Therefore, place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit.

Z 250 Flat tire

H Environmentalnote Havethe used tiresealantbottle disposed of professionally, e.g.ataqualifiedspecialist workshop.

If tirepressure of 200kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi)has beenachieved after amaximumperiod of ten minutes: X Switch off the tire inflation compressor. X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire. X Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire infla- X To reduce the tire pressure: depress pres- tion compressor. sure release button : next to pressure gauge ;. X Pull away immediately. X When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew the X Stop after driving for approximately ten filler hose from the valve of the sealed tire. minutes and check the tire pressure with the X Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of the tire inflation compressor. sealed tire. The tire pressure must now be at least 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). G WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after driving for ashort period, the tire is too badly damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair ssistance the tire in this instance. Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle's braking and driving characteristics. There is arisk of accident. Do not continue driving. Contact aqualified specialist workshop. X To remove the tire sealant bottle from the tire

na Breakdow inflation compressor, press together the lock- i In cases such as the one mentioned above, ing tabs on the yellow cap. contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen- X Pullthe tire sealant bottle out of the tire infla- ter. Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(in the tion compressor. USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada). The filler hose remains attachedtothe tire X Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least sealant bottle. 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).See the Tire and X Drive to the nearest qualified specialist work- Loading Information placard on the driver's shop and have the tire changedthere. side B-pillar or the tire pressure tableinthe X fuel filler flapfor values. Have the tire sealant bottle and the filler hose X replaced as soon as possibleataqualified To increase the tire pressure: switch on the specialist workshop. tire inflation compressor. X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every four years at aqualified specialist workshop. Battery (vehicle) 251

Battery (vehicle) Alwaysmakesurethatneither younor the battery is electrostaticallycharged. Abuild-upof Important safety notes electrostatic charge can be caused,for example: Specialtoolsand expert knowledgeare required R when working on the battery,e.g.removaland by wearing clothing made from synthetic installation. Youshouldtherefore have allwork fibers involving the battery carriedout at aqualified Rduetofrictionbetween clothing and seats specialist workshop. Rif youpushorpullthe battery across the car- petorothersyntheticmaterials G WARNING Rif youwipethe battery with acloth Workcarriedout incorrectly on the battery G can lead,for example, to ashort circuitand WARNING thusdamagethe vehicleelectronics.Thiscan During the charging process,abattery produ- lead to functionrestrictions applying to ces hydrogen gas. If ashort circuitoccurs or safety-relevant systems, e.g.the lighting sys- sparks are created,the hydrogen gascan tem, the ABS (anti-lock braking system)orthe ignite.There is ariskofanexplosion. ESP® (Electronic Stability Program). The oper- RMake sure thatthe positive terminal of a ating safety of your vehiclemay be restricted. connected battery does not come into con- Youcould lose controlofthe vehicle, for tact with vehicleparts. example: RNever place metalobjects or toolsonabat- Rwhen braking tery. R Rin the event of abrupt steering maneuvers It is important thatyou observe the descri- tance and/or when the vehicle's speed is not bedorder of the battery terminalswhen adapted to the roadconditions connecting and disconnecting abattery. R There is ariskofanaccident. Whenjump-starting,makesurethatthe battery poleswithidentical polarity are In the event of ashort circuitorasimilar inci- wn assis connected. dent, contact aqualified specialist workshop R immediately. Do not drive any further.You It is particularly important to observe the shouldhaveall work involving the battery car- describedorder when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables.

riedout at aqualified specialist workshop. Breakdo RNever connect or disconnect the battery For further informationabout ABS and ESP®, terminalswhile the engine is running. see (Y page 57)and (Y page 60). G G WARNING WARNING Electrostaticbuild-upcan lead to the creation Battery acidiscaustic.There is ariskofinjury. of sparks, which could ignite the highlyexplo- Avoidcontact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do sive gases of abattery.There is ariskofan not inhaleany battery gases.Donot lean over explosion. the battery.Keepchildren away from batter- Before handling the battery,touch the vehicle ies. Wash away battery acidimmediatelywith body to remove any existing electrostatic plenty of clean water and seekmedicalatten- build-up. tion.

The highlyflammablegas mixture formswhen H Environmental note charging the battery as well as when jump-start- Batteriescontain pollu- ing. tants.Itisillegal to dispose of them with the household

Z 252 Battery (vehicle)

rubbish. They must be col- Rinse any acid spills immediately lected separately and dis- with clearwater. Contact aphysician if necessary. posed of in an environmen- Weareye protection. tallyresponsible recycling system. Dispose of batteriesinan environmentally responsi- Keep children away. ble manner. Take dis- chargedbatteriestoaquali- fied specialist workshop or Observe this Operator's Manual. to acollection point for used batteries.

! Have the battery checked regularlyata For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom- qualified specialist workshop. mends that you only use batterieswhich have Observe the service intervalsinthe Mainte- been tested and approved for yourvehicleby nance Booklet or contact aqualified specialist Mercedes-Benz. These batteriesprovide workshop for more information. increasedimpact protection to prevent vehicle occupants from suffering acid burns should the ! Always have work on batteriescarriedout at battery be damaged in the event of an accident. aqualified specialist workshop. In order for the battery to achieve the maximum Shouldit, in exceptionalcircumstances, be possible service life,itmust alwaysbesuffi- absolutelynecessary to disconnect the 12- ciently charged. volt battery yourself, please observe the fol- Like other batteries, the vehiclebattery may lowing: discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle. RSecure the vehicletoprevent it from rolling In this case, have the battery disconnected at a away. qualified specialist workshop.You can also RSwitch off the ignition. charge the battery with achargerrecommended RDisconnect the negative terminal first and by Mercedes-Benz. Contact aqualified special- then the positive terminal. ist workshop for further information. The transmission is locked in position j Have the battery condition of charge checked Breakdown assistance after disconnecting the battery. more frequently if you use the vehiclemainlyfor short trips or if you leave it standing idlefor a After the work has been done, install the bat- lengthy period. Consult aqualified specialist tery and replace the cover of the positive ter- workshop if you wishtoleave yourvehicle minal clamp firmly. parked for along periodoftime. Comply with safety precautions and take pro- Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle tective measures when handling batteries. and do not require any electricalconsumers. Riskofexplosion. The vehiclewillthen use very little energy,thus conserving battery power. If the powersupply has been interrupted,e.g. if you reconnect the battery,you willhave to: Fire, open flamesand smoking are Rreset the function for automatically folding prohibited when handling the bat- the exterior mirrors in/out by folding the mir- tery. Avoid creating sparks. rors out once (Y page91) R Battery acid is caustic. Avoid contact set the clock with skin, eyesorclothing. On vehicles with amultimedia system, the Wearsuitable protective clothing, time is set automatically. especially gloves, apronand face- guard. Jump-starting 253

Charging thebattery Allow thefrozenbattery to thaw out before chargingitorjump-starting. G WARNING During chargingand jump-starting, explosive ! Only use battery chargers withamaximum gases can escape from thebattery. Thereisa chargingvoltage of 14.8 V. riskofanexplosion. ! Only charge thebattery usingthe jump- Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creating starting connection point. sparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficient The jump-startingconnection pointisinthe ventilationwhile chargingand jump-starting. enginecompartment. Do notlean overabattery. If theindicator/warning lamps do notlight up at low temperatures, it is verylikely that thedis- G WARNING chargedbattery has frozen.Inthiscase, you may neither charge thebattery norjump-start Battery acid is caustic.Thereisariskofinjury. thevehicle.The servicelife of athawed-out bat- Avoid contactwithskin, eyes or clothing.Do tery may be shorter. The starting characteristics notinhale any battery gases.Donot lean over can be impaired, particularly at low tempera- thebattery. Keep childrenaway from batter- tures. Havethe thawed-out battery checked at a ies. Wash away battery acid immediately with qualified specialist workshop. plenty of clean waterand seek medical atten- Read thebattery charger's operatinginstruc- tions before chargingthe battery. tion. X Open thehood. G WARNING X Connect thebattery chargertothe positive terminal and ground pointinthe same order Adischarged battery can freezeattempera- as when connecting thedonor battery in the tures below freezing point. When jump-start- jump-startingprocedure (Y page 253). ing thevehicle or chargingthe battery, gases can escape from thebattery. Thereisariskof an explosion.

Jump-starting Breakdown assistance For thejump-startingprocedure, use only thejump-startingconnection pointinthe enginecompartment, consisting of apositiveterminal and aground point. G WARNING Battery acid is caustic.Thereisariskofinjury. Avoid contactwithskin, eyes or clothing.Donot inhale any battery gases.Donot lean overthe battery. Keep childrenaway from batteries.Wash away battery acid immediately withplenty of clean waterand seek medical attention.

G WARNING During chargingand jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from thebattery. Thereisarisk of an explosion. Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficient ventilationwhile chargingand jump-starting. Do notlean overabattery.

Z 254 Jump-starting

G WARNING During the charging process,abattery produces hydrogen gas. If ashort circuitoccurs or sparks are created,the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is arisk of an explosion. RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come into contact with vehicleparts. RNever place metal objects or tools on abattery. RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminalswhen connecting and disconnecting abattery. RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poleswith identical polarity are connected. RIt is particularlyimportant to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables. RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminalswhile the engine is running.

G WARNING Adischarged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-starting the vehicleorcharging the battery,gasescan escapefrom the battery.There is arisk of an explosion. Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Otherwise, the catalytic converter couldbe damaged by the non-combusted fuel. If the indicator/warning lampsdonot light up at low temperatures, it is very likelythat the dis- chargedbattery has frozen. In this case, you may neither charge the battery nor jump-start the vehicle. The service life of athawed-out battery may be shorter. The starting characteristics can be impaired,particularlyatlow temperatures. Have the thawed-out battery checked at aqualified specialist workshop. Do not start the vehicleusing arapidcharging device. If yourvehicle's battery is discharged, the engine can be jump-started from another vehicleorfrom asecond battery using jumper cables. Observe the following points: RThe battery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is not accessible,jump- Breakdown assistance start the vehicleusing asecond battery or ajump-starting device. RYou may only jump-start the vehiclewhen the engine and exhaust system are cold. RDo not start the engine if the battery is frozen. Let the battery thaw first. ROnly jump-start from batterieswith a12Vvoltagerating. ROnly use jumper cables which have asufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps. RIf the battery is fullydischarged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connected for afew minutes before attempting to start. This chargesthe battery slightly. RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch. Make sure that: RThe jumper cables are not damaged. RBare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal parts while the jumper cables are connected to the battery. RThe jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running, such as the V-belt pulley or the fan. X Secure the vehiclebyapplying the electric parking brake. X Shift the transmission to position j. Jump-starting 255

X Make sure that the ignition is switched off. All indicator lamps in the instrumentcluster must be off. When using the SmartKey, turn the SmartKey to position u in the ignition lock and remove it (Y page 116). X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g. rear window defroster, lighting, etc. X Open the hood.

Position number B identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump-starting device. X Slide cover : of positive terminal ; in the direction of the arrow. X Connect positive terminal ; on your vehicle to positive terminal = of donor battery B using the jumper cable, always begin with positive terminal ; on your own vehicle first. X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed. X Connect negative terminal ? of donor battery B to ground point A of your vehicle using the jumper cable, connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle B first. X Start the engine. Breakdown assistance X Before disconnecting the jumper cables, let the engine run for several minutes. X First, remove the jumper cables from ground point A and negative terminal ?,then from positive terminal ; and positive terminal =.Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first. X Close cover : of positive terminal ; after removing the jumper cables. X Have the battery checked at aqualified specialist workshop. Jump-starting is not considered to be anormal operating condition. i Jumper cables and further information regarding jump-starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop.

Z 256 Towingand tow-starting

Towingand tow-starting ! Make sure thatthe electricparkingbrake is released.Ifthe electricparkingbrake is faulty, Important safety notes visit aqualified specialistworkshop. ! G WARNING The vehiclecan be towed amaximum of 30 miles (50km). The towing speedof30mph When towing or tow-startinganothervehicle (50 km/h)mustnot be exceeded. and its weight is greaterthanthe permissible If the vehiclehas to be towed morethan gross weight of your vehicle, the: 30 miles (50km), the entire vehiclemustbe Rthe towing eyecould detach itself raised and transported. Rthe vehicle/trailer combinationcould roll- ! If youtow or tow-start anothervehicle, its over. weight must not exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicleweightofyourvehicle. There is ariskofanaccident. It is better to have the vehicletransportedthan When towing or tow-startinganothervehicle, to have it towed away. its weight shouldnot be greaterthanthe per- The automatic transmission must be in position missiblegross weight of your vehicle. i when the vehicleisbeing towed away. The battery must be connected and charged. Detailsonthe permissiblegross vehicleweight Otherwise, you: of your vehiclecan be found on the vehicleidentification plate (Y page 289). Rcannotturnthe SmartKeytoposition 2 in the ignition lock. ! When ActiveBrake Assist, Distance Pilot Rcannotshift the automatic transmission to DISTRONICorthe HOLD functionisactivated, position i. the vehiclebrakes automaticallyincertain situations. Deactivate the automatic locking featurebef ore the vehicleistowed (Y page 173).You could ssistance To avoiddamagetothe vehicle, deactivate otherwisebelocked outwhenpushing or towing these systemsinthe following or similar sit-

na the vehicle. uations: Rwhen towing the vehicle Rin the car wash Installing/removingthe towingeye ! Onlysecurethe tow ropeortow baratthe Installing the towingeye towing eyes. Otherwise, the vehiclecould be Breakdow damaged. G WARNING ! Do not usethe towing eyefor recovery, this The exhaust tailpipemay be veryhot. There is could damage the vehicle. If in doubt, recover ariskofburns when removing the rearcover. the vehiclewithacrane. Do not touch the exhaust pipe.Takeparticular ! When towing,pullawayslowly and carewhenremoving the rearcover. smoothly. If the tractivepower is too high, the vehicles could be damaged. ! Do not tow with sling-typ eequipment.This could damage the vehicle. ! When towing away vehicles with KEYLESS- GO,use the key insteadofthe Start/Stop button. The automatic transmission mayoth- erwiseshift to position j when youopenthe driver's or front-passengerdoor, which could damage the transmission. Towing and tow-starting 257

In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position i when towing away the vehicle, you must observe the following points: X Switch on the hazard warning lamps (Y page 97). X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock. On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, use the Smart- Key instead of the Start/Stop button (Y page 116). X Depress and hold the brake pedal. X Shift the transmission to position i. X Release the brake pedal. X Release the electric parking brake. X Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock. The bracketsfor the screw-in towing eye are In order to signal achange of direction when located in the bumpers. They are at the front and towing the vehicle with the hazard warning at the rear, behind the covers. lamps switched on, use the combination switch as usual. In this case, only the indicator lamps X Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool Y for the direction of travel flash. When you reset kit ( page 245). the combination switch, the hazard warning X Press the mark on cover : inwards in the flashers start flashing again. direction of the arrow. It is important that you observe the safety X Take cover : off the opening. instructions when towing away your vehicle X Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it (Y page 256). will go and tighten it.

Removing the towing eye Towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised X Unscrew and remove the towing eye. X Attach cover : to the bumper and press until ! The ignition must be switched off if you are it engages. towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised. Breakdown assistance ® X Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit. Intervention by ESP could otherwise damage the brake system. ! Vehicles with automatic transmission must Towing avehicle with both axles on not be towed with the rear axle raised. The the ground vehicle/trailer combination may otherwise swerve or even roll over. G WARNING You can no longer steer the vehicle if the steeringwheel lock has been engaged. There is arisk of an accident. Always switch off the ignition when towing the vehicle with atow cable or atow bar.

The automatic transmission shifts to position j automatically when you open the driver's or front-passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.

Z 258 Fuses

Transporting the vehicle Youcan find informationon"Jump-starting"at (Y page 253). Vehicleswithautomatic transmission

Fuses Important safety notes G WARNING If youmanipulate or bridgeafaulty fuse or if youreplace it with afusewithahigheramper- age, the electriccablescould be overloaded. Thiscould resultinafire. There is ariskofan accident and injury. Alwaysreplace faulty fuses with the specified ! When the vehicleisloaded for transport, the new fuses havingthe correct amperage. front and rearaxles must be stationaryand on the same transportationvehicle. Positioning Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the overthe connectionpoint of the transport same rating,which youcan recognize by the vehicleisnot permitted.The drive train may color and value. The fuse ratingsare listed in the otherwisebedamaged. fuse allocation chart. The fuse allocation chart is locatedinthe vehicle Allvehicles tool kit in the stowagecompartment under the trunk floor (Y page 245). ! Youmay onlysecurethe vehiclebythe If anewly insertedfusealsoblows,havethe ssistance wheels,not by parts of the vehiclesuchas cause traced and rectifiedataqualified special- axleorsteeringcomponents. Otherwise, the istworkshop,e.g.anauthorizedMercedes-Benz na vehiclecould be damaged. Center. The towing eyecan be used to pull the vehicle ! onto atrailer or transporterfor transporting pur- Onlyuse fuses thathavebeenapproved for poses. Mercedes-Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned. X Turn the SmartKeytoposition 2 in the igni- Otherwise, components or systemscould be Breakdow tionlock. damaged. X Shift the transmission to position i. ! Make sure thatnomoisture can enterthe As soon as the vehicle has been loaded: fuse boxwhenthe coverisopen. X Prevent the vehiclefromrolling away by ! When closing the cover, make sure thatitis applying the electricparkingbrake. lying correctlyonthe fuse box. Moisture seep- X Shift the transmission to position j. ing in or dirt could otherwiseimpairthe oper- X Turn the SmartKeytoposition u in the igni- ation of the fuses. tionlockand remove the SmartKeyfromthe The fuses in your vehicleserve to close down ignition lock. faulty circuits. If afuseblows,all the compo- X Secure the vehicle. nents on the circuitand their functions stop operating.

Tow-starting (emergency engine starting) Before changingafuse X ! Vehicles with automatic transmission must Switch off the engine. not be tow-started.You could otherwisedam- X Switch off allelectrical consumers. agethe automatic transmission. Fuses 259

X Make sure that the ignition is switched off X To close: check whether the seal is lying cor- (Y page 116). rectly in cover :. or X Insert cover : at the rear of the fuse box into X When using the SmartKey, turn the SmartKey the retainer. to position u in the ignition lock and remove X Fold down cover : and close clamps ;. it (Y page 116). X Close the hood. X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131). All indicator lamps in the instrumentcluster Fuse box in the trunk must be off. The fuses are located in various fuse boxes: i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- Y RFuse box in the engine compartmentonthe tion ( page 258). left-hand side of the vehicle, when viewed in the direction of travel RFuse box in the trunk

Fuse box in the engine compartment i Observe the "Important safety notes" section (Y page 258). G WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion, you can be injured by The fuse box is located in the trunk behind the the wiper linkage. There is arisk of injury. partition covering. Always switch off the windshield wipers and X Open the trunk lid. the ignition before opening the hood. X To open: release cover : on the right and left-hand sides with aflat object. X Open cover : downwards in the direction of the arrow. Breakdown assistance

X Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off. X Open the hood. X Use adry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box. X To open: open clamps ;. X Remove fuse box cover : forwards.

Z 260 Operation

Important safety notes Further information regarding wheels and tires can be foundunder "Wheel/tire combinations" (Y page 284). G WARNING You can ask for information regarding permitted If wheels and tires of thewrong sizeare used, wheel-tire combinationsatanauthorized thewheelbrakes or suspension components Mercedes-BenzCenter. may be damaged. Thereisariskofanacci- Information on tire pressurecan be found: dent. Ron theTireand Loading Information placard Always replace wheels and tires withthose on theB-pillar on thedriver'sside Y that fulfill thespecificationsofthe original ( page 271) R part. in thetirepressuretable in thefuel filler flap (Y page 130) When replacing wheels, makesuretouse the Rin the"Tirepressure" section correct: Rdesignation Rmodel Operation When replacing tires,makesuretouse the Information on driving correct: Checkthe tire pressurewhen thevehicleis Rdesignation heavily laden and adjust priortoatrip. Rmanufacturer While driving,pay attention to vibrations, noises Rmodel and unusual handlingcharacteristics,e.g.pulling to oneside.This may indicatethatthe wheels or tires are damaged. If you suspectthat G WARNING atireisdefective, reduce your speedimmedi- Aflat tire severely impairs thedriving,steer- ately. Stop thevehicleassoonaspossible to ing and braking characteristics of thevehicle. checkthe wheels and tires for damage. Hidden Thereisariskofaccident. tire damagecould also be causing theunusual handlingcharacteristics.Ifyou findnosignsof Tires without run-flat characteristics: damage, havethe tires and wheels checkedata Rdo notdrivewithaflat tire. qualified specialist workshop. Rimmediately replace theflat tire withyour When parking your vehicle, makesurethatthe tires do notget deformed by thecurborother emergencysparewheelorsparewheel, or obstacles. If they cannotbeavoided, driveover consult aqualified specialist workshop. obstacles suchascurbs slowly and at an obtuse

Wheels and tires Tires withrun-flat characteristics: angle. Otherwise, you may damagethe wheels or tires. Rpay attention to theinformation and warning noticesonMOExtended tires (tireswith run-flat characteristics). Regularchecking of wheels and tires Accessories that are notapprovedfor your vehi- G WARNING cle by Mercedes-Benzorare notbeingused cor- rectlycan impair theoperating safety. Damaged tires can causetireinflation pres- Before purchasing and usingnon-approved sureloss.Asaresult,you could lose control of accessories, visit aqualified specialist work- your vehicle. Thereisariskofaccident. shopand ask about: Checkthe tires regularly for signsofdamage Rsuitability and replace any damaged tires immediately. Rlegal stipulations Rfactory recommendations Operation 261

Checkwheelsand tires for damageatleast once Minimum tiretread depthfor: amonth.Checkwheelsand tires after driving off-road or on roughroads. Damaged wheels RSummer tires: â in (3 mm) can causealoss of tirepressure. Pay particular RM+S tires: ã in (4 mm) attentiontodamagesuchas: For safety reasons, replace thetires before R cutsinthe tires thelegally prescribedlimit for theminimum R punctures in thetires tiretread depthisreached. Rtears in thetires Rbulges on tires Rdeformationorsevere corrosiononwheels Regularly check thetiretread depthand the conditionofthe tread across thewhole widthof thetire(Y page 261). If necessary, turnthe frontwheelstofull lockinorder to inspectthe inner side of thetiresurface. All wheelsmust have avalvecap to protect the valveagainst dirt and moisture. Do notmount anythingontothe valveother than thestandard valvecap or other valvecaps approved by Mercedes-Benzfor your vehicle.Donot use any other valvecaps or systems,e.g.tirepressure Marking : shows wherethe bar indicator for monitoringsystems. tread wear (arrow) is integratedintothe tire Regularly check thepressureofall thetires par- tread. ticularly priortolongtrips. Adjustthe tirepres- Treadwear indicators (TWI)are required by law. sure as necessary (Y page 263). Six indicators are positionedonthe tiretread. Observethe notesonthe emergencyspare They are visible once atread depthofapprox- wheel (Y page 285). imately á in (1.6mm) has been reached. If this is thecase, thetireissoworn that it must be The servicelife of tires depends, amongother replaced. things, on thefollowingfactors: Rdriving style Rtirepressure Selecting, mounting and replacing Rdistancecovered tires ROnly mounttires and wheelsofthe same type and make. Notes on tiretread Wheels and tires Exception: it is permissible to mountadiffer- G WARNING enttype or makeinthe event of aflat tire. Observethe "MOExtended tires (tires with Insufficient tiretread will reduce tiretraction. run-flat characteristics)" section The tireisnolonger able to dissipatewater. (Y page 247). This meansthatonwet road surfaces,the risk ROnly mounttires of thecorrectsizeontothe of hydroplaning increases, in particular where wheels. speedisnot adapted to suit thedriving con- RBreak in newtires at moderatespeeds for the ditions. Thereisariskofaccident. first 60 miles(100km). The newtires only If thetirepressureistoo high or toolow, tires reachtheir full performance after this distance. may exhibit different levels of wear at differ- RDo notdrivewithtires whichhave toolittle entlocations on thetiretread. Thus,you tread depth. This significantly reduces the should regularly check thetread depthand traction on wet roads(hydroplaning). theconditionofthe tread across theentire RReplacethe tires after six years at thelatest, widthofall tires. regardless of wear.

Z 262 Winteroperation

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flat M+S tires characteristics) G WARNING With MOExtended tires (tires with run flat char- M+S tires with atire tread depth of less than acteristics), you can continue to drive yourvehicle even if there is atotal loss of pressure in one ã in (4 mm) are not suitable for use in winter or more tires. and do not provide sufficient traction. There is MOExtended tires may only be usedinconjunc- arisk of an accident. tion with an active tire pressure loss warning M+S tires with atread depth of less than ã in system or with an active tire pressure monitor (4 mm) must be replaced immediately. and on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes- Benz. At temperatures below 45 ‡(+7 †), use winter Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a tires or all-season tires. Both typesoftire are flat tire (Y page247). identified by the M+S marking. Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are Only winter tires bearing the i snowflake not equipped with aTIREFIT kit at the factory. It symbol in addition to the M+S marking provide is therefore recommendedthat you additionally the best possiblegrip in wintry road conditions. equip yourvehiclewith aTIREFIT kit if you mount Only these tires willallow driving safety systems tires that do not feature run-flatcharacteristics, such as ABS and ESP® to function optimally in e.g. winter tires. ATIREFIT kit can be obtained winter. Thesetires have beendeveloped specif- from aqualified specialist workshop. ically for driving in snow. Use M+S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling characteris- Winter operation tics. General notes Always observe the maximumpermissible speedspecified for the M+S tires you have Have yourvehiclewinter-proofed at aqualified mounted. specialist workshopatthe onset of winter. When you have mounted the M+S tires: Observe the notes in the "Changing awheel" X Check the tire pressures (Y page266). section (Y page280). X Vehicles for Canada: restart the tire pressure loss warning system (Y page267). Driving with summer tires X Restart the tire pressure monitor (Y page267). At temperatures below 45 ‡(+7 †), summer Information about driving with an emergency tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and spare wheel (Y page285). Wheels and tires braking power. Change the tires on yourvehicle to M+S tires.Using summertires at very cold temperatures couldcausecracks to form, thereby damaging the tires permanently. Snowchains Mercedes-Benz cannot accept responsibility for G this type of damage. WARNING If snow chains are installed to the front G WARNING wheels, they may drag against the vehicle Damaged tires can causetire inflation pres- body or chassis components. This could sure loss. As aresult, you couldlose control of cause damage to the vehicle or the tires. yourvehicle. There is arisk of accident. There is arisk of an accident. Check the tires regularlyfor signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately. Tirepressure 263

To avoid hazardous situations: Tire pressure Rnever install snow chains to the front Tire pressurespecifications wheels Ralwaysinstall snow chains in pairs to the Important safety notes rear wheels. G WARNING For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom- Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the mends that you only use snow chains that have following risks: been specially approved for your vehicle by R Mercedes-Benz,orare of acorresponding the tires may burst, especially as the load standard of quality. For more information, and vehicle speed increase. please contact aqualified specialist workshop. Rthe tires may wear excessively and/or If you intendtomount snow chains, please bear unevenly, which may greatly impair tire the following points in mind: traction. RSnow chains may not be mounted on all Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steer- wheel/tire combinations. Permissible wheel- ing and braking, may be greatly impaired. tire combinations (Y page 284). There is arisk of an accident. ROnly use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow. Remove the Follow recommended tire inflation pressures snow chains as soon as possible when you and check the pressure of all the tires includ- come to aroad that is not snow-covered. ing the spare wheel: RLocal regulations may restrict the use of snow Rmonthly, at least chains. Observe the appropriate regulations if you wish to mount snow chains. Rif the load changes RDo not exceed the maximum permissible Rbefore beginning along journey speed of 30 mph (50 km/h). Runder different operating conditions, e.g. ® You may wish to deactivate ESP when pulling off-road driving away with snow chains installed (Y page 60). You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a If necessary, correctthe tire pressure. controlled manner,achieving an increased driving force (cutting action). The data on the Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pressure table shown here are Information about driving with an emergency Y examples. Tire pressure specificationsare vehi- spare wheel ( page 285). cle-specific and may deviate from the data shown here. The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on Wheels and tires the Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pressure table on the vehicle.

General notes The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factorycan be found on the labels described here. Operation with an emergency sparewheel: information on operation with an emergency spare wheel can be found in the general notes in the "Emergency spare wheel" section (Y page 286). Further information on tire pressures can be obtained at aqualified specialist workshop.

Z 264 Tire pressure

Tire and LoadingInformationplacard

The load conditions "partiallyladen"and "fully laden" aredefinedinthe table for different num- : Recommended tire pressures bers of occupants and amounts of luggage.The The Tire and Loading Informationplacard is on actual numberofseats maydiffer. the B-pillar on the driver's side (Y page 271). The Tire and Loading Informationplacard contains the recommendedtire pressures for cold tires. The recommendedtire pressures arevalid for the maximum permissibleloadand up to the maximum permissiblevehiclespeed.

Tire pressure table The tire pressure table is on the insideofthe fuel fillerflap. It shows the tire pressure for alltires permitted at the factory for thisvehicle; see illustration(example). Some tire pressure tablesshowonlythe rim diameters insteadofthe full tire size, e.g. R18. Rimdiameterispartofthe tire size and can be nd tires found on the tire sidewall (Y page 275).

sa If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighterloads and/or lowerroad speeds,the pressures shouldbereset to the highervalues: Wheel Rif youwanttodrive with an increased load and/or Rif youwanttodrive at higherroadspeeds The tire pressures for increased loadsand/or The tire pressure table contains the recommen- higherroadspeeds, shown in the tire pressure dedpressures for coldtiresfor various operat- table,may have anegative effect on driving ing conditions, i.e.differingloadand speedcon- comfort. ditions. If the tire pressure is not set correctly, thiscan If atire size precedes atire pressure, the fol- lead to an excessive build-upofheatand asud- lowing tire pressure informationisonlyvalid for denlossofpressure. thattire size; see illustration(example). For moreinformation, contact aqualified specialist workshop. Tire pressure 265

Important notes on tire pressure toolow for thecurrentoperating conditions. If you checkthe tire pressurewhen thetires are G WARNING warm,the resulting value will be higher than if thetires were cold. This is normal. Do not If thetirepressuredrops repeatedly, the reduce thetirepressuretothe value specified wheel, valveortiremay be damaged. Tire for cold tires.The tire pressurewould otherwise pressurethatistoo low may result in atire be toolow. blow-out.Thereisariskofanaccident. Observethe recommended tire pressures for RCheckthe tire for foreign objects. cold tires: RCheckwhether thewheelislosing air or the Ron theTireand Loading Information placard valveisleaking. on theB-pillar on thedriver'sside R If you are unable to rectify thedamage, con- in thetirepressuretable on theinside of the fuel filler flap tactaqualified specialist workshop. Rprintedinyellow on therim of theemer- G gency/collapsible sparewheel(dependingon WARNING vehicleequipment) If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves, thetirevalves may be overloaded and malfunction,whichcan causetirepressure Underinflated or overinflated tires loss.Due to their design,retrofittedtirepres- Underinflated tires suremonitors keep thetirevalveopen.This can also result in tire pressureloss.Thereisa G WARNING riskofanaccident. Tires withpressurethatistoo low can over- Only screw thestandard valvecap or other heat and burstasaconsequence.Inaddition, valvecapsapprovedbyMercedes-Benzfor they also suffer from excessiveand/orirreg- your vehicleontothe tire valve. ular wear, whichcan severely impair thebraking properties and thedriving characteristics. Use asuitable pressuregauge to checkthe tire pressure. The outer appearanceofatiredoes Thereisariskofanaccident. notpermit any reliable conclusionabout thetire Avoid tire pressures that are toolow in all the pressure. On vehicles equipped withthe elec- tires,includingthe sparewheel. tronic tire pressuremonitor, thetirepressure can be checkedinthe on-board computer. Underinflated tires may: The tire temperature and pressureincrease Roverheat, leadingtotiredefects when thevehicleisinmotion.This is dependent R Wheels and tires on thedriving speedand theload. adversely affecthandling R Therefore, you should only correcttirepres- wear excessively and/orunevenly sures when thetires are cold. Rhaveanadverse effectonfuel consumption The tires are cold: Overinflated tires Rif thevehiclehas been parked withthe tires out of direct sunlightfor at least three hours G WARNING and Rif thevehiclehas notbeen driven further than Tires withexcessively high pressurecan burst 1mile (1.6km) because they are damaged moreeasilyby The tire temperature changes depending on the road debris, potholesetc.Inaddition,they outside temperature, thevehiclespeedand the also suffer from irregular wear,whichcan tire load. If thetir etemperature changes by severely impair thebraking properties and the 18 ‡(10 †), thetirepressurechanges by driving characteristics.Thereisariskofan approximately 10 kPa(0.1bar/1.5 psi).Take accident. this intoaccountwhen checkingthe pressureof warm tires.Onlycorrect thetirepressureifitis

Z 266 Tire pressure

Avoidtire pressures thatare too high in allthe Informationonair pressure for the tiresonyour tires, including the spare wheel. vehiclecan be found: Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Information Overinflated tiresmay: placard on the B-pillar R Rincrease the braking distance on the tire pressure table in the fuel fillerflap R Radverselyaffect handling in the "Tire pressure" section Rwear excessivelyand/or unevenly Rhave an adverse effect on ridecomfort Checkingtire pressuresmanually Rbe more susceptibletodamage To determine and set the correct tire pressure, proceedasfollows: Maximum tire pressures X Remove the valve cap of the tire thatistobe checked. X Press the tire pressure gaugesecurelyonto the valve. X Read the tire pressure and compareittothe recommendedvalue on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard or the tire pressure table (Y page 263). X If the tire pressure is too low, increase the tire pressure to the recommendedvalue. X If the tire pressure is too high, release air. To do so, press down the metalpin in the valve, using the tip of apen for example. Thencheck : Example: maximumpermissibletire pres- the tire pressure againusing the tire pressure sure checker. Never exceed the maximumpermissibletire X Screw the valve cap onto the valve. inflation pressure. Alwaysobserve the recom- X Repeat thesestepsfor the othertires. mended tire pressure for your vehiclewhen adjusting the tire pressure (Y page 263). nd tires i The actual values for tiresare vehicle-spe- Tire pressure loss warning system sa cificand maydeviate from the values in the (Canada only) illustration. General notes

Wheel While the vehicleisinmotion, the tire pressure Checkingthe tire pressures loss warning system monitors the set tire pres- Important safety notes sure using the rotational speed of the wheels. Thisenables the system to detect significant The tire pressure monitor does not warn youof: pressure loss in atire.Ifthe speed of rotationof awheel changesasaresultofaloss of pressure, Rincorrectly set tire pressure R acorresponding warning message will appear in sudden loss of tire pressure, e.g.from afor- the multifunctiondisplay. eign object thathas penetrated the tire Youcan recognize the tire pressure loss warning Observethe notes on tire pressure by the Run FlatIndicator Active Press Y ( page 263). 'OK'toRestart message which appearsin the Serv. menu of the multifunctiondisplay. Informationonthe message display can be found in the "Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system"section(Y page 267). Tire pressure 267

Important safety notes X Press the = or ; buttononthe steering wheeltoselect the Serv. menu. The tire pressurewarning system does notwarn X Press the 9 or : buttontoselect you of an incorrectlyset tire pressure. Observe TirePressure. thenotes on therecommended tire pressure X (Y page 263). Press the a button. The Run FlatIndicator Active Press The tire pressureloss warning does notreplace 'OK'toRestart message appearsinthe theneedtoregularly checkthe tire pressure. An multifunction display. evenloss of pressureonseveral tires at the sametimecannotbedetectedbythe tire pres- If you wish to confirm therestart: sureloss warning system. X Press the a button. The tire pressuremonitor is notable to warn you The TirePressure Now OK? message of asuddenloss of pressure, e.g. if thetireis appearsinthe multifunction display. penetrated by aforeign object. In theevent of a X Press the 9 or : buttontoselect Yes. suddenloss of pressure, bringthe vehicletoa X halt by braking carefully. Avoid abruptsteering Press the a button. movements. The Run FlatIndicator Restarted message appearsinthe multifunction display. The function of thetirepressureloss warning system is limitedordelayedif: Afterateach-in period, thetirepressureloss warning system will monitor theset tire pres- Rsnow chainsare mountedonyour vehicle's sures of all four tires. tires. If you wish to cancel therestart: Rroad conditionsare wintry. Ryou are driving on sandorgravel. X Press the % button. Ryou adopt averysportydriving style (corner- or ing at high speeds or driving withhigh rates of X If the TirePressure Now OK? message acceleration). appears, use the 9 or : buttonto Ryou drivewithaheavyload. select Cancel. X Press the a button. Restarting thetirepressure loss warn- The tire pressurevaluesstoredatthe last ing system restartwill continue to be monitored. Restart thetirepressureloss warning system if you have: Tire pressure monitor Rchanged thetirepressure Rchanged thewheels or tires General notes

Rmountednew wheels or tires If atirepressuremonitor is installed, thevehi- Wheels and tires X Before restarting,makesurethatthe tire cle's wheels havesensorsthatmonitor thetire pressures are set properly on all four tires for pressures in all four tires.The tire pressuremon- therespective operating conditions. itor warnsyou if thepressuredrops in oneor The recommended tire pressurecan be found moreofthe tires.The tire pressuremonitor only on theTireand Loading Information placard functionsifthe corresponding sensorsare on theB-pillar.Additionally, atirepressure installed in all wheels. table is attached to thefuel filler flap.The tire Information on tire pressures is displayed in the pressureloss warning system can only give multifunction display. Afterafew minutesof reliable warningsifyou have set thecorrect driving,the currenttirepressureofeachtireis tire pressure. If an incorrecttirepressureis shown in the Serv. menuofthe multifunction set,these incorrectvalueswill be monitored. display. X Alsoobservethe notesinthe section on tire pressures (Y page 263). X Makesurethatthe SmartKey is in position 2 in theignition lock(Y page 116).

Z 268 Tire pressure

Your vehiclehas also been equipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate if the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combinedwiththe lowtire pressure telltale.Whenthe system detects amalfunction, the warning lamp will flash for approximately aminute and then Example: current tire pressure display remaincontinuously illuminated. This For informationonthe message display, refer to sequence will be repeated every time the vehi- the "Checking the tire pressure electronically" cle is started as long as the malfunction section(Y page 269). exists. Important safety notes When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the system maynot be able to detect or signal G WARNING lowtire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc- Each tire,including the spare(if provided), tions mayoccurfor avariety of reasons, shouldbechecked at leastonce amonth including the installationofincompatible when coldand inflatedtothe pressure rec- replacement or alternate tiresorwheelson ommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehiclethatprevent the TPMS fromfunc- the Tire and Loading Informationplacard on tioning properly.Alwayscheck the TPMS mal- the driver's door B-pillar or the tire pressure functiontelltale after replacing one or more labelonthe insideofthe fuel fillerflap. If your tiresorwheelsonyourvehicletoensurethat vehiclehas tiresofadifferent size thanthe the replacement or alternate tiresand wheels size indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor- allowthe TPMS to continue to functionprop- mationplacard or the tire pressure label, you erly. shoulddetermine the propertire pressure for It is the driver's responsibility to set the tire thosetires. pressure to thatrecommendedfor coldtires As an addedsafety feature, your vehiclehas which is suitablefor the operating situation

nd tires been equipped with atire pressure monitoring (Y page 263).Note thatthe correct tire pressure system (TPMS)thatilluminatesalow tire pres- for the current operating situationmustfirst be sa sure telltale when one or moreofyourtires taught-intothe tire pressure monitor. If asub- stantiallossofpressure occurs, the warning aresignificantlyunderinflated.Accordingly, threshold for the warning message is aligned to when the lowtire pressure telltale illuminates, the taught-inreference values. Restart the tire Wheel youshouldstop and check your tiresassoon pressure monitor after adjusting the pressure of as possible, and inflate themtothe proper the coldtires(Y page 270). The current pres- pressure. Driving on asignificantlyunderin- sures aresaved as new reference values. As a flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can result, awarning message will appear if the tire pressure drops significantly. lead to tire failure. Underinflationalso The tire pressure monitor does not warn youof reducesfuelefficiency and tire treadlife, and an incorrectly set tire pressure. Observe the mayaffect the vehicle's handling and stop- notesonthe recommendedtire pressure ping ability. (Y page 263). Please note thatthe TPMS is not asubstitute The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you for propert ire maintenance,and it is the driv- of asuddenlossofpressure, e.g.ifthe tire is er'sresponsibility to maintain correct tire penetrated by aforeign object. In the event of a pressure, evenifunderinflationhas not sudden loss of pressure, bring the vehicletoa halt by braking carefully. Avoidabruptsteering reachedthe level to triggerillumination of the movements. TPMS lowtire pressure telltale. Tirepressure 269

The tire pressure monitor has ayellow warning If the vehicle has been parked for over lamp in the instrument cluster for indicating 20 minutes, the Tire pressure will be pressure loss or amalfunction. Whether the displayed after driving afew minutes warning lamp flashes or lights up indicates message appears. whether atire pressure is too low or the tire After ateach-in process, the tire pressure mon- pressure monitor is malfunctioning: itor automatically detectsnew wheels or new Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously, the tire sensors. As long as aclear allocation of the tire pressure on one or more tires is significantly pressure value to the individual wheels is not too low. The tire pressure monitor is not mal- possible, the Tire Pressure Monitor Active functioning. display message is shown instead of the tire Rif the warning lamp flashes for approximately pressure display.The tire pressures are already aminute and then remains lit constantly, the being monitored. tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning. If an emergencyspare wheel is mounted, the In addition to the warning lamp, amessage system may continue to show the tire pressure appears in the multifunction display.Observe of the wheel that has been removed for afew the information on display messages minutes. Be aware that the value displayed for (Y page 196). the position where the emergencyspare wheel is fitted is not the same as the current tire pres- It may take up to ten minutes for amalfunction sure of the emergencyspare wheel. of the tire pressure monitor to be indicated. A malfunction will be indicated by the tire pressure warning lamp flashing for approximately Tire pressuremonitor warning mes- one minute and then remaining lit. When the sages malfunction has been rectified, the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after afew minutes of The tire pressure monitor detectsapressure driving. loss in one or more tires: The tire pressure values indicated by the on- RIf the tire pressure monitor detectsapressure board computer may differ from those meas- loss in one or more tires, awarning message ured at agas station with apressure gage. The is shown in the multifunction display.The yel- tire pressures shown by the on-board computer low tire pressure warning lamp then lights up. refer to those measured at sea level. At high RIf the Please Correct Tire Pressure altitudes, the tire pressure values indicated by a message appears in the multifunction display, pressure gage are higher than those shown by the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low. the on-board computer. In this case, do not The tire pressure must be corrected when the reduce the tire pressures. opportunityarises. The operation of the tire pressure monitor can RIf the Check Tires message appears in the be affected by interferencefrom radio transmit- multifunction display,the tire pressure in at ting equipment (e.g. radio headphones, two-way least one tire has dropped significantly. The Wheels and tires radios) that may be being operated in or near the tires must be checked. vehicle. RIf the Warning Tire Malfunction message appears in the multifunction display,the tire Checking the tire pressureelectroni- pressure in at least one tire has dropped sud- cally denly. The tires must be checked. Observe the instructions and safety notes in the X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 display messages in the "Tires" section (Y page 116) in the ignition lock. (Y page 196). X Press the = or ; button on the steering If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated, wheel to select the Serv. menu. the tire pressures may be displayed for the X Press the 9 or : button to select wrong positions for ashort time. This is rectified Tire Pressure. after afew minutes of driving, and the tire pres- X Press a. sures are displayed for the correctpositions. The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display.

Z 270 Tire pressure

Restarting the tire pressure monitor Radio type approval for the tire pressure monitor Whenyou restart the tire pressure monitor, all existing warning messages are deleted and the Country Radio type approval number warning lamps go out. The monitor uses the cur- rentlyset tire pressures as the reference values USA FCC ID: MRXMW2433A for monitoring. In most cases, the tire pressure FCCIC ID:MRXGG4 Thisdevice monitor will automaticallydetect the new refer- complies with part 15 of the FCC ence valuesafteryou have changed the tire rules and with license exempt pressure. However, youcan also set reference RSS standardsofIndustry Can- valuesmanually as described here. The tire ada. Operation is subject to the pressure monitor then monitors the new tire following conditions.(1) This pressure values. device may not cause harmful X Set the tire pressure to the value recommen- interference, and (2) Thisdevice ded for the corresponding driving situation on mustaccept any interference the Tire and Loading Information placard on received, including interference the driver'ssideB-pillar (Y page 263). that may cause undesired oper- Additionaltire pressure valuesfor different ation. Le present appareilest loadscan also be found on the tire pressure conforme d'industrieCanada table on the inside of the fuelfillerflap applicables auxappareils radio (Y page 263). exempts de licence. L'exploita- X Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on tion est authorisee auxdeuxcon- allfourwheels. ditions suivantes. (1) L'appareil X Ensurethat the SmartKey is in position 2 in ne doitpas produire de brouil- the ignition lock. lage, et (2) L'autisatuerdel'ap- X pareildoitaccepter toutbrouil- Press the = or ; button on the steering lage radioelectriquesubi, meme wheel to select the Serv. menu. si le brouillageest susceptible X Press the 9 or : button to select d'encompromettre le fonc- Tire Pressure. tionnement. WARNING:Changes X Press a. or modifications not expressly The multifunction display shows the current approved by the party responsi- nd tires tire pressure for the individual tiresorthe blefor compliance could voidthe Tire pressure will be displayed user'sauthority to operate the sa afterdriving afew minutes message. equipment. The term "IC:" before X Press the : button. the radio certification number The Use Current Pressures as New Ref‐ only signifies Canadatechnical

Wheel erence Values message appears in the mul- specifications were met. tifunction display. FCC ID:MRXMC34MA4 This device complies with part 15 of If you wish to confirm the restart: the FCC rules and with license X Press a. exempt RSS standardsofIndus- The Tire Press. Monitor Restarted mes- try Canada. Operation is subject sage appears in the multifunction display. to the following conditions.(1) After driving for afew minutes, the system Thisdevice may not cause harm- checks whetherthe current tire pressures are ful interference, and (2) This within the specified range. The new tire pres- device mustaccept any interfer- sures are then accepted as reference values ence received, including interfer- and monitored. ence that may cause undesired operation. Le present appareil If you wish to cancelthe restart: est conforme d'industrieCanada X Press %. applicables auxappareils radio The tire pressure valuesstoredatthe last exempts de licence. L'exploita- restart will continuetobemonitored. tion est authorisee auxdeuxcon- ditions suivantes. (1) L'appareil Loading thevehicle 271

Country Radio type approval number Loading thevehicle ne doit pas produire de brouil- Instruction labels for tires and loads lage, et (2) L'autisatuer de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouil- G WARNING lage radioelectrique subi, meme si le brouillage est susceptible Overloadedtires can overheat,causing a d'en compromettre le fonc- blowout.Overloadedtires can also impair the tionnement. WARNING: Changes steeringand driving characteristicsand lead or modifications not expressly to brakefailure. Thereisarisk of accident. approved by thepartyresponsi- ble for compliance could void the Observe theload rating of thetires. The load user'sauthoritytooperate the rating must be at least half of theGAWR of equipment.The term"IC:"before your vehicle.Never overload thetires by theradio certification number exceedingthe maximum load. onlysignifies Canada technical specifications were met. Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load. Canada IC: 2546A-MW2433A IC:2546A-GG4 This devicecom- (1) The Tire and LoadingInformation placardis plies with part 15 of theFCC on theB-pillar on thedriver'sside. The Tire rules and with licenseexempt and LoadingInformation placardshows the RSS standards of Industry Can- maximum permissible number of occu- ada. Operationissubject to the pantsand themaximum permissible vehicle following conditions. (1) This load. It also containsdetails of thetiresizes devicemay not cause harmful and corresponding pressures for tires interference, and (2) This device mounted at thefactory. must accept any interference (2) The vehicle identification plateisonthe received,includinginterference B-pillar on thedriver'sside. The vehicle that may cause undesiredoper- identification plateinformsyou of thegross ation. Le present appareil est vehicle weight rating.Itismade up of the conforme d'industrie Canada vehicle weight,all vehicle occupants, the applicables aux appareils radio fuel and thecargo. You can also findinfor- exemptsdelicence. L'exploita- mation about themaximum gross axle tionest authorisee aux deux con- weight rating on thefront and rear axle. ditionssuivantes.(1) L'appareil The maximum gross axle weight rating is ne doit pas produire de brouil- themaximum weight that can be carried by lage, et (2) L'autisatuer de l'ap- one axle (front or rear axle).Never exceed

pareil doit accepter tout brouil- themaximum load or themaximum gross Wheels and tires lage radioelectrique subi, meme axle weight rating for thefront or rear axle. si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonc- tionnement. WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by thepartyresponsi- ble for compliance could void the user'sauthoritytooperate the equipment.The term"IC:"before theradio certification number onlysignifies Canada technical specifications were met. IC: 2546A-MC34MA4 : B-pillar,driver'sside

Z 272 Loading the vehicle

Maximum permissible gross vehicle i The specifications shownonthe Tire and weight rating Loading Informationplacard in the illustration are examples. The number of seats is vehicle- specific and can differfrom the details shown. The number of seats in yourvehiclecan be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard.

Determiningthe correct load limit Step-by-stepinstructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49, X CodeofU.S. FederalRegulations, Part 575 pur- Specification for maximumgross vehicle suant to the "National Trafficand Motor Vehicle : weight is listed in the Tire and Loading Safety Act of 1966". Informationplacard: "The combined weight of X occupants and cargo should never exceed Step 1: Locate the statement "The combined XXX kilograms or XXX lbs." weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on yourvehicle’s The gross weight of all vehicleoccupants, load Tire and Loading Informationplacard. and luggage must not exceed the specified X Step 2: value. Determine the combined weight of the driverand passengers that willberiding in i The specifications shownonthe Tire and yourvehicle. Loading Informationplacard in the illustration X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight of the are examples. The maximumpermissible driverand passengers from XXX kilograms or gross vehicleweight rating is vehicle-specific XXX lbs. and may differfrom that in the illustration. X Step 4: The resulting figure equals the avail- You can find the validmaximumpermissible ableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapa- gross vehicleweight rating for yourvehicleon city. For example, if the "XXX"amount equals the Tire and Loading Informationplacard. 1400 lbs and there willbefive 150-lb passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of avail- ablecargo and luggage loadcapacity is Number of seats 650 lbs (1400 -750 (5 x150) = 650 lbs). X Step 5: Determine the combined weight of

Wheels and tires luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in step 4.

Example:steps 1to3 The following table showsexamples on how to calculate total and cargo loadcapacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. The following examples use a Maximumnumber of seats : indicates the loadlimitof1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illus- maximumnumber of occupants allowedto tration purposes only. Make sure you are travel in the vehicle. This information can be using the actualloadlimitfor yourvehiclestated found on the Tire and Loading Informationplac- on yourvehicle's Tire and Loading Information ard. placard (Y page271). All about wheelsand tires 273

The greater the combined weight of the occu- Vehicle identification plate pants, the lower the maximum luggage load. Step 1 Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully, you should still make sure that the gross Example 1 Example 2 vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded. Details can be found on Combined max- 1500 lbs 1500 lbs the vehicle identification plate on the B-pillar on imum weight of (680 kg) (680 kg) the driver's side of the vehicle (Y page 271). occupants and Permissible gross vehicle weight: the gross cargo (data weight of the vehicle, all passengers and the from the Tire load must not exceed the permissible gross and Loading vehicle weight. Information placard) Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): the maximum permissible weight that can be carried by one axle (front or rear axle). Step 2 To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the Example 1 Example 2 maximum permissible values (gross vehicle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating), Number of peo- 1 2 have your loaded vehicle (including driver, occu- ple in the vehi- pants and the load) weighed on asuitable vehicle (driver and cle weighbridge. occupants)

Weight of the Occu- Occu- All about wheels and tires occupants pant 1: pant 1: 175 lbs 175 lbs Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand- (80 kg) (80 kg) ards Occu- pant 2: Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand- 195 lbs ards (88 kg) Gross weight 175 lbs 370 lbs of all occupants (80 kg) (168 kg)

Step 3

Example 1 Example 2 Wheels and tires Permissible 1500 lbs 1500 lbs load (maxi- (680 kg) Ò (680 kg) Ò mum gross 175 lbs 370 lbs vehicle weight (80 kg) = (168 kg) = rating from the 1325 lbs 1130 lbs Tire and Load- (600 kg) (512 kg) Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U.S. ing Information government specifications. Their purpose is to placardminus provide drivers with uniform reliable information the gross on tire performance data. Tire manufacturers weight of all have to grade tires using three performance fac- occupants) tors: : tread wear grade, ; traction grade and = temperature grade. These regulations do not apply to Canada. Nevertheless, all tires sold in North Americaare provided with the corresponding quality grading markings on the sidewall of the tire.

Z 274 Allabout wheelsand tires

Quality grades can be found,where applicable, You should pay specialattentiontoroadcondi- on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand tions whentemperatures are around freezing maximum sectionwidth. point. Example: Mercedes-Benz recommends aminimum tread ã RTreadwear grade: 200 depth of in (4 mm)onall four winter tires. R Observe the legally required minimum tire tread Tractiongrade: AA depth (Y page261). Winter tires can reduce the RTemperature grade: A braking distance on snow-covered surfaces in All passengercar tires must conform to the stat- comparisonwithsummer tires. The braking dis- utory safety requirements in additiontothese tance is stillmuch furtherthan on surfaces that grades. are not icy or coveredwithsnow. Take appropriate care whendriving. i The actualvalues for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the values in the Temperature illustration. G WARNING Treadwear The temperature gradefor this tire is estab- The treadweargradeisacomparativerating lished for atire that is properly inflated and based on the wearrate of the tire whentested not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinfla- undercontrolled conditions on aspecified U.S. tion, or excessive loading,eitherseparately or government course. For example, atire graded in combination, can cause excessive heat 150 would wearone and one-half times as well on the government test track as atire graded build-up and possibletire failure. 100. The temperature grades are A(the highest),B, The relative performance of tires depends upon and C, representing the tire's resistance to the the actualconditions of their use,however, and generation of heatand its ability to dissipate may depart significantly from the norm dueto heatwhentested undercontrolled conditions variations in driving habits, service practices on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus- and differences in road characteristics and cli- tainedhightemperature can cause the material mate. of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can leadtosudden tire Traction failure. The gradeCcorresponds to alevelof performance which allpassengercar tires must G WARNING meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety The tractiongradeassignedtothis tire is Standard No. 109. Grades Band Arepresent based on straight-ahead braking traction higher levels of performance on the laboratory Wheels and tires test wheel than the minimum required by law. tests, and doesnot include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,orpeaktractionchar- acteristics.

! Avoid wheelspin. Thiscan leadtodamage to the drivetrain. The tractiongrades –from highest to lowest – are AA, A, Band C. Thosegrades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as meas- uredundercontrolled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphaltand con- crete. Atire marked Cmay have poortraction performance. The safe speedonawet, snow coveredoricy road is always lower than on dry road surfaces. Allabout wheels andtires 275

Tire labeling tire load rating and speedrating required for your vehicle. Overview

: Tire width ; Nominalaspectratio in % = Tire code ? Rimdiameter A Loadbearing index B Speed rating : UniformTireQualityGradingStandard (Y page 278) General: depending on the manufacturer's ; DOT, Tire Identification Number standards,the size imprinted in the tire wall may (Y page 277) not contain any letters or maycontain one letter = Maximum tire load (Y page 277) thatprecedes the size description. ? Maximum tire pressure (Y page 266) If there is no letter preceding the size descrip- A tion(as shown above): these arepassenger Manufacturer vehicletiresaccording to Europeanmanufac- B Tire material (Y page 278) turing standards. C Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity If "P"precedes the size description: these are

Y nd tires and speedrating ( page 275) passengervehicletiresaccording to U.S. man- D Loadindex (Y page 277)

ufacturingstandards. sa E Tire name If "LT" precedes the size description: these are The markings describedabove areonthe tire in light truck tiresaccording to U.S. manufacturing additiontothe tire name(sales designation) and standards. the manufacturer's name. If "T"precedes the size description: compact Wheel i emergency wheels with high tire pressure that Tire data is vehicle-specific and maydeviate areonlydesignedfor temporary useinanemer- fromthe data in the example. gency. Tire width: tire width : shows the nominal tire Tire size designation,load-bearing width in millimeters. capacity and speed rating Height-width ratio: aspect ratio ; is the size G WARNING ratio between the tire height and tire width and is shown in percent. The aspect ratio is calcula- Exceeding the stated tire load-bearing capa- ted by dividing the tire width by the tire height. city and the approved maximum speedcould Tire code: tire code = specifiesthe tire type. lead to tire damage or the tire bursting. There "R"represents radial tires; "D" represents diag- is ariskofaccident. onaltires; "B" represents diagonalradial tires. Therefore,onlyuse tire types and sizes Optionally,tireswithamaximum speedofover approved for your vehiclemodel.Observe the 149 mph (240km/h)may have "ZR" in the size

Z 276 All about wheels and tires

description, dependingonthe manufacturer ROptionally, tires with amaximum speed of (e.g. 245/40 ZR 18). over 149 mph (240km/h) may have "ZR" in Rim diameter: rim diameter ? is the diameter the sizedescription, depending on the man- of the bead seat, not the diameter of the rim ufacturer (e.g.245/40ZR18). flange. The rim diameter is specified in The service specification is made up of load- inches (in). bearingindex A and speed rating B. Load-bearing index: load-bearing index A is a RIf the sizedescription of your tireincludes numerical code that specifies the maximum "ZR" and there are no service specifications, load-bearing capacityofatire. ask the tiremanufacturer in order to findout Do not overload the tires by exceeding the the maximum speed. specified load limit. The maximum permissible If aservice specification is available, the max- load can be found on the vehicle's Tire and imum speed is limited accordingtothe speed Loading Information placard on the B-pillar on rating in the service specification.Example: the driver'sside (Y page 271). 245/40ZR18 97 Y. In this example, "97 Y" is Example: the service specification.The letter "Y" rep- resentsthe speed rating. The maximum Load-bearingindex 91 indicates amaximum speed of the tireislimited to 186 mph load of 1,356lb(615 kg) that the tires can bear. (300km/h). For further information on the maximum tire R load in kilograms and lbs, see (Y page 277). The sizedescription for all tires with maximum speeds of over 186 mph (300km/h) For further information on the load bearing must include "ZR", and the service specifica- index,see "Load index"(Y page 277). tion must be given in parentheses. Example: Speed rating: speed rating B specifies the 275/40ZR18(99 Y). Speedrating "(Y)" indi- approved maximum speed of the tire. cates that the maximum speed of the tireis i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviate over 186 mph (300km/h).Ask the tireman- from the data in the example. ufacturer about the maximum speed. Regardless of the speed rating, always observe All- the speed limits. Drivecarefully and adapt your weather driving style to the traffic conditions. tires and winter Summer tires tires Index Speed rating Index Speed rating QM+S1 up to 100 mph (160km/h) Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h) TM+S1 up to 118 mph (190km/h)

Wheels and tires R up to 106 mph (170 km/h) HM+S1 up to 130 mph (210km/h) S up to 112 mph (180 km/h) 1 up to 149 mph (240km/h) T up to 118 mph (190 km/h) VM+S H up to 130 mph (210 km/h) i Not all tires with the M+S marking provide V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) the driving characteristics of winter tires. In additiontothe M+S marking, winter tires also W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) have the i snowflakesymbol on the tire wall. Tires with this marking fulfill the require- Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h) ments of the Rubber Manufacturers Associa- ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h) tion (RMA) and the Rubber Association of Canada (RAC) regarding the tiretraction on ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h) snow. They have been especially developed for driving on snow. ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

1 Or M+S i for winter tires. Allabout wheels and tires 277

An electronic speed limiterprevents your vehi- Maximum load rating cle from exceeding aspeed of 130 mph (210km/h). The speed rating of tiresmounted at the factory maybehigherthanthe maximumspeed thatthe electronic speed limiterpermits. Make sure thatyourtireshavethe required speed rating,e.g.whenbuyingnew tires. The required speed rating for your vehiclecan be found in the "tires"section(Y page 284). Further informationabout reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop. : Load index Maximumtire load is the maximumpermis- sibleweightfor which the tire is approved. Do not overload the tiresbyexceeding the specified load limit. The maximumpermissible load can be found on the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the B-pillar on the driver's side (Y page 271). i The actual values for tiresare vehicle-spe- cificand maydeviate from the values in the illustration.

DOT, Tire IdentificationNumber(TIN) US tire regulations stipulate thatevery tire man- In additiontothe load-bearing index, load ufacturer or retreader must imprint aTIN in or on index : mayalsobeimprintedonthe sidewall the sidewall of each tire produced. of the tire.You will find thisafterthe letter that identifiesthe speed rating (Y page 275). nd tires R

If no specification is given: no text (asinthe sa exampleabove), represents astandard load (SL) tire RXL or Extra Load: represents areinforced tire RLight Load: represents alight load tire Wheel RC, D, E: represents aloadrange thatdepends on the maximumloadthatthe tire can carry at acertain pressure i Tire data is vehicle-specific and maydeviate from the data in the example. The TIN is auniqueidentificationnumber. The TIN enables the tire manufacturersorretreaders to inform purchasersofrecallsand othersafety- relevant matters.Itmakes it possiblefor the purchaser to easily identify the affectedtires. The TIN is made up of manufacturer identificationcode ;,tire size =,tire typecode ? and manufacturing date A. DOT(Department of Transportation): tire symbol : marks thatthe tire complies with the

Z 278 Allabout wheels and tires

requirements of the U.S. Department of Trans- Bar portation. Metric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 pounds Manufacturer identificationcode: manufac- per square inch (psi)and 100 kilopascals(kPa) turer identification code ; provides details on are the equivalent of 1bar. the tire manufacturer. New tires have acode with two symbols. Retreaded tires have acode DOT (Department of Transportation) with four symbols. DOT-marked tires fulfill the requirements of the For further informationabout retreaded tires, USDepartment of Transportation. see (Y page284). Normal occupant weight Tire size: identifier = describes the tire size. Tire type code: tire type code ? can be used by The number of occupants for which the vehicle the manufacturer as acode to describespecific is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms (150 lbs). characteristics of the tire. Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Date of manufacture: date of manufacture A Auniform standard to gradethe quality of tires provides informationabout the age of atire. The with regards to tread quality,tire traction and first and second positions represent the weekof temperature characteristics. The quality grad- manufacture, starting with "01" for the first cal- ing assessment is made by the manufacturer endar week. Positions three and four represent following specifications from the U.S. govern- the yearofmanufacture. For example, atire that ment. The ratings are moldedinto the sidewallof is marked "3214" was manufactured in week32 the tire. in 2014. Recommended tire pressures i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviate from the data in the example. The recommended tire pressure appliestothe tires mounted at the factory. Tire characteristics The Tire and Loading Information placard contains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on afullyloaded vehicleand for the maximum permissiblevehiclespeed. The tire pressure table contains the recommended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions, i.e. differing loadand speedcon- ditions. Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment

Wheels and tires The combined weight of all standard and optionalequipment available for the vehicle, regardless of whetheritisactually installed on This informationdescribes the type of tire cord the vehicleornot. and the number of layers in sidewall : and under tire tread ;. Rim i This is the part of the wheelonwhich the tire is Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviate mounted. from the data in the example. GAWR (Gross AxleWeight Rating) Definition of terms for tires and loading The GAWR is the maximumgross axle weight rating. The actualloadonanaxle must never Tire ply compositionand material used exceed the gross axle weight rating. The gross Describes the number of plies or the number of axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle layers of rubber-coated fabricinthe tire tread identification plate on the B-pillar on the driver's and sidewall. These are made of steel, nylon, side. polyester and other materials. All about wheelsand tires 279

Speed rating Maximumload rating The speed rating is part of the tire identification. The maximum load rating is the maximum per- It specifies the speed range for which the tire is missible weight in kilograms or lbs for which a approved. tire is approved. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) Maximumpermissible tire pressure The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire. the vehicle including fuel, tools, the spare wheel, accessories installed, occupants, luggage and Maximumload on one tire the drawbar noseweight, if applicable. The gross Maximum load on one tire. This is calculated by vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehi- dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by cle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehi- two. cle identification plate on the B-pillar on the driver's side. PSI (pounds per squareinch) GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) Astandard unit of measure for tire pressure. The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross Aspect ratio weight of afully loaded vehicle (the weight of the Relationship between tire height and tire width vehicle including all accessories, occupants, in percent. fuel, luggage and the drawbar noseweight, if applicable). The gross vehicle weight rating is Tire pressure specified on the vehicle identification plate on This is pressure inside the tire applying an out- the B-pillar on the driver's side. ward force to each square inch of the tire's sur- Maximumloaded vehicle weight face. The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch (psi), in kilopascal (kPa) or in bar. The maximum weight is the sum of: The tire pressure should only be corrected when Rthe curb weight of the vehicle the tires are cold. Rthe weight of the accessories Cold tire pressure R the load limit The tires are cold: R the weight of the factory installed optional R equipment if the vehicle has been parked with the tires out of direct sunlight for at least three hours Kilopascal (kPa) and Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre- Rif the vehicle has not been driven further than sponds to 1psi. Another unit for tire pressure is 1mile (1.6 km) bar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equivalent of

Tread Wheels and tires 1bar. The part of the tire that comes into contact with Load index the road. In addition to the load-bearing index, the load Bead index may also be imprinted on the sidewallof the tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacity The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely more precisely. on the wheel. There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from Curb weight the wheel rim. The weight of avehicle with standard equipment Sidewall including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes the air-conditioning sys- The part of the tire between the tread and the tem and optional equipment if these are instal- bead. led in the vehicle, but does not include passengers or luggage.

Z 280 Changing awheel

Weight of optional extras Rotating the wheels The combined weight of those optionalextras G that weigh more than the replaced standard WARNING parts and more than 2.3 kg (5 lbs).These Interchanging the front and rear wheels may optionalextras, such as high-performance severely impair the driving characteristics if brakes,levelcontrol, aroof rack or ahigh-per- the wheels or tires have different dimensions. formance battery,are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accessories. The wheelbrakes or suspension components may alsobedamaged. There is arisk of acci- TIN (Tire Identification Number) dent. This is aunique identifier which can be usedby Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels atire manufacturer to identify tires, for example and tires are of the same dimensions. for aproduct recall, and thus identify the pur- chasers. The TIN is made up of the manufactur- ! On vehicles equipped with atire pressure er's identity code, tire size, tire type code and monitor, electronic components are located the manufacturing date. in the wheel. Load bearingindex Tire-mounting tools should not be usednear The loadbearing index (also loadindex) is acode the valve.This coulddamage the electronic that contains the maximumloadbearing capa- components. city of atire. Only have tires changed at aqualified specialist workshop. Traction Always pay attention to the instructions and Tractionisthe result of friction between the tires safety notes when changing awheel and the road surface. (Y page281). Treadwear indicators The wearpatterns on the front and rear tires differ, depending on the operating conditions. Narrow bars (tread wearbars)that are distrib- Rotate the wheels before aclearwearpattern uted over the tire tread. If the tire tread is level has formed on the tires. Front tires typically with the bars,the wearlimitof á in (1.6 mm) wearmore on the shoulders and the rear tires in has been reached. the center. Occupant distribution On vehicles that have the same size front and rear wheels, you can rotate the wheels accord- The distribution of occupants in avehicleattheir ing to the intervalsinthe tire manufacturer's designated seating positions. warranty book in yourvehicledocuments. If no Total load limit warranty book is available,the tires should be

Wheels and tires rotated every 3,000 to 6,000 miles(5,000 to Nominalloadand luggageloadplus68kg 10,000 km).Depending on tire wear, this may (150 lbs) multiplied by the number of seats in be required earlier. Do not change the direction the vehicle. of wheelrotation. Clean the contact surfaces of the wheeland the brake disc thoroughly every time awheelisrota- Changing awheel ted. Check the tire pressure and, if necessary, restart the tire pressure loss warning system or Flat tire the tire pressure monitor. The "Breakdown assistance" section (Y page246) contains information and notes on how to dealwith aflat tire. Informationondriv- Directionofrotation ing with MOExtended tires in the event of aflat tire can be found under "MOExtended tires (tires Tires with aspecified direction of rotation have with run-flatcharacteristics" (Y page247). additionalbenefits, e.g. if there is arisk of hydroplaning. These advantages can only be gained if the tires are installed corresponding to the direction of rotation. Changingawheel 281

An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its Securingthe vehicle to preventitfrom correct direction of rotation. rolling away

Storingwheels Store wheels thatare not being used in acool, dry and preferably dark place.Protect the tires from oil, grease, gasoline and diesel.

Mounting awheel Preparingthe vehicle X Stop the vehicleonsolid,non-slippery and level ground. If your vehicleisequippedwithawheel chock, it X can be found in the tire-change tool kit Apply the electricparking brake manually. (Y page 245). X Bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead The folding wheelchockisanadditional safety position. measure to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling X Shift the transmission to position j. away,for examplewhenchanging awheel. X Switch off the engine. X Foldbothplatesupwards :. X Vehicles withoutKEYLESS-GO: remove the X Foldout lowerplate ;. SmartKeyfrom the ignition lock. X Guidethe lugs on the lowerplate fullyinto the X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: open the driv- openings in base plate =. er'sdoor. The vehicleelectronics now have status 0. Thisisthe same as the SmartKeyhaving been removed. X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove the Start/Stop button from the ignition lock (Y page 116). nd tires

X If included in the vehicleequipment,remove sa the tire-change tool kit from the vehicle. X Safeguardthe vehicleagainst rolling away. i Due to differencesinvehicleequipment,not Wheel allvehicles areequippedwithatire-change tool kit. For informationonwhich toolsare X Place chocks or othersuitableitems under required to performawheel change on your the front and rearofthe wheelthatisdiago- vehicle, consult an authorizedMercedes- nally opposite the wheelyou wish to change. Benz Center. Necessary tire-changing toolscan include, for Raisingthe vehicle example: G RJack WARNING RWheel chock If youdonot positionthe jack correctlyatthe RLugwrench appropriate jacking point of the vehicle, the jack could tip overwiththe vehicleraised. There is ariskofinjury. Onlypositionthe jack at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle. The base of the jack

Z 282 Changing awheel

must be positioned vertically, directly under the jacking point of the vehicle.

! Only position the jack at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle. Otherwise, you could damage the vehicle. Observe the following when raising the vehicle: RTo raisethe vehicle, only use the vehicle-specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. If used incorrectly, the jack could tip over with the vehicleraised. RThe jack is designed only to raiseand hold the X Using lug wrench :,loosenthe bolts on the vehiclefor ashort time while awheelisbeing wheelyou wish to change by aboutone full changed. It must not be used for performing turn. Do not unscrew the bolts completely. maintenance work under the vehicle. RAvoid changing the wheelonuphill and downhill slopes. RBefore raising the vehicle, secure it from rolling awaybyapplying the parking brake and inserting wheelchocks. Do not disengage the parking brake whilethe vehicleisraised. RThe jack must be placed on afirm, flat and non-slip surface. On aloose surface, alarge, flat, load-bearing underlay must be used.Ona slippery surface, anon-slip underlay must be used,e.g. rubber mats. R Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects The jacking points are located just behind the as ajack underlay.Otherwise, the jack willnot front wheelhousings and just in front of the rear be abletoachieve its load-bearing capacity wheelhousings (arrows). due to the restricted height. nd tires R Vehicles with AMG equipment: the vehicle Make sure that the distance betweenthe has covers installed to protect the vehiclebody underside of the tires and the ground does not next to the jacking points on the outer sills. exceed 1.2 in (3 cm). RNever place yourhands and feet under the raised vehicle. sa Wheel RDo not lie under the vehicle. RDo not start the engine when the vehicleis raised. RDo not open or close adoor or the trunk lid when the vehicleisraised. RMake sure that no persons are present in the vehiclewhen the vehicleisraised.

X Fold cover ; upwards. Changing awheel 283

X Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt completely. X Screw alignment bolt : into the thread instead of the wheel bolt. X Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully. X Remove the wheel.

Mounting anew wheel

G WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged X Position jack ? at jacking point =. wheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose. As aresult, you could lose awheel while driving. There is arisk of accident. Never oil or grease wheel bolts. In the event of damage to the threads, contact aqualified specialist workshop immediately. Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced/renewed. Do not continue driving.

G WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts X Make sure the foot of the jack is directly when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip beneath the jacking point. over. There is arisk of injury. X Turn crank A clockwise until jack ? sits Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts completely on jacking point =.The base of when the vehicle is on the ground. the jack must lie evenly on the ground. X Turn crank A until the tire is raised amaxi- Always pay attention to the instructionsand mum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground. safety notes in the "Changing awheel" section (Y page 280). Removing awheel Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea- ! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on adirty sons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you Wheels and tires surface. The bolt and wheel hub threads could only use wheel bolts which have been approved otherwise be damaged when you screw them for Mercedes-Benz vehicles and the respective in. wheel. ! To prevent damage to the paintwork,hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt.

Z 284 Wheel and tirecombinations

X Clean thewheel and wheel hub contact sur- X Tightenthe wheel boltsevenly in acrosswise faces. pattern in thesequenceindicated (: to A). X Slidethe wheel to be mountedontothe align- The specifiedtightening torque is 96 lb-ft mentbolt and push it on. (130 Nm). X Tightenthe wheel boltsuntil they are finger- X Turn thejackback to its initial position. tight. X Stow thejackand therestofthe vehicle tools X Unscrew thealignmentbolt. in thetrunk again. X Tightenthe last wheel bolt until it is finger- X Vehicles with AMG equipment: insert the tight. cover intothe outer sill. X Vehicles with acollapsible spare wheel: X Checkthe tirepressureofthe newly mounted inflate thecollapsible sparewheel wheel and adjust it if necessary. (Y page 286). Observethe recommended tirepressure Only then lower thevehicle. (Y page 263). When you are driving withthe collapsible spare Lowering thevehicle wheel mounted, thetirepressureloss warning system or thetirepressuremonitorcannotfunc- G WARNING tionreliably. Only restartthe tirepressureloss The wheelscould work looseifthe wheel nuts warning system or tirepressuremonitorwhen and boltsare nottightened to thespecified thedefective wheel has been replacedwitha newwheel. tightening torque. Thereisariskofaccident. Vehicles with atirepressure control sys- Havethe tightening torque immediately tem: all installed wheelsmust be equipped with checked at aqualified specialist workshop functioning sensors.

Wheels and tires after awheel is changed.

! Vehicles with acollapsible spare wheel: Wheel and tirecombinations before lowering thevehicle,inflate thecollapsible sparewheel withthe tireinflation You can ask for informationregardingpermitted compressor. The wheel rim could otherwise wheel/tire combinations at an authorized be damaged. Mercedes-BenzCenter. X Turn thecrank of thejackcounter-clockwise ! until thevehicle is once again standing firmly For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benzrecom- on theground. mends that you only use tires and wheels X whichhave been approvedbyMercedes-Benz Placethe jacktoone side. specifically for your vehicle. Emergency sparewheel 285

These tires have been specially adapted for Notes on the vehicle equipment –alwaysequip use with the control systems, such as ABS or the vehicle: ® ESP ,and are marked as follows: Rwith tires of the same size on agiven axle (left RMO = Mercedes-Benz Original and right) RMOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended Rwith the same type of tires at agiven time (tires featuring run-flat characteristics) (summer tires, winter tires, MOExtended RMO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer- tires) tain AMG tires) Exception: it is permissible to mount adiffer- Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tires may ent type or make in the event of aflat tire. only be used on wheels that have been spe- Observe the "MOExtended tires (tires with cifically approved by Mercedes-Benz. run-flat characteristics)" section (Y page 247). Only use tires, wheels or accessories tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz.Certain Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are characteristics, e.g. handling, vehicle noise not equipped with aTIREFIT kit at the factory. It emissions or fuel consumption, may other- is thereforerecommended that you additionally wise be adversely affected. In addition, when equip your vehicle with aTIREFIT kit if you mount driving with aload, tire dimension variations tires that do not feature run-flat characteristics, could cause the tires to come into contact e.g. winter tires. ATIREFIT kit may be obtained with the bodywork and axle components.This from aqualified specialist workshop. could result in damage to the tires or the vehicle. Mercedes-Benz accepts no liability for dam- Emergency sparewheel age resulting from the use of tires, wheels or accessories other than those tested and Important safety notes approved. G WARNING Information on tires, wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any quali- The wheel or tire size as well as the tire type of fied specialist workshop. the spare wheel or emergencyspare wheel and the wheel to be replaced may differ. ! Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recommended by Mercedes-Benz,since previ- Mountinganemergencyspare wheel may ous damage cannot alwaysbedetected on severely impair the driving characteristics. retreaded tires. As aresult, Mercedes-Benz There is arisk of an accident. cannot guarantee vehicle safety if retreaded To avoid hazardous situations: tires are mounted. Do not mount used tires if you have no information about their previous Radapt your driving style accordingly and

usage. drive carefully. Wheels and tires The recommended pressures for various oper- Rnever mount more than one spare wheel or ating conditions can be found: emergencyspare wheel that differs in size. Ron the Tire and Loading Information placard Ronly use aspare wheel or emergencyspare on the B-pillar on the driver's side wheel of adifferent size briefly. Rin the tire pressure table on the fuel filler flap Rdo not switch ESP® off. Observe the notes on recommended tire pres- R sures under various operating conditions have aspare wheel or emergencyspare (Y page 263). wheel of adifferent size replaced at the Check tire pressures regularly, and only when nearest qualified specialist workshop. the tires are cold. Comply with the maintenance Observe that the wheel and tire dimensions recommendations of the tire manufacturer in as well as the tire type must be correct. the vehicle document wallet. When using an emergencyspare wheel or spare wheel of adifferent size, you must not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).

Z 286 Emergencyspare wheel

Snow chains mustnot be mounted on emergency spare wheels.

General notes You can askfor information regarding permitted emergency spare wheelsatanauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. You shouldregularlycheck the pressure of the emergency spare wheel,particularly prior to long trips, and correct the pressure as neces- Y sary ( page 263). The value on the wheel is X Turn retaining screw ; counter-clockwise valid. and remove it. An emergency spare wheel may also be moun- X Remove collapsiblespare wheel :. ted against the direction of rotation. Observe the time restriction on useaswellasthe speed Alwaysobserve the instructions and safety limitation specified on the emergency spare notes in the "Mounting awheel"section wheel. (Y page 281). Replace the tiresaftersix years at the latest, regardless of wear. Thisalsoapplies to the emergency spare wheel. Stowingthe emergencyspare wheel Whenyou are driving with the collapsiblespare ! Only place the collapsiblespare wheel in the wheel mounted, the tire pressure loss warning vehiclewhenitisdry.Otherwise, moisture system or the tire pressure monitor cannotfunc- may get into the vehicle. tion reliably. Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system or tire pressure monitor when Take the following stepstostow ausedcollaps- the defectivewheel hasbeenreplaced with a ible spare wheel.Otherwise, the collapsible new wheel. spare wheel will not fit in the trunk in the inten- Vehicles with tire pressure monitor: after ded manner. Mercedes-Benz recommendsthat mounting an emergency spare wheel,the sys- youhavethis work carriedout at aqualified tem may stilldisplay the tire pressure of the specialist workshop. removed wheel for afew minutes. The value dis- X Unscrewthe valve cap from the valve. played for the mounted emergency spare wheel X If possible,unscrew the valve insert from the is not the same as the current tire pressure of valve and release the air. the emergency spare wheel. Fully deflating the tirescan take afew

Wheels and tires minutes. X Screw the valve insert back into the valve. Removingthe emergencyspare wheel X Screw the valve cap back on. X Vehicles with acollapsiblespare wheel Pull the protectivesheet provided with the spare wheel overthe collapsiblespare wheel. The collapsiblespare wheel can be found in the X Stow the collapsiblespare wheel in the emer- stowagewellunder the trunk floor (Y page 221). gency spare wheel well under the trunk. X Use the retaining screwtopierce the protective sheet and fasten the collapsiblespare wheel in place.

Inflating the collapsiblespare wheel ! Inflate the collapsiblespare wheel using the tire inflation compressor before lowering the Emergency spare wheel 287

vehicle. The wheelrim could otherwise be The specified tire pressure is printed on the damaged. yellow label of the emergency spare wheel. X ! Do not operate the tire inflation compressor When the specified tire pressure has been A OFF for longer than eightminutes at atime without reached, press on/off switch to ,on abreak. It may otherwise overheat. the tire inflation compressor. The tire inflation compressorisswitched off. The tire inflation compressorcan be operated X again once it has cooled down. Turn the SmartKey to position u in the ignition lock. X Mount the collapsible spare wheelasdescri- X Y If the tire pressure is higherthan the specified bed ( page281). pressure, press pressure release button ; The collapsible spare wheelmust be mounted until the correct tire pressure has been before it is inflated. reached. X Remove the tire inflation compressorfrom X Unscrew union nut : on the filler hose from the stowage space under the trunk floor the valve. Y ( page245). X Screw the cap onto the valve of the collapsible spare wheelagain.

X Pullplug ? out of the housing. X Take the filler hose out of the housing. X To remove the filler hose from the tire inflation X Insert the yellow hose connector of the filler compressor, push down the rocker switch on hose into the guide in the housing and push it the hose connector and pullout the filler into the fixture until the hose connector hose. engages. X Stow plug ? and the filler hose in the lower X Remove the cap from the valve on the col- section of the compressorhousing. lapsiblespare wheel. X Stow the tire inflation compressorinthe vehi- X Screw union nut : on the filler hose onto the cle. Wheels and tires valve. X Make sure the tire inflation compressor's on/ off switch A is set to OFF. X Insert plug ? into the socket of the cigarette lighter or into a12Vpowersocket in your vehicle. X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock (Y page116). X Press on/off switch A on the tire inflation compressorto ON. The tire inflation compressorisswitched on. The tire is inflated. The tire pressure is shown on pressure gauge =. X Inflate the tire to the specified tire pressure.

Z 288 Vehicle electronics

Information regardingtechnicaldata Havethe low-reflection exteriorantenna installed at aqualified specialist workshop. i The datastatedherespecifically refers to a Always connecttwo-way radios to thelow- vehiclewithstandard equipment. Consult an reflection exteriorantenna when operating in authorizedMercedes-BenzCenterfor the thevehicle. datafor all vehiclevariants and trim levels. ! The operating permit may be invalidated if theinstructionsfor installation and use of Vehicle electronics two-way radios are notobserved. In particular, thefollowingconditionsmust be Tampering with theengineelectron- complied with: ics Ronly approvedwavebands may be used ! Only haveworkcarried out on theengine Robservethe maximum permissible output electronics and itsassociated parts, suchas in these wavebands control units, sensors, actuating components Ronly approvedantenna positionsmay be and connectorleads,ataqualified specialist used workshop. Vehiclecomponentsmay otherwise wear morequickly and thevehicle's Excessivelevels of electromagneticradiation operating permit may be invalidated. may causedamagetoyour healthand thehealth of others. Using an exteriorantenna takes into accountcurrentscientific discussionsrelating to thepossible healthhazards that may result Installing two-way radiosand mobile from electromagneticfields. phones (RF transmitters) The followingantenna positionsmay be used if G WARNING RF transmitters havebeen properly installed: The electromagneticradiation from two-way radios can interfere withthe vehicleelectronics if two-way radios are manipulated or ret- rofittedincorrectly. This could jeopardizethe operating safetyofthe vehicle. Thereisarisk of an accident. You should haveall workonelectrical and electronic componentscarried out at aqualifiedspecialist workshop. G WARNING Approved antenna positions Technical data If you incorrectlyoperate two-way radios in : Rear fender thevehicle, theelectromagneticradiation i On therear fenders, it is recommended to may interfere withthe vehicleelectronics,for position theantenna on theside of thevehicle exampleif: closesttothe center of theroad. Rthetwo-way radioisnot connectedtoan Use theTechnical Specification ISO/TS 21609 exteriorantenna when retrofitting RF transmitters (Road Vehicles -EMC guidelines for installation of aftermarket Rtheexteriorantenna is notcorrectly moun- radiofrequency transmitting equipment). tedorisnot low-reflection Observethe legal requirements for accessory This could jeopardizethe operating safetyof parts. thevehicle. Thereisariskofanaccident. If your vehiclehas installationsfor two-way radio equipment, use thepower supplyorantenna connectionsintended for use withthe basic wir- Identification plates 289 ing. Be sure to observe the manufacturer'sSup- Identification plates plementwhen installing. Deviationswith respect to frequencybands, Vehicle identification plate with vehi- maximum transmission outputsorantenna cle identification number (VIN) positions must be approved by Mercedes-Benz. The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the base of the antennamust not exceed the following values: Frequency band Maximum transmission output Short wave 100 W 3-54MHz 4mwaveband 30 W 74 -88MHz X Open the driver's door. 2mwaveband 50 W You will see vehicle identification plate :. 144 -174 MHz Trunked radio system/ 10 W Tetra 380 -460 MHz 70 cm waveband 35 W 400 -460 MHz Mobile communications 10 W (2G/3G/4G)

The followingcan be used in the vehicle without restrictions: Example: vehicle identification plate (USA only) a

: VIN at RRF transmitters with amaximum transmission output of up to 100 mW ; Vehicle model RRF transmitters with transmitter frequencies in the 380 -410 MHz wavebandand amaximum transmission output of up to 2W (trunked radio/Tetra) RMobile phones (2G/3G/4G) Technica ld There are no restrictions when positioningthe antennaonthe outside of the vehicle for the followingwavebands: RTrunked radio system/Tetra R70 cm waveband R2G/3G/4G Example: vehicle identification plate (Canada only) : VIN ; Paint code i The data shown on the vehicle identification plate is used only as an example. This data is differentfor everyvehicle and can deviate Z 290 Service products and filling capacities

from the data shownhere. You can find the Service products and filling capaci- data applicable to yourvehicleonthe vehicle ties identificationplate. Important safety notes Vehicle identification number (VIN) G WARNING Service products may be poisonousand hazardous to health. There is arisk of injury. Comply with instructions on the use,storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers. Always store service products sealed in their original containers. Always keep service products out of the reach of children.

H Environmental note Disposeofservice products in an environ- X Slidethe front-passenger seattoits front mentallyresponsiblemanner. most position. X Fold trim : upwards. Service products include the following: VIN ; can be seen. RFuels The VIN can alsobefound in the following loca- RLubricants (e.g. engine oil,transmission oil) tions: RCoolant Ron the vehicleidentificationplate RBrake fluid Y ( page289) RWindshieldwasher fluid R on the lower edge of the windshield RClimate control systemrefrigerant (Y page290) Comply with all validregulations with respect to handling, storing, and disposing of service fluids. Engine number Components and service products must match. You should therefore only use products that have been tested and approved by Mercedes- Benz. Informationabout tested and approved products can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet at Technical data http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. You can identify service products approved by Mercedes-Benz by the following inscriptions on the container: RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51) RMB-Approval(e.g. MB-Approval229.51) : Emissioncontrol information plate, including the certification of both federaland Cali- Other designations or recommendations indi- fornianemissions standards cate alevelofquality or aspecificationin ; Engine number(stamped into the crank- accordance with an MB Sheet Number (e.g. MB case) 229.51). They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes-Benz. = VIN (on the lower edge of the windshield) Service products and fillingcapacities 291

Other identifications, for example: Tank capacity R0W-30 R Model Total capa- 5W-30 city R5W-40 SLC 300 18.5 US gal (70.0 l) Fuel Mercedes‑AMGvehicles 15.8 US gal Important safety notes (60.0 l) G WARNING Model Of which Fuel is highly flammable. Improper handling of reserve fuel creates arisk of fire and explosion. SLC 300 Approx. Avoid fire, open flames, smoking and creating 2.4 US gal sparks under all circumstances. Switch off the (9.0 l) engine and, if applicable, the auxiliary heating Mercedes‑AMGvehicles Approx. before refueling. 2.1 US gal (8.0 l) G WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health. Gasoline There is arisk of injury. You must make sure that fuel does not come Fuel grade into contact with your skin, eyes or clothing ! Do not use diesel to refuelvehicles with a and that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuel gasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignition vapors. Keep fuel awayfrom children. if you accidentally refuelwith the wrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel willenter the fuel system. If you or others come into contact with fuel, Even smallamounts of the wrong fuel could observe the following: resultindamage to the fuel system and the RWash awayfuel from skin immediately engine. Notify aqualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained using soap and water. completely. R If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, ! immediately rinse them thoroughly with Only refuelusing unleaded premium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI/95 RON. clean water. Seek medical assistance without delay. i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol. YourvehicleisE10-compatible. You can RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-

refuelyourvehicleusing E10 fuel. Technical data tance without delay.Donot induce vomiting. ! Only use the fuel recommended. Operating R the vehiclewith other fuelscan leadtodam- Immediately change out of clothing which age to the fuel system, engine and exhaust has come into contact with fuel. system. ! Do not use the following: RGasoline with more than 10% ethanol RE100 (100% ethanol) RGasoline with methanol RM100 (100% methanol) RGasoline with metalliferous additives RDiesel

Z 292 Service products and filling capacities

Do not mix such fuelswiththe fuel recom- Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou usebran- mended for your vehicle. dedfuels thathaveadditives. ! To ensurethe longevity and full perform- The fuel quality availableinsomecountries may ance of the engine,onlypremium-grade not be sufficient. Residuecould buildupinthe unleadedgasoline must be used. fuel injectionsystemasaresult. In such cases, and in consultation with an authorized If standard unleadedgasoline is unavailable Mercedes-Benz Center, the fuel maybemixed and youhavetorefuelwithunleadedgasoline withthe cleaning additive recoemmend dby of alower grade,observe the following pre- Mercedes-Benz. Youmustobserve the notes cautions: and mixing ratiosspecifiedonthe container. ROnlyfillthe fuel tank to half full with regular unleadedgasoline and fillthe restwithpre- mium-gradeunleadedgasoline as soonas Engine oil possible. RDo not drive at the maximum speed. General notes RAvoidsuddenaccelerationand engine speeds over3,000 rpm. Youwillusually find informationabout the fuel grade on the fuel pump. If youcannotfind the labelonthe fuel pump, askthe gasstationstaff. i For furtherinformation, consultaqualified specialistworkshop or visit http://www.mbusa.com (USA only). As atemporary measure, if the recommended fuel is not available, youmay also useregular unleadedgasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI/91 RON.Thismay reduceengineper- formance andincreasefuelconsumption. Avoid ! Do not useengine oiloranoil filter with drivingatfullthrottle and sudden acceleration. specifications deviating fromthoseexpressly Never refue lusing gasoline with alower AKI. required for the prescribedservice intervals. i Do not change the engine oiloroil filter in The fuelsyou can useinyourvehiclemay order to setreplacement intervals longerthan differfromthe information in the Operator's thoseprescribed. Thiscould otherwisecause Manualdepending on the country.The fuels damage to the engine or exhaust gasafter- thathavebeenapproved for your vehiclecan treatment. be found on the instructionlabel on the inside Followthe instructions on the service interval of the fuel fillerflap. displayfor changing the engine oil. Thiscould Informationonrefueling (Y page 130). otherwisecause damage to the engine or

Technical data exhaust gasaftertreatment. Additivesingasoline ! When handling engine oil, observe the important Operating the engine with fuel additives safety notesonservice products (Y page 290). addedlater can lead to engine failure. Do not The engine oils arematchedtothe performance mixfueladditiveswithfuel. Thisdoesnot of Mercedes-Benz enginesand service intervals. includeadditivesfor the removaland preven- Youshouldtherefore onlyuse engine oils and oil tionofresidue buildup. gasoline must onlybe filters thatare approved for vehicles with main- mixed with additivesrecommendedby tenance systems. Mercedes-Benz. Complywiththe instructions for useonthe product label. Moreinformation For alistofapproved engine oils and oilfilters, aboutrecommendedadditivescan be consultanauthorizedMercedes-Benz Center. obtained fromany authorizedMercedes-Benz Or visit the website Center. http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle. Service products and filling capacities 293

i Model MB-Freigabe or Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a MB-Approval qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet. All models 229.5 i MB approval is indicated on the oil contain- Coolant ers. Importantsafety notes

Fillingcapacities G WARNING The following values refer to an oil change If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com- including the oil filter. ponents in the engine compartment, it may Model Capacity ignite. There is arisk of fire and injury. Let the engine cool downbefore youadd anti- SLC 300 6.7 US qt (6.3 l) freeze.Make surethat antifreeze is not spilled Mercedes-AMG 6.9 US qt (6.5 l) next to the filler neck. Thoroughly cleanthe SLC 43 antifreeze from components before starting the engine. Additives ! Only addcoolant that has beenpremixed ! Do not useany additivesinthe engine oil. with the desiredantifreeze protection. You Thiscould damagethe engine. couldotherwise damagethe engine. Furtherinformationoncoolants can be found in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Ser- Brake fluid vice Products, MB BeVo 310.1, e.g. on the Internet at G WARNING http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.Orcon- The brake fluid constantly absorbsmoisture tact aqualifiedspecialist workshop. from the air. Thislowers the boiling point of ! Always use asuitablecoolant mixture, even the brake fluid.Ifthe boiling point of the brake in countries where hightemperatures prevail. fluid is too low, vapor pockets may form in the Otherwise,the engine cooling system is not brake system when the brakes are applied sufficiently protected from corrosion and hard. Thiswould impairbraking efficiency. overheating. There is ariskofanaccident. i Have the coolant regularly replaced at a Youshouldhavethe brake fluid renewedat qualified specialist workshop and the replace- the specified intervals. ment confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet.

Comply with the important safety precautions Technical data Whenhandling brake fluid,observe the impor- for service products whenhandling coolant tant safety notes on service products (Y page 290). (Y page 290). The coolant is amixture of water and anti- The brake fluid change intervalscan be found in freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It is responsible for the Maintenance Booklet. the following: Only usebrake fluid approved by Mercedes- Ranti-corrosion protection Benz in accordance with MB-FreigabeorMB- Rantifreeze protection Approval331.0. Rraising the boiling point Information aboutapproved brake fluid can be obtainedatany qualified specialist workshopor If the coolant has antifreeze protection downto on the Internetat -35 ‡(-37†), the boiling point of the coolant http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. during operation is approximately266 ‡ (130 †).

Z 294 Service products and filling capacities

The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentra- ! Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit tion in the engine cooling system should: washer fluid should be mixed together. The Rbe at least 50%. This will protectthe engine spray nozzles may otherwise become cooling system against freezingdown to blocked. approximately -35 ‡(-37 †). Do not use distilled or de-ionised water. Other- Rnot exceed 55% (antifreezeprotection down wise, the level sensor may give afalse reading. to -49 ‡[-45 †]). Otherwise, heat will not be When handling washer fluid, observe the impor- dissipated as effectively tant safety notes on service products If the vehicle has lost coolant, add equal (Y page 290). amounts of water and antifreeze/corrosion At temperatures above freezing: inhibitor. X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixture of Mercedes-Benz recommends an antifreeze/ water and windshield washer fluid, e.g. MB corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accordance SummerFit. with MB Specifications for ServiceProducts X 310.1. Add 1part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water. At temperatures below freezing: i When the vehicle is first delivered, it is filled with acoolant mixture that ensures adequate X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixture of antifreeze and anti-corrosion protection. water and washer fluid, e.g. MB WinterFit. i The coolant is checked with every mainte- For the correctmixing ratio refer to the infor- nanceinterval at aqualified specialist work- mation on the antifreeze reservoir. shop. i Add windshield washer fluid, e.g. MB Sum- merFit or MB WinterFit, to the washer fluid all Fillingcapacities year round. Missing values were not availableattime of going to print. Climate control system refrigerant Model Capacity Important safety notes SLC 300 Approx.8.5 US qt (8.0 l) The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R‑134a. Mercedes‑Benz Approx.8.2 US qt The instruction label regarding the refrigerant SLC 43 AMG (7.8 l) type used can be found on the radiator cross member. ! Only the refrigerant R‑134a and the PAG oil Windshield washer system approved by Mercedes-Benz may be used. Important safety notes The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with Technical data any other PAG oil that is not approved for G WARNING R-134a refrigerant.Otherwise, the climate control system may be damaged. Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if Servicework, such as refilling with refrigerant or it comes into contact with hot engine compo- replacing component parts, may only be carried nentsorthe exhaust system. There is arisk of out by aqualified specialist workshop. All appli- fire and injury. cable regulations, as well as SAE standard J639, Make sure that no windshield washer con- must be adhered to. centrate is spilled next to the filler neck. Always have work on the climate control system carried out at aqualified specialist workshop. ! Only use washer fluid that is suitable for plastic lamp lenses, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit. Unsuitable washer fluid could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps. Vehicle data 295

Refrigerant instructionlabel Dimensions and weights

Example:refrigerant instruction label Model : Opening height : Symbol ; Refrigerant filling capacity Mercedes-AMG 70.75 in = Applicablestandards SLC 43 (1797 mm) ? PAG oilpartnumber All other models A Type of refrigerant 70.5 in (1795 mm) Warning symbol : advises youabout: R Possible dangers Missing values were not available at time of RHaving service work carriedout at aqualified going to print. specialist workshop Mercedes-AMG Fillingcapacities SLC 43 Vehicle length 163.1 in (4143 mm) Model Refrigerant Vehicle length Allmodels 19.4 ±0.4 oz whenopening/clos- (550 ±10g) ing the roof Vehicle width 78.9 in (2006 mm) Model PAG oil including exterior mirrors All models 2.8 oz Vehicle height 80 g 51.2 in (1303 mm) Vehicle height 61.7 in (1566 mm)

whenopening/clos- Technical data Vehicle data ing the roof General notes Wheelbase 95.7 in (2431 mm) Turning radius Please note that for the specified vehicledata: Rthe heights specified may vary as aresultof - tires All other models - load Vehicle length 162.7 in (4133 mm) - condition of the suspension Vehicle length - optionalequipment 170.2 in (4324 mm) whenopening/clos- R optionalequipment reduces the maximum ing the roof payload

Z 296 Vehicle data

All other models Vehicle width 79.0 in (2006 mm) includingexterior mirrors Vehicle height Vehicle height 61.06in(1551mm) when opening/closing theroof Wheelbase 95.7 in (2430 mm) Turning radius 34.5 ft (10.52 m) Technical data